* Output an error message if LINK_TIME_OPTIMIZATION_ENABLE is set but LTO_ENABLE is not.
* Update common.mk
Specify that LINK_TIME_OPTIMZATION_ENABLE has been renamed, not deprecated.
* quantum/debounce: rename debouncing algorithms according to Issue 8763
This is the second attempt at implementation, with no ts_ and cy_ prefixes, since those will be implemented with macros.
* Debouncing documentation: Refactor, add some generic info, and merge into a single document
* [Driver] bugfix reset the scaling register flag to FALSE
* Update drivers/issi/is31fl3741.c
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Add CS & SW defines for ISSI3741
* Make IS31FL3741 control register update clearer
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Jumail Mundekkat <mundekkat@hotmail.com>
format code according to conventions [skip ci]
* Fixed Spanish keymap extra ES_DIAE symbol
`ES_DIAE` should be `S(ES_ACUT)` not `S(ES_GRV)`
* Update quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_spanish.h
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* K-Type refactor
* Declare QMK in product name again
* Hopefully fix matrix scanning
* Maybe this time
* Partial (literally) RGB Matrix support
* Put RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE into rgb keymap for now
* Add ifdefs for RGB config
* Set layer 1 to actually be layer 1...
* Update keyboards/k_type/readme.md
* Put all RGB config in keymap for now
* Set SDB high?
* Before `rgb_matrix_init()` would be best
* User level, not keyboard
* Combating dropped keys
* Nope
* Readme for RGB keymap
* Remove custom matrix
Some STM32 chips have STM32_DMA1_STREAM1 as the first DMA stream, others
(F4xx, F7xx, H7xx) have STM32_DMA1_STREAM0. Instead of those names, use
STM32_DMA_STREAM(0), which should always give the first stm32_dma_stream_t
structure in the DMA streams array, so that the stream ID would be
calculated correctly.
* Better handle LTO_ENABLE
Especially when calling from command line
* Replace LINK_TIME_OPTIMIZATION_ENABLE with LTO_ENABLE
* Remove long for LTO from show_options.mk
* Update vusb to match 3rd endpoint.
- With the addition of https://github.com/qmk/v-usb/pull/1 a 3rd endpoint (endpoint4) becomes available.
- We can assign mouse/extrakeys to that endpoint as its a desirable feature and leave rawhid and console to compete for the 2nd endpoint.
NOTE: The version of vusb.c in future branch is older than master. Just remember that it will need a #error if both raw_hid and console are enabled at the same time.
* Final Fixes
* Update tmk_core/protocol/vusb/vusb.c
* Update tmk_core/protocol/vusb/vusb.c
* Update tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbconfig.h
* Update tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbconfig.h
* Update tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbconfig.h
* Update tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbconfig.h
* Updated vusb submodule to latest commit
* Add `st-flash` flash target
Add support for flashing the firmware via the `st-flash` utility from
the STLink Tools package (https://github.com/stlink-org/stlink).
* Add `st-flash` to the `qmk flash -b` output
* Add support for hsv->rgb conversion without using CIE curve.
* Modify anavi/macropad8 to disable unicode (was unused), otherwise firmware size is too large.
* Initialize Layer State on startup
Right now, on startup, the default layer state gets called and set, triggering the callback functions for the default layer state. However, the normal layer state never actually gets initialized. It's set to 0 directly, by default, but the callback functions are never actually called. This creates some inconsistency in the behavior for end users. This adds a simple "clear" that triggers the callback on startup. This should produce more consisten behavior between the two functions and layer masks.
* Stupid hack
* Fix type casting?
* Fix compile issues with magic is disabled
* Tweak the Christmas animation effect to be less harsh on the eyes
* Further improve the tweaked Christmas animation code
- Use constants where it makes sense
- Instead of complicated math, use a static variable to keep track if it's animating from or to red
- Don't use pow (but a simple macro instead)
- Using floating point math is necessary for the fraction in the cubic bezier function to work
* Update docs for the tweaked Christmas animation effect
* Further improve memory usage
- Don't use floats, but 32 bit ints instead (where needed)
- Replace limits.h with constant
* Fix typo
* add support for hid gamepad interface
add documentation for HID joystick
Add joystick_task to read analog axes values even when no key is pressed or release. update doc
Update docs/feature_joystick.md
Manage pin setup and read to maintain matrix scan after analog read
* Incorporates patches and changes to HID reporting
There are some patches provided by @a-chol incorporated on this commit,
and also some changes I made to the HID Report structure.
The most interesting is the one dealing with number of buttons: Linux
doesn't seem to care, but Windows requires the HID structure to be byte
aligned (that's in the spec). So if one declares 8/16/32... buttons they
should not have any issues, but this is what happens when you have 9
buttons:
```
bits |0|1|2|3|4|5|6|7|
|*|*|*|*|*|*|*|*| axis 0 (report size 8)
|*|*|*|*|*|*|*|*| ...
|*|*|*|*|*|*|*|*|
|*|*|*|*|*|*|*|*|
|*|*|*|*|*|*|*|*|
|*|*|*|*|*|*|*|*|
|*|*|*|*|*|*|*|*| axis 6
|*|*|*|*|*|*|*|*| first 8 buttons (report size 1)
|*| | | | | | | | last of 9 buttons, not aligned
```
So for that I added a conditonal that will add a number of reports with
size 1 to make sure it aligns to the next multiple of 8. Those reports
send dummy inputs that don't do anything aside from aligning the data.
Tested on Linux, Windows 10 and Street Fighter (where the joystick is
recognized as direct-input)
* Add save and restore of each pin used in reading joystick (AVR).
Allow output pin to be JS_VIRTUAL_AXIS if the axis is connected to Vcc
instead of an output pin from the MCU.
Fix joystick report id
Fix broken v-usb hid joystick interface. Make it more resilient to unusual settings (none multiple of eight button count, 0 buttons or 0 axes)
Correct adc reading for multiple axes. Piecewise range conversion for uncentered raw value range. Input, output and ground pin configuration per axis.
Documentation fixes
* Fix port addressing for joystick analog read
* The other required set of changes
As per the PR, the changes still holding it up.
Add onekey for testing.
Fix ARM builds.
Fix device descriptor when either axes or buttons is zero.
Add compile-time check for at least one axis or button.
Move definition to try to fix conflict.
PR review comments.
qmk cformat
* avoid float functions to compute range mapping for axis adc reading
* Remove V-USB support for now. Updated docs accordingly.
* Update tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c
Co-Authored-By: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Update tmk_core/protocol/usb_descriptor.c
Co-Authored-By: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Update tmk_core/protocol/usb_descriptor.c
Co-Authored-By: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Update tmk_core/protocol/usb_descriptor.c
Co-Authored-By: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Add support for joystick adc reading for stm32 MCUs. Fix joystick hid report sending for chibios
* Fix HID joystick report sending for ChibiOS.
Add one analog axis to the onekey:joystick keymap.
Fix pin state save and restore during joystick analog read for STM32
MCUs.
* Update tmk_core/protocol/chibios/usb_main.c
Co-Authored-By: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Update tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c
Co-Authored-By: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Add missing mcuconf.h and halconf.h to onekey:joystick keymap.
Add suggested fixes from PR.
* Switch saveState and restoreState signature to use pin_t type.
onekey:joystick : add a second axis, virtual and programmatically animated.
* Update docs/feature_joystick.md
Co-Authored-By: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Update docs/feature_joystick.md
Co-Authored-By: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Add PR corrections
* Remove halconf.h and mcuconf.h from onekey keymaps
* Change ADC_PIN to A0
Co-authored-by: achol <allecooll@hotmail.com>
Co-authored-by: José Júnior <jose.junior@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: a-chol <achol@notamail.com>
Co-authored-by: Nick Brassel <nick@tzarc.org>
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Update Space Cadet to use Custom Tapping Term functionality
* Detect correct keycode for space cadet tapping term
* Update tap dancing to use global custom tapping term
* Update documentation for Tap Dances
* formatting pass
* Apply suggestions from code review
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Update docs/feature_tap_dance.md
Co-authored-by: James Young <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update for future
* Update user keymaps for space cadet
* Fix typos
* Clean up tapping term stuff
* Fix compiler issue if NO_ACTION_TAPPING is enabled
Co-authored-by: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: James Young <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Disable NKRO on V-USB controllers
* not _currently_ supported text
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Re-fix the dual-bank bootloader stuff.
* Use wait_ms() instead of using nop's for a delay, as ChibiOS is actually running at the time of bootloader jump.
Mousekey scrolling should have a separate repeat variable
to keep track of scrolling acceleration, instead of being
tied to mouse movement scolling in mousekeys. The send function
should record when the last movement was made since this is
when movement is actually sent. Doing this fixes the bug where
the initial press of a mousekey scroll button causes a double scroll.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Hong <daniel.hong@live.com>
* Initial work for consolidation of board files and default ChibiOS configs.
* Migrate F401/F411 black pills for testing.
* Add early init bootloader jump flag.
* Add support for I2C in order to use i2c_scanner keymap.
* Add F401/F411 HSE bypass to get things booting.
* Exempt "hooked" ChibiOS conf files from updater script.
* Fix up ordering for bootloader_defs file check.
* Match previous $(KEYBOARD_PATHS) value for Proton-C, updated for all board configs.
Specifically, when rgb matrix is enabled and using the ws2812 driver, and rgb light is enabled at the same time, print a message about coexistance because it can cause issues, since you cannot change pins/config for the WS2812 driver.
* Issue 9942: Add Quantum defines
Add codes to quantum_keycodes for LSA, RSA, RCS, and their corresponding _T macros
* 9942: Add documentation for new defines
Add documentation for new defines in feature request 9942. Also define SAGR and SAGR_T as aliases for RSA and RSA_T.
* Update quantum/quantum_keycodes.h
* Update docs/keycodes.md
* Update docs/keycodes.md
* Update docs/keycodes.md
* Update docs/keycodes.md
* fix: italian keymap it quot is redefined
* fix: missing deprecated swedish key code
* Adds Moonlander to the list of supported keyboards
* Sorts list and adds EZ suffix to Planck in Readme
* Update Mouse Wheel config
Co-authored-by: Florian Didron <0x6664@hey.com>
Co-authored-by: Erez Zukerman <1092548+ezuk@users.noreply.github.com>
Fixes the handling for the oneshot cleanup, so it only cleans up if it is active. It should not cleanup of SHO is off (eg using a normal oneshot key), nor if it's actively pressed or used.
Previous behavior BROKE swap hand key.
* Add Indicator flag for RGB Matrix
This adds a new flag for the RGB Matrix feature that lets you specify if the LED is an indicator LED, to be used to indicate the system state of the keyboard (eg caps/num/etc lock status, layer indication, modifer status, etc).
* Better formatting of table
* I2C_TIMEOUT is not defined on arm teensy
* Work round teensy having different ChibiOS config options
* Stash OLED conf files
* update comment
* update comment
* Remove stm32 alias to allow teensy alt mode
format code according to conventions [skip ci]
* Add IS_LAYER_ON_STATE()/IS_LAYER_OFF_STATE() macros
* Add docs for IS_LAYER_ON/OFF(_STATE) macros
* Remove IS_LAYER_ON/OFF_STATE redefinition in userspace
* Run clang-format on quantum/quantum.h
* Redefine IS_LAYER_ON/OFF(_STATE) as aliases of existing layer functions
Also update relevant doc entries.
Needs testing to check if this breaks existing IS_LAYER_ON/OFF usage in certain
edge cases (namely calling the macros with 0).
* Reformat layer check function docs
* Add a function to set individual pixels
* Add documentation for oled_write_pixel
* use smaller data type for oled_write_pixel
* Fix boundary check edge case
* Update oled_write_pixel doc
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* dipsw test on helix/rev2/sc/back:five_rows
* add peek_matrix() to matrix_common.c
* add DIP_SWITCH_MATRIX_GRID support to quantum/dip_switch.c
* update docs/feature_dip_switch.md about DIP_SWITCH_MATRIX_GRID
* Test end. remove test code. Revert "dipsw test on helix/rev2/sc/back:five_rows"
This reverts commit 6d4304c74557597c9fb4d324f79c3ae4793ae874.
format code according to conventions [skip ci]
Process mouse movement in the keymap before it is sent to the host. Example uses
include filtering noise, adding acceleration, and automatically activating a
layer. To use, define the following function in your keymap:
void ps2_mouse_moved_user(report_mouse_t *mouse_report);
With this change, when ps2_mouse is disabled, mousekeys works as usual. With
ps2_mouse enabled, mousekeys button state is shared with ps2_mouse for clicking,
dragging, and scrolling, mousekeys clicks are produced by ps2_mouse only, and
mouskeys button state is transferred to mousekeys without generating clicks to
enable mousekeys dragging.
Co-authored-by: Drashna Jaelre <drashna@live.com>
Co-authored-by: Drashna Jaelre <drashna@live.com>
* Add Hebrew keymap aliases
* Use NBSP for internal space in box drawings
* Apply suggestions from code review
* More whitespace fixes
* IL_DVAV, IL_DYOD and IL_VYOD were incorrect
* Add IL_DEG, IL_MUL, IL_DIV
* Hebrew is now ISO (no more BAE)
* Use ISO left shift
* Apply suggestions from code review
* DYOD and VYOD were reversed in diagram.
Oops!
* Change `led` to `led_matrix` in rgb_matrix_drivers
Is a minor change that only affects the driver file.
However, this will allow somebody to run rgblight along side rgb matrix
using the ws2812 driver, as well. Specifically, so you can use the
custom driver for rgblight to set a different pin (barring a change to
the `ws2812_setleds` function).
Courtesy of discord conversion:
https://discordapp.com/channels/440868230475677696/568161140534935572/721555623191248906
* Change name to be super specific
* Update rgb_matrix_drivers.c
* Fix incorrect delay when setting WS2812 (and similar) leds
* Add documentation for WS2812_DELAY_MICROSECONDS
* Remove improper cast to uint8_t
Co-authored-by: Sergey Vlasov <sigprof@gmail.com>
* Remove unneeded cast to uint8_t and correct math
Co-authored-by: Sergey Vlasov <sigprof@gmail.com>
* microseconds -> µs
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Make documentation better match the spec sheet.
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Rename macro to match spec sheet
* Further correction to the delay maths for the SPI case.
Co-authored-by: Joel Challis <git@zvecr.com>
* Move ws2812_common.h to the drivers directory
* Revert "Further correction to the delay maths for the SPI case."
This reverts commit e61b56a2cfc7dfec9992a7a3af92afa50e5b8ec0.
* Remove ws2812_setleds_pin(); consolidate ws2812.h
Co-authored-by: Sergey Vlasov <sigprof@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Joel Challis <git@zvecr.com>
format code according to conventions [skip ci]
* init
* add RETRO_TAP; tap anyway after TAP_TERM, if no interruption
* RETRO_TAP works for other types of taps
* revert to upstream/master
* explain this fork in readme
* use one readme.md file instaed
* fix the error if NO_ACTION_ONESHOT is defined
* restore readme.md to upstream master
Co-authored-by: Tsan-Kuang Lee <tsan.kuang.lee@gmail.com>
* Branch point for 2020 May 30 Breaking Change
* Migrate `ACTION_LAYER_TOGGLE` to `TG()` (#8954)
* Migrate `ACTION_MODS_ONESHOT` to `OSM()` (#8957)
* Migrate `ACTION_DEFAULT_LAYER_SET` to `DF()` (#8958)
* Migrate `ACTION_LAYER_MODS` to `LM()` (#8959)
* Migrate `ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY` to `MT()` (#8968)
* Convert V-USB usbdrv to a submodule (#8321)
* Unify Tap Hold functions and documentation (#8348)
* Changing board names to prevent confusion (#8412)
* Move the Keyboardio Model01 to a keyboardio/ subdir (#8499)
* Move spaceman keyboards (#8830)
* Migrate miscellaneous `fn_actions` entries (#8977)
* Migrate `ACTION_MODS_KEY` to chained mod keycodes (#8979)
* Organizing my keyboards (plaid, tartan, ergoinu) (#8537)
* Refactor Lily58 to use split_common (#6260)
* Refactor zinc to use split_common (#7114)
* Add a message if bin/qmk doesn't work (#9000)
* Fix conflicting types for 'tfp_printf' (#8269)
* Fixed RGB_DISABLE_AFTER_TIMEOUT to be seconds based & small internals cleanup (#6480)
* Refactor and updates to TKC1800 code (#8472)
* Switch to qmk forks for everything (#9019)
* audio refactor: replace deprecated PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY (#8484)
* Audio enable corrections (2/3) (#8903)
* Split HHKB to ANSI and JP layouts and Add VIA support for each (#8582)
* Audio enable corrections (Part 4) (#8974)
* Fix typo from PR7114 (#9171)
* Augment future branch Changelogs (#8978)
* Revert "Branch point for 2020 May 30 Breaking Change"
* ARM split - Add uart half duplex transport support
* Fix for f103
* initial full duplex pass
* partially remove full duplex
* Correct speeds within driver docs
Co-authored-by: Nick Brassel <nick@tzarc.org>
Co-authored-by: Nick Brassel <nick@tzarc.org>
format code according to conventions [skip ci]
* CLI: Improve experience when running `qmk setup` on FreeBSD.
* Install the `avrdude` package as well.
* Switch to installing python packages w/ `--user` flag.
* Basic getting started sections for FreeBSD.
* Update `util/freebsd_install.sh` for root/non-root branches.
* Add ID to doc section.
Co-Authored-By: skullydazed <skullydazed@users.noreply.github.com>
* Add ID to another docs section.
Co-Authored-By: skullydazed <skullydazed@users.noreply.github.com>
* Use `; then` in script for consistency.
Co-Authored-By: skullydazed <skullydazed@users.noreply.github.com>
* Updated to use sudo in one shot if available.
* Apply suggestions from code review
Co-authored-by: Erovia <Erovia@users.noreply.github.com>
* Style fixes for latest version in master.
* Apply suggestions from code review
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: skullydazed <skullydazed@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: Erovia <Erovia@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Reorder logic within common_features.mk
* Revert haptic logic
* Add back path to make tests happy
* Update common_features.mk
Co-Authored-By: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* [kle2jinfo] use min/max instead of if
This is a slight change.
Before, the key_skel would keep the invalid value for future keys.
I think this is what was actually intended.
* [kle2info] calculate x
x is the current_x * key_size + (key_size/2)
y is the current_y * key_size + (key_size/2)
no reason to track both
* Improve stock bootloader list
* Switch version numbers on USB64/128 bootloaders
* Unix line endings for PS2AVRGB bootloader
* Update PS2AVRGB bootloader to 1.0.1
* Also mention bootloader rule
* Didn't need to change the links
This commits add the SH_OS keycode, which works similarly to one shot
layers:
* while pressed, the keyboard is swapped
* if no keys were pressed while it was pressed, the next key press is
swapped
SH_OS also supports chaining with one shot layers:
OSL(x) + SH_OS + key interprets the key press on the oneshot layer.
The ONESHOT_TIMEOUT setting used by one shot keys and layers is also
used by oneshot swap hands. In the above chaining scenario the timeout
of the oneshot layer is reset when swap hands is activated.
Resolves#2682
* Allow 16 lighting layers
* Require #define RGBLIGHT_LAYERS_16 to enable 16 layers
* Override RGBLIGHT_MAX_LAYERS to set maximum number of lighting layers
* Enforce lower bound on RGBLIGHT_MAX_LAYERS
Co-Authored-By: Takeshi ISHII <2170248+mtei@users.noreply.github.com>
* Fix an error in the check for valid RGBLIGHT_MAX_LAYERS
* Don't use bitfield / PACKED, as it causes bloat
* Update documentation re: up to 32 lighting layers
* Run cformat
* Add note about increasing FW size in docs/config_options.md
Co-authored-by: Drashna Jaelre <drashna@live.com>
* Remove no-longer-valid comment
* Add doc note that split sync will be slower
Co-authored-by: Takeshi ISHII <2170248+mtei@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: Drashna Jaelre <drashna@live.com>
* Improve security by eliminating the use of well-known names.
* Add an additional $ so the shell expands $TMP1 and $TMP2
Co-authored-by: Joel Challis <git@zvecr.com>
Co-authored-by: Joel Challis <git@zvecr.com>
* Implement momentarily blink of lighting layers
* Refactor spidey3 userspace to use rgb layer blink
* Remove un-necessary line from example in documentation
* Revert "Refactor spidey3 userspace to use rgb layer blink"
This reverts commit 831649bb680c41c6d663ae6fa86d13f4f8bebdd8.
* Adds a missing bit of documentation about lighting layer blink
* Update docs/feature_rgblight.md per suggestions
Co-authored-by: James Young <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update docs/feature_rgblight.md per suggestions
Co-authored-by: James Young <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update docs/feature_rgblight.md per suggestions
Co-authored-by: James Young <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* cformat, as suggested
Co-authored-by: James Young <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Invert UC_MOD/UC_RMOD direction when Shift is held
Also use MOD_MASK_SHIFT in process_rgb.c
* Allow audio to be played for UC_MOD, UC_RMOD keycodes as well
* Fix signedness bug in reverse input mode cycling
* Misc formatting in process_unicode_common.c
* Address clang-format issues
* Make decode_utf8 helper function file-local (static)
* add 'togglePin' conveniance function
for AVR and chibios
* drop outmost parantheses
Co-Authored-By: Konstantin Đorđević <vomindoraan@gmail.com>
* toggle pin on avrs
toggle a pin configured as output by writing the corresponding bit to the PIN register
Co-Authored-By: Takeshi ISHII <2170248+mtei@users.noreply.github.com>
* togglepin: add documentation for newly added function
* Update docs/internals_gpio_control.md
Co-Authored-By: Konstantin Đorđević <vomindoraan@gmail.com>
* on AVR: use PORTD to toggle the output
... since not all MCUs support toggling through writing to PIN
Co-Authored-By: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Johannes <you@example.com>
Co-authored-by: Konstantin Đorđević <vomindoraan@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Takeshi ISHII <2170248+mtei@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Add support for hardware and board initialisation overrides.
* qmk cformat.
* Add some documentation.
* Docs clarity.
* Make early_hardware_init_pre a no-op for now, until migrations occur.
* Doco update
* Make distinction between keyboard and ChibiOS board in docs
* Doc anchors.
* Update tmk_core/protocol/chibios/main.c
Co-Authored-By: Joel Challis <git@zvecr.com>
* Rework bootloader entry to be off by default, allow opting-in.
Co-authored-by: Joel Challis <git@zvecr.com>
* dipsw test on helix/rev2/sc/back:five_rows
* bug fix quantum/dip_switch.c
* test end. remove test code. Revert "dipsw test on helix/rev2/sc/back:five_rows"
This reverts commit 4b13ebb996e1c4997e6deb1fa3b3227db5fa9661.
* dipsw test on helix/rev2/sc/back:five_rows
* update quantum/dip_switch.c
* test end. remove test code. Revert "dipsw test on helix/rev2/sc/back:five_rows"
This reverts commit bf99ace095528ad65c531229bcf5ece037dda595.
GCC 4.9.4 is no longer available on Gentoo (or Sabayon), which causes
problems when attempting to install on either of these platforms. Since
QMK is not particularly sensitive to its GCC version, modify the version
restriction to <9 so newer versions of GCC may be installed. Since the
toolchain for arm-none-eabi isn't currently installed as part of setup,
add that as well.
Additionally, drop the Python installation as part of the Gentoo
installation process. Python is a core system package on Gentoo and can
therefore be assumed to be present; in addition, the slot restriction of
3.5 which was present is also no longer available in Gentoo.
Finally, separate the gcc rebuild invocation of `emerge` from the new
packages that may need to be installed, and apply the `--noreplace` flag
to new packages so that they are not rebuilt if already present.
* quantum/debounce: Added sym_pk debounce algorithm
* Apply suggestions from code review
Co-Authored-By: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* quantum/debounce/sym_pk: delete comments and rename functions following code review
* quantum/debounce/sym_pk: Modifications for code readability according to code review
* quantum/debounce/sym_pk: Modifications for code readability according to code review (2)
* quantum/debounce/sym_pk: code review: cleaner code
Co-Authored-By: Nick Brassel <nick@tzarc.org>
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Nick Brassel <nick@tzarc.org>
* tmk_core/common: Fixing TIMER_DIFF macro to calculate difference correctly after the timer wraps.
Let's go through an example, using the following macro:
If the first timer read is 0xe4 and the second one is 0x32, the timer wrapped.
If the timer would have had more bits, it's new value would have been 0x132,
and the correct difference in time is 0x132 - 0xe4 = 0x4e
old code TIMER_DIFF_8(0x32, 0xe4) = 0xff - 0xe4 + 0x32 = 0x4d, which is wrong.
new code TIMER_DIFF_8(0x32, 0xe4) = 0xff + 1 - 0xe4 + 0x32 = 0x4e, which is correct.
This also gives a chance for a smart compiler to optimize the code using normal
integer overflow.
For example on AVR, the following C code:
uint8_t __attribute__ ((noinline)) test(uint8_t current_timer, uint8_t start_timer)
{
return TIMER_DIFF_8(current_timer, start_timer);
}
With the original code, it gets translated to the following list of instructions:
00004c6e <test>:
4c6e: 98 2f mov r25, r24
4c70: 86 1b sub r24, r22
4c72: 96 17 cp r25, r22
4c74: 08 f4 brcc .+2 ; 0x4c78 <test+0xa>
4c76: 81 50 subi r24, 0x01 ; 1
4c78: 08 95 ret
But with this commit, it gets translated to a single instruction:
00004c40 <test>:
4c40: 86 1b sub r24, r22
4c42: 08 95 ret
This unfortunately doesn't always work so nicely, for example the following C code:
int __attribute__ ((noinline)) test(uint8_t current_timer, uint8_t start_timer)
{
return TIMER_DIFF_8(current_timer, start_timer);
}
(Note: return type changed to int)
With the original code it gets translated to:
00004c6e <test>:
4c6e: 28 2f mov r18, r24
4c70: 30 e0 ldi r19, 0x00 ; 0
4c72: 46 2f mov r20, r22
4c74: 50 e0 ldi r21, 0x00 ; 0
4c76: 86 17 cp r24, r22
4c78: 20 f0 brcs .+8 ; 0x4c82 <test+0x14>
4c7a: c9 01 movw r24, r18
4c7c: 84 1b sub r24, r20
4c7e: 95 0b sbc r25, r21
4c80: 08 95 ret
4c82: c9 01 movw r24, r18
4c84: 84 1b sub r24, r20
4c86: 95 0b sbc r25, r21
4c88: 81 50 subi r24, 0x01 ; 1
4c8a: 9f 4f sbci r25, 0xFF ; 255
4c8c: 08 95 ret
Wth this commit it gets translated to:
00004c40 <test>:
4c40: 28 2f mov r18, r24
4c42: 30 e0 ldi r19, 0x00 ; 0
4c44: 46 2f mov r20, r22
4c46: 50 e0 ldi r21, 0x00 ; 0
4c48: 86 17 cp r24, r22
4c4a: 20 f0 brcs .+8 ; 0x4c54 <test+0x14>
4c4c: c9 01 movw r24, r18
4c4e: 84 1b sub r24, r20
4c50: 95 0b sbc r25, r21
4c52: 08 95 ret
4c54: c9 01 movw r24, r18
4c56: 84 1b sub r24, r20
4c58: 95 0b sbc r25, r21
4c5a: 93 95 inc r25
4c5c: 08 95 ret
There is not much performance improvement in this case, however at least with this
commit it functions correctly.
Note: The following commit will improve compiler output for the latter example.
* tmk_core/common: Improve code generation for TIMER_DIFF* macros
Because of integer promotion the compiler is having a hard time generating
efficient code to calculate TIMER_DIFF* macros in some situations.
In the below example, the return value is "int", and this is causing the
trouble.
Example C code:
int __attribute__ ((noinline)) test(uint8_t current_timer, uint8_t start_timer)
{
return TIMER_DIFF_8(current_timer, start_timer);
}
BEFORE: (with -Os)
00004c40 <test>:
4c40: 28 2f mov r18, r24
4c42: 30 e0 ldi r19, 0x00 ; 0
4c44: 46 2f mov r20, r22
4c46: 50 e0 ldi r21, 0x00 ; 0
4c48: 86 17 cp r24, r22
4c4a: 20 f0 brcs .+8 ; 0x4c54 <test+0x14>
4c4c: c9 01 movw r24, r18
4c4e: 84 1b sub r24, r20
4c50: 95 0b sbc r25, r21
4c52: 08 95 ret
4c54: c9 01 movw r24, r18
4c56: 84 1b sub r24, r20
4c58: 95 0b sbc r25, r21
4c5a: 93 95 inc r25
4c5c: 08 95 ret
AFTER: (with -Os)
00004c40 <test>:
4c40: 86 1b sub r24, r22
4c42: 90 e0 ldi r25, 0x00 ; 0
4c44: 08 95 ret
Note: the example is showing -Os but improvements can be seen at all optimization levels,
including -O0. We never use -O0, but I tested it to make sure that no extra code is
generated in that case.OA
* quantum/debounce: Fix custom wrapping timers in eager_pr and eager_pk debounce algorithms
Please see the below simulated sequence of events:
Column A is the 16-bit value returned by read_timer();
Column B is the value returned by custom_wrap_timer_read();
Column C is the original code: (timer_read() % MAX_DEBOUNCE)
A, B, C
65530, 19, 30
65531, 20, 31
65532, 21, 32
65533, 22, 33
65534, 23, 34
65535, 24, 35
0 25, 0
1, 26, 1
2, 27, 2
3, 28, 3
4, 29, 4
5, 30, 5
read_timer() wraps about every 1.09 seconds, and so debouncing might
fail at these times without this commit.
* quantum/debounce/eager_pr and eager_pk: modifications for code readability according to code review.
* quantum/debounce/eager_pr and eager_pk: modifications for code readability according to code review. (2)
* Add PS2_MOUSE_ROTATE to compensate for device orientation
* fixup! Add PS2_MOUSE_ROTATE to compensate for device orientation
* Reformat with IndentPPDirectives: AfterHash as per #6316
* Define NO_ACTION_MACRO/FUNCTION in header instead of makefile when LTO is enabled
Currently, boards and keymaps that define NO_ACTION_MACRO/FUNCTION unconditionally
will not compile with LTO_ENABLE (#8604). This fixes the issue by moving the
definitions from common.mk to action.h, which enables us to check for previous
definitions of those macros (this cannot be done in a makefile).
* Remove LTO checks in templates
Since now NO_ACTION_MACRO/FUNCTION are defined as needed in action.h (which is
included by quantum.h), checking for LTO in keyboard and user code is no
longer required.
* Update LTO_ENABLE docs
Without this check, users can lock themselves out by enabling developer
mode, than disabling the dependencies. They wouldn't be able to turn off
developer mode as none of the subcommands (including 'config') would
work.
The list of hidden subcommands were approved by @skullydazed ;)
Currently hidden if 'user.developer' is not True:
- cformat
- docs
- kle2json
- pyformat
- pytest
Use milc's config finding and parsing to check if the user is a
developer or not.
'requirements-dev.txt' will now load 'requirements.txt', so no need to
run pip twice.
Add missing 'yapf' dependency to 'requirements-dev.txt'.
* Change _delay_ms/us() to wait_ms/us()
* Switch to platform-agnostic GPIO macros
* Add AVR spi_master and migrate Adafruit BLE code
* Set verbose back to false
* Add clock divisor, bit order and SPI mode configuration for init
* Add start and stop functions
* Move configuration of mode, endianness and speed to `spi_start()`
* Some breaks here would be good
* Default Adafruit BLE clock divisor to 4 (2MHz on the Feather 32U4)
* Remove mode and divisor enums
* Add some docs
* No hr at EOF
* Add links in sidebar
* Add Polish keymap
* Fix wrong AltGr mapping
* These are ogoneks, not cedillas
* Too many !s
* ANSI
* Just use BSLS
* Move BSLS
* Move PIPE
* Fix some incorrect names in keymap_slovak.h
Thanks to vomindoraan
* Add Korean keymap
* Switch to ANSI layout
* Update quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_korean.h
Co-Authored-By: Konstantin Đorđević <vomindoraan@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Konstantin Đorđević <vomindoraan@gmail.com>
* Rename UC_OSX (and related constants) to UC_MAC
* Update UNICODE_SONG_OSX references to UNICODE_SONG_MAC
* Update UC_M_OS references to UC_M_MA
* Add UC_OSX alias for backwards compatibility
* Add deprecation warning for UC_OSX to Unicode docs
* Add UC_M_OS alias for backwards compatibility
* Update newly found UC_M_OS and UNICODE_SONG_OSX references
* Add legacy UNICODE_MODE_OSX alias, revert changes to user keymaps
* Add legacy UNICODE_SONG_OSX alias, revert changes to user keymaps
* Replace removed sounds in Unicode song doc examples
* Add Serbian keymaps and sendstring LUT
* Apply suggestions from code review
Co-Authored-By: Konstantin Đorđević <vomindoraan@gmail.com>
* Fix formatting
Co-authored-by: Konstantin Đorđević <vomindoraan@gmail.com>
* rewrite usbhid feature on vusb
* Apply suggestions from code review
Co-Authored-By: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* fix typo
* fix typo again
* Update tmk_core/protocol/vusb/vusb.c
Co-Authored-By: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* clean up defines
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* CLI: More MSYS2 fixes
Now I can fully setup and work with qmk_firmware on an MSYS2
installation without any errors or exceptions.
* Apply suggestions from code review
Co-Authored-By: skullydazed <skullydazed@users.noreply.github.com>
* Some improvements
* Remove unnecessary import
* Remove slow, unused code
Getting the version from GIT was slow on both Windows and Docker.
Until we find a better, faster way, this is removed.
* remove unused imports
* Implement @vomindoraan's suggestions
* refine how we pick the shell to use
* Apply @fauxpark's suggestions
fauxpark investigated the topic of shells in MSYS2 a bit and we come to the conclusion that the safest bet was to just use the user's shell.
Anything more just opens up more edge-cases than it solves.
Co-Authored-By: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Use `platform_id` in doctor
This will bring it in line with the new code.
Co-authored-by: skullydazed <skullydazed@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: skullY <skullydazed@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Update tmk_core/common/progmem.h
Co-Authored-By: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Update quantum/rgblight.c
Co-Authored-By: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* fixed problem with implicit declaration in quantum/rgblight.c (#8381)
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Port over some AVR backlight logic to SLEEP_LED
* Port over some AVR backlight logic to SLEEP_LED - add timer 3
* Port over some AVR backlight logic to SLEEP_LED - clang format
* Enable SLEEP_LED within vusb protocol
* Add support for RAW endpoint for arm_atsam
This the excellent work from helluvamatt/qmk_firmware in bb6eeb93b.
* Reformat arm_atsam RAW endpoint code
Co-authored-by: Matt Schneeberger <helluvamatt@gmail.com>
* Improve process_record system
Code based on @colinta's
* Rename and better handle functions
* Fix incorrect function call to process_record_user
* Add documentation for post_process_record
* Add both get_event_keycode and get_record_keycode functions
And add some comments about these functions
* Update code format
* Cleanup merge artifacts
* Add Word Per Minute calculation feature
* Fix copyright info
* Remove header from quantum.c, setup overloadable keycode inclusion for WPM, update docs
* Simplify logic for keycode filtering
* Adding link from summary to wpm_feature info
* Update docs/feature_wpm.md
Typo in function prototype example in docs
Co-Authored-By: James Young <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Add WPM transport via i2c
Co-authored-by: James Young <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Add support for Bootmagic lite when using SPLIT_HAND_PIN
* Deduplicate bootmagic_lite logic from within via
* Revert location of defaults so that user overrides still work for now
* Tidy up code slightly
* Update switch to array to allow custom values
* Add adc keymap
* update docs to reflect alignment of default 10 bit
* start conversion to USE_ADCVn
* samplerate is hella wrong...stub out for now
* basic f1 and f4 functionality
* Tidy up current changes
* Restore old pinToMux function
* Add back sample rate for supported platforms
* F0 compile fixes
* wordsmithery
Co-Authored-By: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Remove reference to avr only function
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Remove unnecessary import of rgblight.h in tmk_core/protocol/*/*.c
* tmk_core/protocol/chibios/main.c
* tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c
see #8380 for tmk_core/protocol/vusb/main.c.
* Remove '#include "rgblight.h"' from tmk_core/protocol/vusb/main.c.
* Use pathlib everywhere we can
* Improvements based on @erovia's feedback
* rework qmk compile and qmk flash to use pathlib
* style
* Remove the subcommand_name argument from find_keyboard_keymap()
* add experimental decorators
* Create decorators for finding keyboard and keymap based on current directory.
Decorators were inspired by @Erovia's brilliant work on the proof of concept.
* Fix extra keyboard report during test_fixture teardown
* Add tests for pressing two keys with only different modifers
* Fix#1708
When two keys that use the same keycode, but different modifiers were
pressed at the same time, the second keypress wasn't registered. This is
fixed by forcing a key release when we detect a new press for the same
keycode.
* Fix the NKRO version of is_key_pressed
* Fix uninitalized loop variable
Co-authored-by: Jack Humbert <jack.humb@gmail.com>
* Add support for STM32L0/L1 onboard EEPROM.
* Update docs/eeprom_driver.md
Co-Authored-By: Joel Challis <git@zvecr.com>
Co-authored-by: Joel Challis <git@zvecr.com>
* New feature: RGBLIGHT_LAYERS
This feature allows users to define multiple independent layers of lighting
that can be toggled on and off individually, making it easy to use your
RGB lighting to indicate things like active keyboard layer & modifier state.
* Demonstrate built in functions for layer state checking
Also link the video in the docs.
* Follow existing pattern for setting rgblight_status flags
* Eliminate rgblight_is_static_mode since it's not needed
Just check to see if the timer is enabled directly.
* Moved contents of rgblight_reconfig.h to rgblight_post_config.h.
In #3582, rgblight_reconfig.h had to be newly created. Now, the build system of qmk_firmware has a post_cofig feature, so that what was done in rgblight_reconfig.h can now be realized in rgblight_post_config.h.
**This commit does not change the build result.**
Testing script
```shell
# build on master
git checkout master
echo master > /tmp/master_md5.txt
# RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = no
make HELIX=verbose helix/rev2:default:clean
make HELIX=verbose helix/rev2:default
md5 helix_rev2_default.hex >> /tmp/master_md5.txt
# RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes, with animations
make HELIX=verbose helix/rev2/back:default:clean
make HELIX=verbose helix/rev2/back:default
md5 helix_rev2_back_default.hex >> /tmp/master_md5.txt
# RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes, without animations
make HELIX=verbose,no_ani helix/rev2/back:default:clean
make HELIX=verbose,no_ani helix/rev2/back:default
md5 helix_rev2_back_default.hex >> /tmp/master_md5.txt
# build on refactor_rgblight_reconfig.h
git checkout refactor_rgblight_reconfig.h
echo refactor_rgblight_reconfig.h > /tmp/branch_md5.txt
# RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = no
make HELIX=verbose helix/rev2:default:clean
make HELIX=verbose helix/rev2:default
md5 helix_rev2_default.hex >> /tmp/branch_md5.txt
# RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes, with animations
make HELIX=verbose helix/rev2/back:default:clean
make HELIX=verbose helix/rev2/back:default
md5 helix_rev2_back_default.hex >> /tmp/branch_md5.txt
# RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes, without animations
make HELIX=verbose,no_ani helix/rev2/back:default:clean
make HELIX=verbose,no_ani helix/rev2/back:default
md5 helix_rev2_back_default.hex >> /tmp/branch_md5.txt
diff -u /tmp/master_md5.txt /tmp/branch_md5.txt
```
Test result:
```
--- /tmp/master_md5.txt 2020-01-03 15:42:22.000000000 +0900
+++ /tmp/branch_md5.txt 2020-01-03 15:42:42.000000000 +0900
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-master
+refactor_rgblight_reconfig.h
MD5 (helix_rev2_default.hex) = f360032edd522448366d471d8f4f8181
MD5 (helix_rev2_back_default.hex) = 0c663acc6cccc44476b3b969ad22a48f
MD5 (helix_rev2_back_default.hex) = e66b1195ff6d38e6e22c975b8ae42fd3
```
* Expressions that are too long are difficult to read, so wrap them.
* Edit the expression again
* remove `defined(RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS)` in `tmk_core/common/*/suspend.c`, `tmk_core/protocol/*/main.c`
move contents of rgblight_reconfig.h to rgblight.h.
The following changes were made to rgblight.h.
```diff
+#ifdef RGBLIGHT_USE_TIMER
void rgblight_task(void);
void rgblight_timer_init(void);
void rgblight_timer_enable(void);
void rgblight_timer_disable(void);
void rgblight_timer_toggle(void);
+#else
+#define rgblight_task()
+#define rgblight_timer_init()
+#define rgblight_timer_enable()
+#define rgblight_timer_disable()
+#define rgblight_timer_toggle()
+#endif
```
The following changes were made to tmk_core/common/avr/suspend.c, tmk_core/common/chibios/suspend.c, tmk_core/protocol/chibios/main.c, tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c, tmk_core/protocol/vusb/main.c.
```diff
-# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS
rgblight_timer_enable();
-# endif
```
```diff
-#if defined(RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS) && defined(RGBLIGHT_ENABLE)
+#if defined(RGBLIGHT_ENABLE)
rgblight_task();
#endif
```
* remove 'defined(RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS)' in tmk_core/common/keyboard.c
Co-authored-by: Joel Challis <git@zvecr.com>
* rename backlight_soft to match rules.mk
* rename backlight_soft to match rules.mk - update common_features
* Carve out a better location for private driver backlight functionality
* Add buffer based single line pan, arbitrary byte write to buffer
* Change dirty mask to inverse of OLED_BLOCK_TYPE for future proofing larger buffer sizes
* Updating docs to include new functions
* Updating to clarify scroll vs pan
* Use pathlib everywhere we can
* Update lib/python/qmk/path.py
Co-Authored-By: Erovia <Erovia@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update lib/python/qmk/path.py
Co-Authored-By: Erovia <Erovia@users.noreply.github.com>
* Improvements based on @erovia's feedback
* rework qmk compile and qmk flash to use pathlib
* style
* Remove the subcommand_name argument from find_keyboard_keymap()
Co-authored-by: Erovia <Erovia@users.noreply.github.com>
List all the available keymaps for a given keyboard
Add bs4 to requirements.txt
UnicodeDammit is needed from bs4 for reading files.
Major update to work better with revisions
Find the community keymaps supported by each revision.
Get all buildable keymaps for each revision
The command now return all keymaps that's buildable for a
keyboard/revision. If the base directory of a keyboard does not contain
a 'rules.mk' file, nothing is returned. If the base directory contains a
'keymaps' directory, those keycaps will be returned for every revision.
Fix help message.
Try to figure out revision, drop -rv/--revision argument
Fix output format
Another major refactoring, add documentation
Move all useful functions to the qmk module and use the cli subcommand
as a wrapper around it.
Add both inline comments and documentation.
Add test for list_keymaps
Fix regex for parsing rules.mk files
I don't know why it couldn't put it together before... ¯\_(ツ)_/¯
Drop bs4 dependency, update docs, minor improvements
Return only the unique keymaps
Fix merging community and base keymaps
Major rework, no regex/globbing, more walking
Instead of using regexes and globbing to find the rules.mk and keymap.c
files, walk the directory tree to find them.
Also, do away with the concept of revision.
Fix commandline parsing and flake8 findings, rebase
Fixed commandline and config parsing. Thx @xplusplus.
Rebased on master and fixed merge conflicts.
Code cleanup, use pathlib, use pytest keyboard
Clean up checks and logics that are unnecessary due to MILC updates.
Use pathlib instead of os.path for readability.
Use the 'pytest' keyboard for the tests.
Add community layout for 'handwired/onekey/pytest' so we can test
community layouts.
Pathlib-ify qmk.keymap.list_keymaps()
fix list_keymaps for python 3.5
* Fix QWIIC OLED for AVR
* Change missed width * width to width * height
* Fix typo in comment
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Fix last incorrect uses of LCDWIDTH
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
format code according to conventions [skip ci]
* Use pathlib everywhere we can
* Update lib/python/qmk/path.py
Co-Authored-By: Erovia <Erovia@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update lib/python/qmk/path.py
Co-Authored-By: Erovia <Erovia@users.noreply.github.com>
* Improvements based on @erovia's feedback
* rework qmk compile and qmk flash to use pathlib
* style
* Remove the subcommand_name argument from find_keyboard_keymap()
Co-authored-by: Erovia <Erovia@users.noreply.github.com>
List all the available keymaps for a given keyboard
Add bs4 to requirements.txt
UnicodeDammit is needed from bs4 for reading files.
Major update to work better with revisions
Find the community keymaps supported by each revision.
Get all buildable keymaps for each revision
The command now return all keymaps that's buildable for a
keyboard/revision. If the base directory of a keyboard does not contain
a 'rules.mk' file, nothing is returned. If the base directory contains a
'keymaps' directory, those keycaps will be returned for every revision.
Fix help message.
Try to figure out revision, drop -rv/--revision argument
Fix output format
Another major refactoring, add documentation
Move all useful functions to the qmk module and use the cli subcommand
as a wrapper around it.
Add both inline comments and documentation.
Add test for list_keymaps
Fix regex for parsing rules.mk files
I don't know why it couldn't put it together before... ¯\_(ツ)_/¯
Drop bs4 dependency, update docs, minor improvements
Return only the unique keymaps
Fix merging community and base keymaps
Major rework, no regex/globbing, more walking
Instead of using regexes and globbing to find the rules.mk and keymap.c
files, walk the directory tree to find them.
Also, do away with the concept of revision.
Fix commandline parsing and flake8 findings, rebase
Fixed commandline and config parsing. Thx @xplusplus.
Rebased on master and fixed merge conflicts.
Code cleanup, use pathlib, use pytest keyboard
Clean up checks and logics that are unnecessary due to MILC updates.
Use pathlib instead of os.path for readability.
Use the 'pytest' keyboard for the tests.
Add community layout for 'handwired/onekey/pytest' so we can test
community layouts.
Pathlib-ify qmk.keymap.list_keymaps()
fix list_keymaps for python 3.5
* Run clang-format manually to fix recently changed files
* Run clang-format manually to fix recently changed files - revert template files
* Run clang-format manually to fix recently changed files - format off for ascii_to_keycode_lut
* Align VUSB HID descriptors with LUFA/ChibiOS
* Wrap send_system and send_consumer in ifdefs too
* Offset system usages to match LUFA/ChibiOS
format code according to conventions [skip ci]
* Reduce PROGMEM usage for keycode map
Bit-pack the keycode bool array to gain back a small amount of flash space.
The trade-off is an increase in runtime instructions when running macros.
It does make the code a bit harder to read, as well as maintain.
For configs that use send_string() et al, it saves ~100 bytes.
* Switch to macro and common definition
Rewrite the array declarations so both the unpacked (original) and
packed LUT arrays can use the same value definitions. This is done by
defining a macro that "knows what to do".
This makes the code much easier to read and maintain.
* Fix macro typos and improve perf
Pack the bits in a more efficient order for extraction.
And also fix the copy/paste error in the macro...
* Switch fully to packed LUT
Some minor reformatting.
Compile tested all sendstring_xyz.h to make sure they were converted
properly. Also checked that an unconverted version would generate a
compile error.
* Apply whitespace suggestions from code review
Co-Authored-By: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Ryan <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Run clang-format manually to fix recently changed files
* Run clang-format manually to fix recently changed files - revert template files
* Run clang-format manually to fix recently changed files - format off for ascii_to_keycode_lut
* Fix out of bound OLED font access
The default font is 1344 bytes, or a total of 224 glyphs (each 6-bytes wide).
OLED_FONT_END defaults to 224, which if used will then index off the end of
the font array. So either the documentation or code is wrong.
Instead of figuring out the rewording of the documentation, just change
the OLED_FONT_END default value to 223, to match the documentation and code.
* Add static assert to check array size
Build bomb if the font array size doesn't match to the defines.
* Compile error if ONESHOT_TIMEOUT defined but oneshot disabled
When ONESHOT_TIMEOUT and NO_ACTION_ONESHOT are both defined, this code
fails to compile.
Wrap the one usage of ONESHOT_TIMEOUT that is inconsistent with the
rest so all usages are properly wrapped by a check of NO_ACTION_ONESHOT.
* Run file through clang-format
Co-authored-by: Ted M Lin <tedmlin@gmail.com>
* Option to use function for KEYCODE2 routines.
Convert the KEYCODE2SYSTEM and KEYCODE2CONSUMER macros to functions,
defaulting to using the macros. The function form allows the compiler
to optimize the switch statement itself, over the macro nested
ternaries.
To enable this feature, #define USE_KEYCODE2_FUNCTION.
Testing against a random selection of avr-based keyboards, this
increased available flash by ~500 bytes. For arm-based keyboards,
the available flash increased by ~400 bytes.
* Replace macro with function entirely.
As zvecr states, go bold and just commit to using the function instead
of the macro.
* Reformat whitespace now that functional review is done
Verified against clang-format output.
* Dedupe extrakey report struct, and send functions in V-USB & LUFA
* Doc comment for consistency
* Wrap it in ifdef to prevent unused function error
* Do the same for ATSAM
* Ensure setPinInput actually sets input high-z
* Fixed _PIN_ADDRESS Macro arguments
as recommended by vomindoraan
* Fixed instances of setInput to use new behavour
* Changed kmac matrix to use input with pullups
* Update keyboards/gh60/revc/revc.h
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Fixed input state for unselect_rows
* fixed merge conflict
* Updated all instances of older uses of setPinInput()
* Fixed naming mistake
Co-authored-by: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Add additional fixes to EEPROM driver selection (#7274)
- uprintf -> dprintf
- Fix atsam "vendor" eeprom.
- Bump Kinetis K20x to 64 bytes, too.
- Rollback Kinetis to 32 bytes as partitioning can only be done once. Add warning about changing the value.
- Change RAM-backed "fake" EEPROM implementations to match eeconfig's current usage.
- Add 24LC128 by request.
* format code according to conventions [skip ci]
Co-authored-by: Nick Brassel <nick@tzarc.org>
Co-authored-by: QMK Bot <hello@qmk.fm>
Co-authored-by: Florian Didron <fdidron@users.noreply.github.com>
* Add central location for chibios defines
* Add central location for chibios defines - actually add files this time....
* Add Copyright header
* Update include order to resolve i2cv1 build errors
* Enforce definition of `DIODE_DIRECTION` for non-custom matrix boards
* Define diode direction for failing boards
* Matching parentheses
* Put onekey diode directions in top level config
* Define default HSV and speed for RGB matrix.
* Documentation for configuration values RGB_MATRIX_STARTUP_HUE, RGB_MATRIX_STARTUP_SAT and RGB_MATRIX_STARTUP_VAL.
* Document RGB_MATRIX_STARTUP_SPD.
* Preserve the ordering.
Commandline args should be merged with the submodule's config.
Compare config values to None instead of False, so empty lines and False
can be used as values.
* Implement IGNORE_MOD_TAP_INTERRUPT_PER_KEY
- Add configurable option IGNORE_MOD_TAP_INTERRUPT_PER_KEY
- Add function get_ignore_mod_tap_interrupt iff the option is enabled
Unless IGNORE_MOD_TAP_INTERRUPT_PER_KEY is defined, this patch does not affect the resulting binary.
* Add documentation for IGNORE_MOD_TAP_INTERRUPT_PER_KEY
* Left-right gradient.
* Update the comment to match the new functionality.
* CPP does integer division so this round is not necessary.
* The x-range is actually 224, update comment and use bit-shifting again.
* Update docs with gradient left-right effect and associated "DISABLE" option.
* Move some common matrix code to a common location
* Refactor some 'custom_matrix_helper' logic to use custom matrix lite
* Fix build for kinesis/stapelberg - abuse of vpath was picking up matrix.c from core when custom matrix was enabled
* Add validation for CUSTOM_MATRIX
* Align endpoint config as per rest of file (fixes#4783)
* Add comments about explicit order use
* Update tmk_core/protocol/chibios/usb_main.c
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Improve support and docs for ADC driver
* Comment ADC channels
* Move to Makers and Modders section, and fix usage instructions
* Flesh out intro
* Superscript 328P note
* Fix pin_to_mux LUT
* Support USB64/1287 as well
* analogReadPin() defaults to 0V mux on invalid pin
* Update pinToMux() function documentation
* Dot
* Accept (some of) the `qmk cformat` changes
* Do clang-format properly
* More wording tweaks
* Link to encoder docs
* clean up quantum.c (#7485)
* idea
* progress
* more stuff
* wip
* wip
* last couple of keycodes you can move safely
* Update quantum/quantum.c
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Put back RGB_MODE_BREATHE
* Compile out some keycode processing when features are disabled (#7506)
* Add shift-to-invert to remaining directional RGB_* keycode pairs (#7484)
* Add shift-to-invert to remaining directional RGB_* keycode pairs
RGB_MODE_FORWARD / RGB_MODE_REVERSE invert their functions when shift is held.
This change adds the same capabilities to the remaining directional RGB_*
keycode pairs. This improves consistency and provides full RGB control in a
keymap containing only one keycode from each pair.
* remove redundant variable
* fix typo
* Fix more typos
Flyspell is on now I swear!
* Relocate magic keycode processing (#7512)
* Move magic keycode processing to own file
* Save some bytes
* Update comments
* Update define to one thats not already used...
* Fix audio
* Fix breathing toggle when rgb is disabled (#7550)
* Ifdef MAGIC_EE_HANDS until #178 drops
revert this commit once it does
* Add short aliases for Magic keycodes (#7541)
* Add short alias for `MAGIC_TOGGLE_NKRO`
* Add aliases for the other Bootmagic keycodes
* Replace long form in default keymaps
* Fix FORCE_NKRO handling (#7601)
* Add until #173 drops
* Relocate RGB keycode processing (#7508)
* Move rgb keycode logic to process_keycode
* Fixes for rgb matrix
* Fixes for mxss
* Fix inc/dec logic, add comments
* Fix return RAINBOW_SWIRL logic
* stop external use of rgb helper functions
* merge fix
* Fix 'defined but not used' when all animations are disabled
Co-authored-by: Yan-Fa Li <yanfali@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Joel Challis <git@zvecr.com>
Co-authored-by: Manna Harbour <51143715+manna-harbour@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Florian Didron <fdidron@users.noreply.github.com>
* Error out when Solenid pin is not defined
Instead of defaulting to a (literally) random pin, error out instead. Because this pin may be used, or because that pin may not be exposed, or may not exist.
* Remove 'SOLENOID_ACTIVE' setting since it's not used
* Update documentation
* Fix linux install for Ubuntu. It failed due to sh not supporting [ and pip being seperate from python3
* Adapted install function according to feedback
* Fix style
* Install bootloadHid on macos
* Install bootloadHid on windows
* Highlight bootloadHID is now installed in docs
* Update udev rules for bootloadHID
* Install bootloadHid on some distros
* fix caterina udev filename
* Make MSYS force install
* Cleanup msys script
* Update to gcc 8.3 for arm and avr
And cleanup install scripts for both
* Fix path and scripts
* Fix links
* No confirmation for msys
* Tweak arm function since file structure changed
* Fix spacing and wording
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Only use MSYS2's make binary
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Some wordsmithing
Co-Authored-By: Mikkel Jeppesen <2756925+Duckle29@users.noreply.github.com>
* Add "disable download timeout" for download issues in MSYS
Co-Authored-By: Mikkel Jeppesen <2756925+Duckle29@users.noreply.github.com>
* Clean up URL for arm gcc download
Co-Authored-By: Joel Challis <git@zvecr.com>
* add pip
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* MILC: Add support for hidden subcommands
Subcommands with 'hidden=True' will not show up in the help output, but
will work as any other subcommands.
* Hide those hidden submodules, for real now
* Rebase on latest MILC
* Pull in updates for MILC
* Remove the shadow argparser
* Make it easier to reason about arguments and how they're translated into the config tree
* Populate self.config during init to support setting user.qmk_home for the global CLI
* Remove the short argument -c so that we can unambiguously determine the config file location without doing full argument processing
* Remove the --save-config option as it's a little confusing anyway
* Use Pathlib for path manipulation
* Fix commands with no arguments
A new CLI subcommand was added, flash, which behaves very similar to the already present compile CLI comamnd, but with the added ability to target a bootloader. The command is used like so: qmk flash [-h] [-b] [-kb KEYBOARD] [-km KEYMAP] [-bl BOOTLOADER] [filename].
A -kb <keyboard> and -km <keymap> is expected, or a configurator export JSON filename. A bootloader can be specified using -bl <target>, and if left unspecified, the target is assumed to be :flash. -bl can be used to list the available bootloaders.
If -km <keymap> is provided, but no -kb <keyboard>, then a message is printed suggesting the user to run qmk list_keyboards.
* Add initial pass at KLE convert
* Add cli log on convert
* Move kle2xy, add absolute filepath arg support
* Add overwrite flag, and context sensitive conversion
* Update docs/cli.md
* Fix converter.py typo
* Add convert unit test
* Rename to kle2qmk
* Rename subcommand
* Rename subcommand to kle2json
* Change tests to cover rename
* Rename in __init__.py
* Update CLI docs with new subcommand name
* Fix from suggestions in PR #6898
* Help with cases of case sensitivity
* Update cli.md
* Use angle brackets to indicate required option
* Make the output text more accurate
* ARM - ws2812 bitbang (#7173)
* Initial ARM bitbang ws2812 driver
* Unify chibios platform to run rgblight_task
* Remove 'avr only' comments from ws2812 docs
* Remove 'avr only' comments from ws2812 docs
* Unify chibios platform to run rgblight_task - review comments
* Remove debug flags from keymap
* Add comments from review
* Add defines for STM32L0XX
* Attempt to get arm ws2812 working on multiple gcc versions
* Support RGBLIGHT_SLEEP when ChibiOS boards suspend (#7280)
Copypasta from the AVR suspend implementation with a Teensy-specific
hack removed
* Unify RGB and RGBW commands (#7297)
* Fix unicode in comments
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Remove separate RGBW implementation for a unified function
* Set White to 0 in RGBW LEDs
This is just to get this working, later, proper brightness can be handled elsewhere.
* Use us instead of nanoseconds(?) since it renders correctly on web
* Remove RGBW function from arm/ws2812.h
* Remove RGBW function from arm/ws2812.c
* Formatting changes
* Add doc info
* Remove force of debug on within rgblight - causes lockups waiting for hid_listen (#7330)
* Move Ergodox EZ RGB Light code to custom driver (#7309)
* Move Ergodox EZ RGB code to custom driver
Also implements full addressing of Ergodox EZ's LED Strip, as written by seebs
Co-authored-by: Seebs <seebs@seebs.net>
* Make Clipping range accessible for custom drivers
* Remove RGBW_BB_TWI from driver and docs
* Revert changes to clipping range support
* Use just rgblight_set instead of full custom driver
* Convert to i2c_master commands
* Rename rgblight driver and clean up includes
* Use White channel on RGBW LEDs
* SPI DMA based RGB Underglow for STM32 (#7674)
* Initial stash of ws2812 spi driver
* Update comment, add sync backup plan
* Add testing notes to spi ws2812 driver
* Align RGBW error messages
Co-authored-by: Joel Challis <git@zvecr.com>
Co-authored-by: Jonathan Rascher <jon@bcat.name>
Co-authored-by: Florian Didron <fdidron@users.noreply.github.com>
* Convert Dynamic Macro to a Core Feature
This imports the code from Dynamic Macro into the core code, and handles it, as such.
This deprecates the old method but does not remove it, for legacy support. This way, no existing user files need to be touched.
Additionally, this reorganizes the documentation to better reflect the changes.
Also, it adds user hooks to the feature so users can customize the existing functionality.
Based heavily on and closes#2976
* Apply suggestions from code review
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Cleanup based on feedback
* Add short-form keycodes and document them
- add short-form keycodes to quantum/quantum_keycodes.h
- document the new aliases in docs/feature_dynamic_macros.md
* Add Dynamic Macros section and keycodes to docs/keycodes.md
* Make anti-nesting optional
* Add documentation for DYNAMIC_MACRO_NO_NESTING option
* Fix Merge artifacts
* Fix formatting typo in docs
Co-Authored-By: James Young <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Remove DYNAMIC_MACRO_RANGE as it's not needed
* Fix includes and layer var type
Co-authored-by: Florian Didron <fdidron@users.noreply.github.com>
It was beleaved that this setting result in a 400Khz I2C bus.
This was incorrect, actual frequency measure with a logic analyzer was around 150Khz.
This is derived from the excel sheet linked in the .h file.
Also confirmed with the ST IDE.
* Initial migration of software PWM backlight
* First pass at backlight driver docs
* Correct driver name in docs
* Run backlight_task when using BACKLIGHT_PINS
* Resolve backlight docs TODOs
* Move tmk_core/common/backlight to quantum/backlight
* Add guards to backlight inclusion
* Add guards to backlight inclusion
* Update backlight guards on clueboard/60
* Use full paths to avoid vpath issues
* Avoid NO_USB_STARTUP_CHECK - Disable USB as checks seem to enable it somehow
* Update quantum/split_common/split_util.c
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Also remove NO_USB_STARTUP_CHECK from vitamins_included/rev1
* Initial stab at some fake dfu-util-split-left behaviour
* Apply suggestions from code review
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Clang format fixes
* Fake eeprom init for both left and right hand
* IS31FL3733 Dirty page fix
Function IS31FL3733_update_led_control_registers was never setting update register to false. As a result the led on/off page was being written every transaction even when it was not modified. This is ineficient and causes lots of bandwidth use.
-> Fix the IS31FL3733_update_led_control_registers.
-> After testing it was evident that failed I2C transactions could corrupt the Led on/off register.
-> Update IS31FL3733_write_pwm_buffer and IS31FL3733_write_register functions to return 0 upon succesful tranmission and 1 if any of the transmitions within the function fail.
-> Modify IS31FL3733_update_pwm_buffers function so if any of the IS31FL3733_write_pwm_buffer transuction fails, the g_led_control_registers_update_required register is set to true forcing a rewrite of the led on/off register in case it was corrupted.
* Minor comment update
* Upsie:)
* Update is31fl3733.c
* Return fix
* more return fix
* type change
* more boolian logic reversal:)
* Fix held key getting stuck when NKRO is toggled
* Updated file to latest qmk version and added fix to cases MAGIC_UNHOST_NKRO & MAGIC_HOST_NKRO as well.
* Revert merged quantum.c
* Move tmk_core/common/backlight to quantum/backlight
* Add guards to backlight inclusion
* Add guards to backlight inclusion
* Update backlight guards on clueboard/60
* Use full paths to avoid vpath issues
* remove IT_PIPE duplicate and add IT_GRAD
IT_PIPE was declared 2 times, ones as ° and once as |. I changed the first declaration and called it IT_GRAD. I even fixed the definition because the ° in Italian is obtained with LSFT(IT_AACC)
* rename IT_GRAD to IT_DEGR
* add missing plus_and_minus
* fix missing IT_ACUT definition
* change KC_LALT(KC_LSFT to LALT(LSFT
* Fix alignment
* remove leftover
* fix issue generated with chars while pushing
* fix typo
* fix LCBR and RCBR
* fix euro symbol
* fix RBRC
* change IT_LESS form KC_NUBS to KC_GRAVE
* add IT_TILDE and change IT_GRAV to IT_GRAVE
* add missing legends for accented vowels
* format for readability
* revert to commit befor I edit it
* initial commit
* edited to be easier to compare to _ansi.h
* remove keymap_italian_osx_iso.h and rename with edits keymap_italian_osx_ansi.h to keymap_italian_osx.h
I found out there were no difference at all
* fix missing #endif
* rename quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_italian_osx.h to quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_italian_ansi.h
Now this file is a clone of the keymap_italian.h that appears to be working only for ISO keyboards. It also contains a few improvements for IT_PIPE (defined two times) and IT_ACUT (missing definition). Additionally it redefines LCBR and RCBR to LSFT(IT_LBRC) and LSFT(IT_RBRC)
* rename file
* redefines IT_BKSL and IT_PIPE based on KC_BKSL
* add new osx_iso and osx_ansi version for italian.h and align BKSL to BSLS, fix double definition of PIPE
* Add support for Void Linux systems to the qmk_install.sh script
* Fix typos + grammatical edits in comments
* Sort distributions by alphabetical order in linux_install.sh
* Revert previous commit and sort Void packages in alphabetical order
* Fix permissions on `util/linux_install.sh`
The subcommand functions' name follows the Python convention of using
snake case, but looks odd on the command line.
Fix it by converting underscores to dashes, eg.: list_keyboards ->
list-keyboards.
`list_keyboards` replicates the `make list-keyboards` by globbing for all paths
that include `rules.mk` and then removing the paths that include `keymaps`.
This basis of this cli command could be reused in the future as a util, but is
not done so here since this would be the only place that would use it currently
Resolves#6911
This fixes the following issue related to encoding on linux systems. Add
`universal_newlines=True` to subprocess.
<class 'TypeError'>
☒ a bytes-like object is required, not 'str'
Traceback (most recent call last):
File "/usr/local/lib/python3.7/site-packages/milc.py", line 564, in __call__
return self.__call__()
File "/usr/local/lib/python3.7/site-packages/milc.py", line 569, in __call__
return self._entrypoint(self)
File "$HOME/qmk_firmware/lib/python/qmk/cli/doctor.py", line 56, in doctor
for line in mm_check.stdout.split('\n'):
TypeError: a bytes-like object is required, not 'str'
* Rework how bin/qmk handles subcommands
* qmk config wip
* Code to show all configs
* Fully working `qmk config` command
* Mark some CLI arguments so they don't pollute the config file
* Fleshed out config support, nicer subcommand support
* sync with installable cli
* pyformat
* Add a test for subcommand_modules
* Documentation for the `qmk config` command
* split config_token on space so qmk config is more predictable
* Rework how subcommands are imported
* Document `arg_only`
* Document deleting from CLI
* Document how multiple operations work
* Add cli config to the doc index
* Add tests for the cli commands
* Make running the tests more reliable
* Be more selective about building all default keymaps
* Update new-keymap to fit the new subcommand style
* Add documentation about writing CLI scripts
* Document new-keyboard
* Update docs/cli_configuration.md
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update docs/cli_development.md
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update docs/cli_development.md
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update docs/cli_development.md
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Address yan's comments.
* Apply suggestions from code review
suggestions from @noahfrederick
Co-Authored-By: Noah Frederick <code@noahfrederick.com>
* Apply suggestions from code review
Co-Authored-By: Noah Frederick <code@noahfrederick.com>
* Remove pip3 from the test runner
* made tapdance dual_role general
* updated original dual_role functionality
* added toggling layer example
* Fix dual role and add alias
* Update docs about new layer tap dances
* Fix up based on feedback
* provide means to turn on RTP mode and set the amplitude
* new keycode HPT_CONT to turn RTP off/on
* introduce new keycodes HPT_CONI, and HPT_COND for Haptic Continuous Increase and Decrease
* support for continuous mode amplitude increase and decrease
* code cleanup
* update docs to reference new keycodes and functionality
* don't touch the keymaps
* add function prototypes
* add proper guards
* cleanup guards
* remove extra reserved
* Updated encoder.c so that split encoders are indexed based on left hand encoders first.
This ensures when swapping master sides that code logic based on encoder index doesn't change.
PR Review fixes
* Removed extra define
* Fix held key getting stuck when NKRO is toggled
* Updated file to latest qmk version and added fix to cases MAGIC_UNHOST_NKRO & MAGIC_HOST_NKRO as well.
* Revert merged quantum.c
* Move tmk_core/common/backlight to quantum/backlight
* Add guards to backlight inclusion
* Add guards to backlight inclusion
* Update backlight guards on clueboard/60
* Use full paths to avoid vpath issues
* remove IT_PIPE duplicate and add IT_GRAD
IT_PIPE was declared 2 times, ones as ° and once as |. I changed the first declaration and called it IT_GRAD. I even fixed the definition because the ° in Italian is obtained with LSFT(IT_AACC)
* rename IT_GRAD to IT_DEGR
* add missing plus_and_minus
* fix missing IT_ACUT definition
* change KC_LALT(KC_LSFT to LALT(LSFT
* Fix alignment
* remove leftover
* fix issue generated with chars while pushing
* fix typo
* fix LCBR and RCBR
* fix euro symbol
* fix RBRC
* change IT_LESS form KC_NUBS to KC_GRAVE
* add IT_TILDE and change IT_GRAV to IT_GRAVE
* add missing legends for accented vowels
* format for readability
* revert to commit befor I edit it
* initial commit
* edited to be easier to compare to _ansi.h
* remove keymap_italian_osx_iso.h and rename with edits keymap_italian_osx_ansi.h to keymap_italian_osx.h
I found out there were no difference at all
* fix missing #endif
* rename quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_italian_osx.h to quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_italian_ansi.h
Now this file is a clone of the keymap_italian.h that appears to be working only for ISO keyboards. It also contains a few improvements for IT_PIPE (defined two times) and IT_ACUT (missing definition). Additionally it redefines LCBR and RCBR to LSFT(IT_LBRC) and LSFT(IT_RBRC)
* rename file
* redefines IT_BKSL and IT_PIPE based on KC_BKSL
* add new osx_iso and osx_ansi version for italian.h and align BKSL to BSLS, fix double definition of PIPE
* Add support for Void Linux systems to the qmk_install.sh script
* Fix typos + grammatical edits in comments
* Sort distributions by alphabetical order in linux_install.sh
* Revert previous commit and sort Void packages in alphabetical order
* Fix permissions on `util/linux_install.sh`
The subcommand functions' name follows the Python convention of using
snake case, but looks odd on the command line.
Fix it by converting underscores to dashes, eg.: list_keyboards ->
list-keyboards.
`list_keyboards` replicates the `make list-keyboards` by globbing for all paths
that include `rules.mk` and then removing the paths that include `keymaps`.
This basis of this cli command could be reused in the future as a util, but is
not done so here since this would be the only place that would use it currently
Resolves#6911
This fixes the following issue related to encoding on linux systems. Add
`universal_newlines=True` to subprocess.
<class 'TypeError'>
☒ a bytes-like object is required, not 'str'
Traceback (most recent call last):
File "/usr/local/lib/python3.7/site-packages/milc.py", line 564, in __call__
return self.__call__()
File "/usr/local/lib/python3.7/site-packages/milc.py", line 569, in __call__
return self._entrypoint(self)
File "$HOME/qmk_firmware/lib/python/qmk/cli/doctor.py", line 56, in doctor
for line in mm_check.stdout.split('\n'):
TypeError: a bytes-like object is required, not 'str'
* Rework how bin/qmk handles subcommands
* qmk config wip
* Code to show all configs
* Fully working `qmk config` command
* Mark some CLI arguments so they don't pollute the config file
* Fleshed out config support, nicer subcommand support
* sync with installable cli
* pyformat
* Add a test for subcommand_modules
* Documentation for the `qmk config` command
* split config_token on space so qmk config is more predictable
* Rework how subcommands are imported
* Document `arg_only`
* Document deleting from CLI
* Document how multiple operations work
* Add cli config to the doc index
* Add tests for the cli commands
* Make running the tests more reliable
* Be more selective about building all default keymaps
* Update new-keymap to fit the new subcommand style
* Add documentation about writing CLI scripts
* Document new-keyboard
* Update docs/cli_configuration.md
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update docs/cli_development.md
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update docs/cli_development.md
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update docs/cli_development.md
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Address yan's comments.
* Apply suggestions from code review
suggestions from @noahfrederick
Co-Authored-By: Noah Frederick <code@noahfrederick.com>
* Apply suggestions from code review
Co-Authored-By: Noah Frederick <code@noahfrederick.com>
* Remove pip3 from the test runner
* made tapdance dual_role general
* updated original dual_role functionality
* added toggling layer example
* Fix dual role and add alias
* Update docs about new layer tap dances
* Fix up based on feedback
* provide means to turn on RTP mode and set the amplitude
* new keycode HPT_CONT to turn RTP off/on
* introduce new keycodes HPT_CONI, and HPT_COND for Haptic Continuous Increase and Decrease
* support for continuous mode amplitude increase and decrease
* code cleanup
* update docs to reference new keycodes and functionality
* don't touch the keymaps
* add function prototypes
* add proper guards
* cleanup guards
* remove extra reserved
* Updated encoder.c so that split encoders are indexed based on left hand encoders first.
This ensures when swapping master sides that code logic based on encoder index doesn't change.
PR Review fixes
* Removed extra define
* Created python version of new_keymap.sh: new_keymap.py
* Updated usage message
* Updated new_keymap.py to use python3.5+ syntax & be more similar to new_keyboard.sh
* Updated complete message
* Updated usage in argparser and removed incorrect usage_message
* Reverted the fstrings back to strings that use .format() & updated docstring convention
* Added helper to recursively cd .. until at qmk_firmware root directory
* Revert "Added helper to recursively cd .. until at qmk_firmware root directory"
This reverts commit 61a0ff3b25f91901287bec8d58eb51a1f126e2ad.
* Updated new_keymap.py to use printf-style format strings
* First draft lib/python/qmk/cli/new/keymap.py with milc
* Removed shebang & syspath appending lines
* Added optional args & resolved some cr comemnts
* Added a docstring and updated strings
* Fix battery level code in adafruit_ble.cpp
The code in tsk_core/protocol/lufa/adafluit_ble.cpp that polls the
battery level for the Adafruit feather BLE controller reads the
regulated voltage, not the raw voltage coming from the battery. To do
that, the Adafruit Feather docs say you should read from pin A9:
https://learn.adafruit.com/adafruit-feather-32u4-basic-proto/power-management#measuring-battery-4-9.
(See also
https://learn.adafruit.com/adafruit-feather-32u4-bluefruit-le/pinouts#logic-pins-2-9.)
I'm not sure why, but analogRead(9); doesn't read the correct pin.
Checking all available analog pins experimentally, it turns out that
analogRead(7); returns the correct value. So the code above should read:
state.vbat = analogRead(7);
* Update tmk_core/protocol/lufa/adafruit_ble.cpp
Co-Authored-By: Drashna Jaelre <drashna@live.com>
* Remove old comment
* Fix linking error
* Remove `#ifdef` around `#include analog.h`.
* Really fix linking error
* Add Dip Switches as a core feature
* Add documentation for Dip Switch feature
* Update Preonic Rev3 to use new feature and remove custom matrix
* Apply suggestions from code review
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Remove custom matrix line completely
Rather than just disabling it
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* DIP changes
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Use better check for DIP Switch configuration
* Add to show features
* Add bitmask callback for dip switch
* Fix OLKB Boards dip switch config
* Update docs to include bitmask example
* Fix comments/documentation
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Fix issues with docs and use example from @tuzonghua
* Fix wording
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Fix example to use proper formatting
Bad, BAAAAAAD drashna!!!
* Handle dip switch initialization better
* Add `dfu-programmer` to `pacman -S` (#6618)
`dfu-programmer` now resides at `extra/dfu-programmer` and is no longer
in the AUR
* Add `--needed` option to `pacman -S` for efficiency
* Fix
* Update util/linux_install.sh
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Fix indentation
* Fix braces
* Expand descriptor headers
* Align descriptor elements
* Nicer formatting
* Tidy up preprocessor statements
* Remove VERSION_BCD redefine - LUFA_VERSION_INTEGER is currently 0x170418
* Tidy up comments
* Tweak ordering of HID report elements (no functional changes)
* We don't need all of these newlines
* Move default USB_MAX_POWER_CONSUMPTION closer to where it makes sense
* Ask nicely
* Add some more comments
* Change indentation back to 4 spaces
* Add changelog entry
* Created python version of new_keymap.sh: new_keymap.py
* Updated usage message
* Updated new_keymap.py to use python3.5+ syntax & be more similar to new_keyboard.sh
* Updated complete message
* Updated usage in argparser and removed incorrect usage_message
* Reverted the fstrings back to strings that use .format() & updated docstring convention
* Added helper to recursively cd .. until at qmk_firmware root directory
* Revert "Added helper to recursively cd .. until at qmk_firmware root directory"
This reverts commit 61a0ff3b25f91901287bec8d58eb51a1f126e2ad.
* Updated new_keymap.py to use printf-style format strings
* First draft lib/python/qmk/cli/new/keymap.py with milc
* Removed shebang & syspath appending lines
* Added optional args & resolved some cr comemnts
* Added a docstring and updated strings
* Fix battery level code in adafruit_ble.cpp
The code in tsk_core/protocol/lufa/adafluit_ble.cpp that polls the
battery level for the Adafruit feather BLE controller reads the
regulated voltage, not the raw voltage coming from the battery. To do
that, the Adafruit Feather docs say you should read from pin A9:
https://learn.adafruit.com/adafruit-feather-32u4-basic-proto/power-management#measuring-battery-4-9.
(See also
https://learn.adafruit.com/adafruit-feather-32u4-bluefruit-le/pinouts#logic-pins-2-9.)
I'm not sure why, but analogRead(9); doesn't read the correct pin.
Checking all available analog pins experimentally, it turns out that
analogRead(7); returns the correct value. So the code above should read:
state.vbat = analogRead(7);
* Update tmk_core/protocol/lufa/adafruit_ble.cpp
Co-Authored-By: Drashna Jaelre <drashna@live.com>
* Remove old comment
* Fix linking error
* Remove `#ifdef` around `#include analog.h`.
* Really fix linking error
* Add Dip Switches as a core feature
* Add documentation for Dip Switch feature
* Update Preonic Rev3 to use new feature and remove custom matrix
* Apply suggestions from code review
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Remove custom matrix line completely
Rather than just disabling it
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* DIP changes
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Use better check for DIP Switch configuration
* Add to show features
* Add bitmask callback for dip switch
* Fix OLKB Boards dip switch config
* Update docs to include bitmask example
* Fix comments/documentation
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Fix issues with docs and use example from @tuzonghua
* Fix wording
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Fix example to use proper formatting
Bad, BAAAAAAD drashna!!!
* Handle dip switch initialization better
* Add `dfu-programmer` to `pacman -S` (#6618)
`dfu-programmer` now resides at `extra/dfu-programmer` and is no longer
in the AUR
* Add `--needed` option to `pacman -S` for efficiency
* Fix
* Update util/linux_install.sh
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Fix indentation
* Fix braces
* Expand descriptor headers
* Align descriptor elements
* Nicer formatting
* Tidy up preprocessor statements
* Remove VERSION_BCD redefine - LUFA_VERSION_INTEGER is currently 0x170418
* Tidy up comments
* Tweak ordering of HID report elements (no functional changes)
* We don't need all of these newlines
* Move default USB_MAX_POWER_CONSUMPTION closer to where it makes sense
* Ask nicely
* Add some more comments
* Change indentation back to 4 spaces
* Add changelog entry
* Add universal flash command
* Add bootloader info to I:C boards
* Add support for ATSAM
* Add messages for flash target
* Message cleanup
* Add USB ASP Flashing target
* Make usbasp target more universal
* Add phoney target for usbasp
* Clarify error message when bootloader isn't matched
* A little easier to read the definition of the GPIO control macro for AVR.
No change in build result.
* Changed to not use GNU statement expression extension.
No change in build result.
* Modified split_common/serial.c to use qmk_firmware standard GPIO control macro.
No change in build result.
* fix PE6 -> E6
* remove some space
* add some comment to config_common.h
* Changed split_common/serial.c to use a newer version of qmk_firmware standard GPIO control macro.
* Add MAGIC_SWAP_CONTROL_LGUI and MAGIC_UNSWAP_CONTROL_LGUI keycodes
Key codes to swap and unswap the control and windows/cmd keys
* Fix issues with pull request #6110
Renamed swap/unswap lctl and lgui key codes, added key codes to swap/unswap rctl and rgui, and moved new bool inside keycode_config.h struct to the end
* Move new keycodes to the end of the enum (#6110)
* add cases for swapped control and OS keys to mod_config (#6110)
* Add new keycodes to feature_bootmagic.md (#6110)
* Add R+L swap codes to keep in parity with AG_* codes
* Extend Magic range check to include new magic codes
* Update audio docs
* Combine 2 byte ranges into 1 word for EECONFG
Fix names for Keymap config EEPROM
* Update docs/feature_bootmagic.md
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update docs/feature_bootmagic.md
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update docs/feature_bootmagic.md
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update docs/feature_bootmagic.md
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Add an alternative method for keyboard discovery to speed up build
* Chain MAKEFLAGS for docker_build.sh
* Slight improvement to number of items sent to sort
* Remove debug line
* Fix line escape
* Add universal flash command
* Add bootloader info to I:C boards
* Add support for ATSAM
* Add messages for flash target
* Message cleanup
* Add USB ASP Flashing target
* Make usbasp target more universal
* Add phoney target for usbasp
* Clarify error message when bootloader isn't matched
* A little easier to read the definition of the GPIO control macro for AVR.
No change in build result.
* Changed to not use GNU statement expression extension.
No change in build result.
* Modified split_common/serial.c to use qmk_firmware standard GPIO control macro.
No change in build result.
* fix PE6 -> E6
* remove some space
* add some comment to config_common.h
* Changed split_common/serial.c to use a newer version of qmk_firmware standard GPIO control macro.
* Add MAGIC_SWAP_CONTROL_LGUI and MAGIC_UNSWAP_CONTROL_LGUI keycodes
Key codes to swap and unswap the control and windows/cmd keys
* Fix issues with pull request #6110
Renamed swap/unswap lctl and lgui key codes, added key codes to swap/unswap rctl and rgui, and moved new bool inside keycode_config.h struct to the end
* Move new keycodes to the end of the enum (#6110)
* add cases for swapped control and OS keys to mod_config (#6110)
* Add new keycodes to feature_bootmagic.md (#6110)
* Add R+L swap codes to keep in parity with AG_* codes
* Extend Magic range check to include new magic codes
* Update audio docs
* Combine 2 byte ranges into 1 word for EECONFG
Fix names for Keymap config EEPROM
* Update docs/feature_bootmagic.md
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update docs/feature_bootmagic.md
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update docs/feature_bootmagic.md
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update docs/feature_bootmagic.md
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Add an alternative method for keyboard discovery to speed up build
* Chain MAKEFLAGS for docker_build.sh
* Slight improvement to number of items sent to sort
* Remove debug line
* Fix line escape
* Add some defaults for ATmega32A to mcu_selection.mk
* Remove boilerplate from templates
* Relax INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT and PROGRAM_CMD
* Apply suggestions from code review
Co-Authored-By: Drashna Jaelre <drashna@live.com>
* Extend allowed range of tappable keycodes to include modifiers
* Get rid of the magic numbers altogether
* Remove some more magic numbers
* Extract LM() functionality from ACT_LAYER_TAP
* Use ACTION() macro everywhere
* Improve backlight PWM pin support
* I accidentally an equals sign
* Another typo
* Order by pin number
* Throw an error if backlight pin is C4 or C5 on 16/32U4
* Use else for clarity
* Minor alignment adjustments
Currently OLED Dirver only supports LF (\n) character in a string to clear out the rest of the current line and advance to the next line for writing. This PR adds support for CR (\r) character as well to advance to the next line, however not clear out the rest of the current line. This is extremely useful when you want to display a multi-line logo using a single array without wiping out exiting lines and flagging the OLED as dirty unnecessarily.
* chore: align mod tap and mouse keys timings with the ergodox ez
* fix: align planck ez default tapping toggle with ergodox
* fix: ignore all layer keys in music mode
* Typedef'ed layer_state_t to uint32_t.
This enables future work with layer_state_t to uint8_t for optimization purposes.
* Removed accidental xeal60 commit
* Revert to egyptian brackets, added sizeof(layer_state_t) so when layer_state_t is redefined it will automagically work.
* Add additional typedefs
* Add checks for setting layer state
* Update tmk_core/common/action_layer.h
Co-Authored-By: alex-ong <the.onga@gmail.com>
* Revert commit.
* Added check for pressed to clear space cadet
* Found some docs to update
* Update docs/quantum_keycodes.md
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* Changes from PR
* Remove the need to set NUM_OF_ENCODERS
Instead, calculate the size of the array, and use that instead
* Add hack for split common support
* Remove NUM_OF_ENCODERS from keyboard config
Can be reverted, if needed
* Update the :bootloader target to pass along correct hardware info
* Update make scripts to properly grab the settings (a big thanks to @yanfali)
* Remove LUFA debug warnings
* Initial conversion of vagrant to use qmkfm/base_container
* Fix vagrant when using docker provider
* Workaround for VirtualBox VM restarts
* Generalise Vagrant docs slightly and add FAQ
* Store backlight breathing state in EEPROM
* Reduce backlight_config.level from 6 bits to 4 (max 15 "on" levels)
* Error out if BACKLIGHT_LEVELS is > 15
* Remove mention of default backlight pin in rules.mk template
* Remove pointless comment
Zeroing out spd in eeconfig_init_quantum
Switched to block read & update
Update tmk_core/common/eeconfig.h
Co-Authored-By: Drashna Jaelre <drashna@live.com>
Fixing init compile error
Update eeconfig.c
Dead / Missing API cleanup
alignment
* Add out of bound check for Leader Key sequence array
* A shot at advanced C stuff for Leader Key optimization
* Revert most changes
* Change default back
* Include string.h if compiling for ARM
* Use sizeof instead of a number
* Align sendstring LUTs to 9 characters wide
* Replace 0 with XXXXXXX
* Use decimal 128 for LUT size
* Align heading comments
* Add ASCII table comments
* Add missing AltGr LUTs and adjust keycode LUTs accordingly
* Use pragma once
* Correct a couple more keycodes
* Capitalise "BÉPO"
* Also clean up the default tables
* Tidy up Belgian and Norman LUTs
* Add user-overridable callback for cancelling UCIS input
To clean up things from qk_ucis_start_user() for instance.
* restore lost newline to quantum/process_keycode/process_ucis.c
Co-Authored-By: shinmai <aapo.saaristo@gmail.com>
* Script to generate keymap.c from JSON file.
* Support for keymap.json
* Add a warning about the keymap.c getting overwritten.
* Fix keymap generating
* Install the python deps
* Flesh out more of the python environment
* Remove defunct json2keymap
* Style everything with yapf
* Polish up python support
* Hide json keymap.c into the .build dir
* Polish up qmk-compile-json
* Make milc work with positional arguments
* Fix a couple small things
* Fix some errors and make the CLI more understandable
* Make the qmk wrapper more robust
* Add basic QMK Doctor
* Clean up docstrings and flesh them out as needed
* remove unused compile_firmware() function
* Fix up GPIO macros
* Fix up send string macros
`string` arguments must not be parenthesized
* Fix up miscellaneous macros
* Make indentation uniform (4 spaces)
* Make #ifdef vs #if defined usage consistent
* Reorder standard includes
* Revert indentation changes as per review comments
* Revert #if defined(__AVR__) → #ifdef __AVR__ change
* Change 2 space indent to 4 spaces on a couple of lines
* Replace include guard with #pragma once
* Move layout macros to revision folders
* Update Planck EZ layout macros
Planck EZ only supports one layout (centered 2u spacebar). Deleted all the other macros.
* Flesh out QMK Configurator support
Give each Planck revision its own info.json file.
* Readme updates
- give each revision its own readme
- add the Planck EZ to the main Planck readme
* Fix layout macro for Planck EZ
Previous matrix didn't compile because the electrical matrix defined a k3b location, which was unused by the physical arguments.
Drashna was kind enough to confirm the Planck EZ's matrix for me.
Co-authored-by: Drashna Jaelre <drashna@live.com>
* Pretend the Planck EZ supports ortho_4x12 layout
The hardware doesn't, but doing so prevents CI errors because the default keymap uses LAYOUT_planck_grid.
Going to pretend LAYOUT_ortho_4x12 is a valid layout for the Planck EZ.
* Update Planck EZ's URL in info.json
Co-Authored-By: Drashna Jaelre <drashna@live.com>
* Planck: layout macro refactor
Unified layout macro names across AVR and ARM boards.
Currently certain layout macros are specific to either AVR or ARM when used in the QMK Configurator. If an AVR-specific macro is used for a Planck rev. 6, or an ARM-specific macro on a rev. 5 or earlier, the user receives a compile error.
* Update keyboards/planck/planck.h per @drashna
Changed KC_LAYOUT_ortho_4x12 alias to LAYOUT_kc_ortho_4x12.
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Add KC_KEYMAP alias for LAYOUT_kc macro
per @drashna
Update keyboards/planck/planck.h
Co-Authored-By: noroadsleft <18669334+noroadsleft@users.noreply.github.com>
* Fix LAYOUT_planck_1x2uC macro for Planck rev6
Thanks to drashna for testing.
* Fix inline comment regarding revisions
* Add specific info.json file for Planck rev6
* modify oled_driver to support SH1106
also:
- improve mechanism to specify which OLED IC we use
- comment calc_bounds()
- give OLED_COLUMN_OFFSET a default value
- inline comment re: OLED MEMORY_MODE and SH1106
- update docs/feature_oled_driver.h for SH1106 support and related changes
- docs: OLED: note we have tested SSD1306 on ARM boards (per @XScorpion2)
- define out MEMORY_MODE when using SH1106 OLED driver
* document that SSD1306 128x64 on AVR works
Per @XScorpion2: https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/5787#discussion_r291837842
I2C timing parameters were seemingly set up for an STM32F303 target MCU, at a specific clock speed. This commit allows specifying the timing parameters via config.h, allowing other STM32 MCUs to be targeted, potentially at different clock frequencies.
Alternate function modes for the I2C pins are now also configurable, allowing for remapping to other pins.
* Fix edge case when using One Shot Layer with Auto Shift, and it not triggering the cleanup
* Remove junk code (no longer used)
* Replace `(un)register_code` calls with `tap_code` where appropriate
* Fixed up Switch check to be more readable (less verbose)
* Simplified modifier check (if it comes back non-zero, there are mods)
* Add additional function calls for autoshift settings
* Made all variables static, since there are function calls to get their status
* Fixed up documentation
* belgian layout had no sendstring definition
* backtick was not defined for belgian sendstring
* slash definition was wrong for belgian sendstring
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* use BE_ keys whenever we can
Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>
* ^ can be sent as a normal key (not a dead key) with altgr+para
* Adding an AUDIO_CLICKY_DELAY_DURATION configurable value to the AUDIO_CLICKY feature.
* Tweaking my community keymap to work better with my rev 4 planck.
* Increase delay for Hold-Tap register for CAPSLOCK
Because it seems that the 80ms delay wasn't too much
* Screw it, make the caps delay a define and make it configurable
* add rgblight_set_effect_range()
* implement effect range
* Arrange the order of function list in rgblight.h .
* update docs/feature_rgblight.md
* fix RGBLIGHT_RAINBOW_SWIRL_RANGE default value
* add example code about Utility Functions
* add example code about direct operation functions
* When RGBLIGHT_SPLIT is defined, the following function has no meaning and is invalidated.
* rgblight_setrgb_master(r, g, b)
* rgblight_setrgb_slave(r, g, b)
* rgblight_sethsv_master(h, s, v)
* rgblight_sethsv_slave(h, s, v)
* add temporary test code for rgblight_set_effect_range
* fix rgblight_effect_knight() bug
* Test End. Revert "add temporary test code for rgblight_set_effect_range"
This reverts commit 5680cddd012d68b2db75a532862a7fef250f8973.
* clean up rgb matrix extern usage
Moved rgb matrix boiler plate into macros
Rebased onto typing heatmap pr
* Fixing the reversed frame buffer access in digital rain
* Fixing digital rain & typing heatmap if keyreactive effects are not enabled
* Apply suggestions from code review
Co-Authored-By: Drashna Jaelre <drashna@live.com>
* Adding parenthesizes to DRIVER_LED_TOTAL where necessary
* Updated docs
* added notes about parentheses
slave backlight was always on - as get_backlight_level() doesn't
indicate if the backlight is enabled or not.
also updated the corosponding code for serial transport to stop peeking
directly at 'internal' backlight_config structure.
* Initial conversion of the rgb_led struct
* Converting last keyboard & updating effects to take advantage of the new structure
* New struct should not be const
* Updated docs
* Changing define ___ for no led to NO_LED
* Missed converting some keymap usages of the old struct layout
* Re-fix Mousekey Movements
After the new movement model was instroduced, it broke diagonal momement, again. Reapplying fix from #3147 to both old and new acceleration method.
* Make diagonal mouse report checks more readable
Co-Authored-By: drashna <drashna@live.com>
* Expose unicode_saved_mods
* Add UNICODEMAP shift pair functionality and XS keycode
* Add XS to keycode reference documentation
* Pick pair index based on both Shift and Caps Lock state
* Add XS to Unicode feature docs
* Clean up process_unicode* headers
* Extract unicode_map index calculation into function
* Pick pair index as XOR rather than OR of Shift and Caps states
* unicode_input_start() has to be called before the unicode_map index is calculated
* Replace unicodemap_input_error() with more generic unicode_input_cancel()
* Replace register+tap+unregister with tap_code16(LCTL(LSFT(KC_U)))
* UNICODE_OSX_KEY → UNICODE_KEY_OSX, UNICODE_WINC_KEY → UNICODE_KEY_WINC
* Make keycode range checks more robust
* Fix keycode range checks for different input modes
* Add UNICODE_KEY_LNX, update docs
* QK_UNICODEMAP_SHIFT → QK_UNICODEMAP_PAIR
* XS → XP, update docs
* Tweak Unicode docs
* Use recently added MOD_MASK_SHIFT and IS_HOST_LED_ON helpers
* Update Unicode table in docs/keycodes.md
* Update Unicode docs per review comments
* Replace references to Mac OS X with macOS in Unicode docs
* As of v0.9.0, WinCompose supports all possible code points
* Expand descriptions in XP docs
* Update keycode table and cycling docs
* Further expand cycling docs
The insertion point for `$(patsubst %.c,%.clib,$(LIB_SRC))` must be after all normal `SRC += ..` . I modified it to be so.
Because LIB_SRC and SRC are assumed to be used in pairs. Similarly, QUANTUM_LIB_SRC and QUANTUM_SRC are assumed to be used in pairs.
* Add DFU Suffix for ARM boards
* Blindly flash DFU SUFFIX ARGS for now
* Fix commented out check
* Fix DFU Suffix Argument check
Thank you jack!
* Update Travis CI Scripts to include dfu-util
So we can get dfu-suffix as well
* Manually add dfu-suffix package
* Use external repo for newer version of dfu-util
One that includes dfu-suffix
* Update .travis.yml
* Silence unnecessary output from dfu-suffix
* If RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHE_CENTER is undefined, use fixed breathe table instead of exp() and sin()
* Change rgblight breathing table size to be easily selectable.
add RGBLIGHT_BREATHE_TABLE_SIZE macro for customize breathing effect.
* Adjusted the linear led table and hsv_to_rgb to better handle 255 hue
* small math adjustments to better handle specific uint8_t rounding and overflows
* Revamped custom effects approach
See docs for example usage
* push-up RGB Matrix default mode
Override default effect using RGB_MATRIX_STARTUP_MODE.
Useful on boards without EEPROM support
(*cough* Massdrop ALT/CTRL *cough*)
* update docs
* Move lib8tion header-defined constant into implementation file, add to build
* Move b_m16_interleave initializtion to lib8tion.c, change build to include lib8tion.c in QUANTUM_LIB_SRC
* Remove left-over whitespace
* Move lib8tion include by RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE code in makefile
* Revert build changes and change lib8tion b_m16_interleave constant to static
Patch from https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/3657#issuecomment-415147411
Long story short, in avr-gcc pre-8.2, reset_key was assigned to a memory area that was in a normal range, but when 8.2 came out, that memory got moved to an out of range area, causing errors like 0x800293 out of range. Apparently, this was fixed up in avr-gcc, but we haven't seen a release with the fix yet (we expected it in 8.3, but that didn't happen for some reason).
What this commit does is move the reset_key back to the original memory location it was in before.
* add I2C_slave_buffer_t to quantum/split_common/transport.c
Improvements to ease the maintenance of the I2C slave buffer layout. And this commit does not change the compilation results.
* add temporary pdhelix(Patched Helix) code
* temporary cherry-pick from #5020
add new version(#5020) quantum/rgblight.[ch], quantum/rgblight_modes.h
* add post_config.h support to build_keyboard.mk
* add quantum/rgblight_post_config.h, quantum/split_common/post_config.h
Add quantum/rgblight_post_config.h and quantum/split_common/post_config.h using POST_CONFIG_H variable of build_keyboard.mk.
quantum/rgblight_post_config.h additionally defines RGBLIGHT_SPLIT if RGBLED_SPIT is defined.
quantum/split_common/post_config.h defines RGBLIGHT_SPLIT additionally when master-slave communication is I2C.
* Change split_common's transport.c I2C to use the synchronization feature of rgblight.c
* Change split_common's transport.c serial to use the synchronization feature of rgblight.c
* test RGBLIGHT_SPLIT on keyboards/handwired/pdhelix
* Test End Revert "test RGBLIGHT_SPLIT on keyboards/handwired/pdhelix"
This reverts commit 80118a6bbd3d9fc4c7797fef0c34bc67aa73aa98.
[x] make RGBLIGHT_TEST=1 handwired/pdhelix/i2c:default
[x] make RGBLIGHT_TEST=2 handwired/pdhelix/i2c:default (same RGBLIGHT_TEST=3)
[x] make RGBLIGHT_TEST=3 handwired/pdhelix/i2c:default
[x] make RGBLIGHT_TEST=1 handwired/pdhelix/pd2:default
[x] make RGBLIGHT_TEST=2 handwired/pdhelix/pd2:default
[x] make RGBLIGHT_TEST=3 handwired/pdhelix/pd2:default
[x] make RGBLIGHT_TEST=1 handwired/pdhelix/pd2_2oled:default
[x] make RGBLIGHT_TEST=2 handwired/pdhelix/pd2_2oled:default
[x] make RGBLIGHT_TEST=3 handwired/pdhelix/pd2_2oled:default
* Test End, Revert "temporary cherry-pick from #5020"
This reverts commit d35069f68bda0c50370442a5c7aae60c2f4ce5c0.
* Test End, Revert "add temporary pdhelix(Patched Helix) code"
This reverts commit aebddfc1a879796afae297ef0723a4fe73af3660.
* temporarily cherry-pick from #5020 to see if it passes the travis-ci test.
add new version(#5020) quantum/rgblight.[ch], quantum/rgblight_modes.h
* Passed the travis-ci test. Revert "temporarily cherry-pick from #5020 to see if it passes the travis-ci test."
This reverts commit 647c0a9755eb6a05f76d09b2d59bce67b85a841f.
* update docs/config_options.md
* update split_common/transport.c, improves maintainability of serial transaction IDs.
No change in build result.
* temporary cherry-pick from #5020
* fix build fail keebio/iris/rev3:default
* fix build fail lets_split_eh/eh:default
* Revert "temporary cherry-pick from #5020"
This reverts commit be48ca1b4515366a097af8dd1cd7b28b7ee09947.
* temporary cherry-pick from #5020 (0.6.336)
* Revert "temporary cherry-pick from #5020 (0.6.336)"
This reverts commit 978d26a8b3cf0acc485838a7d76d6128b77c630c.
* temporary cherry-pick from #5020 (0.6.336)
* add temporary file that is rgblight.c call graph
* add rgblight_update_hook()
* update rgblight-call-graph.dot (temporary file)
* add more hook point
* add TODO comment
* temporary Revert "add TODO comment"
This reverts commit df6165aac9b3a31d1d3e31ce52aadc134b84eac2.
* temporary Revert "add more hook point"
This reverts commit 64592b06f3bcdaac47c59f922018a273bef76776.
* temporary Revert "add rgblight_update_hook()"
This reverts commit 432b74c912ed4333e6633e20a1bcda10c6a10eaf.
* add rgblight_update_hook()
* add more hook point
* add TODO comment
* implement rgblight_update_hook()
* remove rgblight_update_hook(), add RGBLIGHT_SPLIT_SET_CHANGE_XXXX
rgblight_update_hook() is too large.
change to simple flag setting.
* shrink rgblight_config_t
* implement rgblight_update_sync()
Note: The animation synchronization process has not been implemented yet.
* update quantum/rgblight-call-graph.dot (temporary file)
* rmove quantum/rgblight-call-graph.dot (temporary file)
* update rgblight.c
* Add temporary code to Helix keyboard 'five_rows' keymap to test rgblight.c .
* fix build break rgblight_update_sync() when all animation off
* fix quantum/rgblight.c:rgblight_disable_XX() add RGBLIGHT_SPLIT_SET_CHANGE_MODE
* quantum/rgblight.c change code order: move rgblight_update_sync()
* add mode_base_table[] to quantum/rgblight.c
* quantum/rgblight.c use mode_base_table[] and rgblight_status.base_mode
* quantum/rgblkght.c animation timer integration
* quantum/rgblkght.c add animation sync for split keyboard
* fix mode_base_table[] and snake effect
* fix build break keyboards/mxss.
keyboards/mxss's local rgblight.c need old version rgblight.h
* rgblight.c: fix animation sync
* quantum/rgblight.c: fix snake effect sync
* quantum/rgblight.c: animation sync interverl 30 sec
* quantum/rgblight.c: fix rgblight_effect_rainbow_swirl() and rgblight_effect_knight()
* quantum/rgblight.c: add macro RGBLIGHT_SPLIT_ANIMATION
* cherry-pick from 'rgblight_modes.h sample implementation'
* fix RGBLIGHT_SPLIT_ANIMATION check position
* Update temporary code in Helix keyboard 'five_rows' keymap to test rgblight.c
* Reduce the firmware size by 1500 bytes when rgblight_effect_breathing() is enabled.
* Changed to rgblight_sethsv_eeprom_helper() for easier reading.
* add fail-safe code to quantum/rgblight.c:rgblight_task(),rgblight_timer_enable()
* remove temporary code in Helix keyboard 'five_rows' keymap
* quantum/rgblight.c: add split-keyboard master side sync functions
add functions:
uint8_t rgblight_get_change_flags(void);
void rgblight_clear_change_flags(void);
void rgblight_get_syncinfo(rgblight_syncinfo_t *syncinfo);
change function:
void rgblight_update_sync(rgblight_syncinfo_t *syncinfo, bool write_to_eeprom);
* Change rgblight_update_sync() to use write_to_eeprom.
* remove TODO comment from quantum/rgblight.h
* Revert "fix build break keyboards/mxss."
This reverts commit 90b9a1aa7d8af226751500e49e3ea0214cc4e024.
(Separated this change into the newly opened PR #5461.)
* Revert "Reduce the firmware size by 1500 bytes when rgblight_effect_breathing() is enabled."
This reverts commit b61004e63e82cf5334cee4def4ba10cffa88885f.
* update quantum/rgblight.c: Code size reduction when not using RGBLIGHT_SPLIT.
* Add temporary code to Helix keyboard 'five_rows' keymap to test rgblight.c .
* add temporary pdhelix(Patched Helix) code
* Add temporary code to split_common/transport.c to test rgblight.c.
* Finish testing rgblight.c with helix keyboard.
Revert "Add temporary code to Helix keyboard 'five_rows' keymap to test rgblight.c ."
This reverts commit 0bf81a4723a977adc0cb09b4272ee5c9b4f2bbbb.
* Finish testing rgblight.c with quantum/split_common code.
Revert "Add temporary code to split_common/transport.c to test rgblight.c."
This reverts commit 71db3e24eef40d4c455fb9fd1664e4487c9d927a.
* remove temporary pdhelix(Patched Helix) code
This reverts commit 5287e51a394741bcb6028c7cfc0dd0c984645f76.
* Added description of RGBLIGHT_SPLIT macro to docs/feature_rgblight.md.
* add RGBLIGHT_SPLIT_SET_CHANGE_HSVS to rgblight_init()
* Changed to restart animation only when changing mode.
When changing hue, sat and val, the animation is not restarted and continues.
* Port DIRECT_PINS from split_common/matrix.c to matrix.c
* Reorder matrix.c to remove foward declaration and match split_common/matrix.c
* Refactor nano to use DIRECT_PINS
* Reorder matrix.c to remove foward declaration and match split_common/matrix.c
* Add DIRECT_PINS documentation
* Reorder matrix.c to remove foward declaration and match split_common/matrix.c - fix logic from inherited from split_common
* Add DIRECT_PINS documentation - review comments
* RGB Matrix overhaul
Breakout of animations to separate files
Integration of optimized int based math lib
Overhaul of rgb_matrix.c and animations for performance
* Updating effect function api for future extensions
* Combined the keypresses || keyreleases define checks into a single define so I stop forgetting it where necessary
* Moving define RGB_MATRIX_KEYREACTIVE_ENABLED earlier in the include chain
* Adds the Planck EZ, 3737 RGB, fixes out-of-tune notes
* fix bug in quantum/rgb_matrix_drivers.c
Co-Authored-By: jackhumbert <jack.humb@gmail.com>
* update command setting to the correct default
* correct rgb config
* remove commented-out lines
* update docs for the 3737
* Update docs/feature_rgb_matrix.md
Co-Authored-By: jackhumbert <jack.humb@gmail.com>
Since combos keep local state about what keys have been previously pressed, when combos are layered, multiple keypresses will register for any key with multiple combos assigned to it. In order to fix this, I switched process_combo to use a global keycode / keyrecord register and timer. When a keypress is consumed by a combo, it gets stored in the register and the timer is updated; when the next keypress takes too long or a key is pressed that isn't part of any combo, the buffer is emitted and the timer reset. This has a few side effects. For instance, I couldn't _not_ fix combo keys printing out of order while also fixing this bug, so combo keys print in order correctly when a combo fails. since combos no longer have local timers, the logic around when combos time out has changed. now that there is a single timer pressing any combo key (including one in a different combo) will reset the timer for all combos, making combo entry a little more lenient. Since combos no longer have local keycode / keyrecord state, there is an edge case where incomplete combo keys can be consumed. if you have a combo for a+s = tab and a combo for b+n = space, if you press a+b+n, only a space will be emitted. This is because when b+n completes successfully, it drops the register.
* Add customizable tapping terms
* Add Documentation
* Fix function
* Fixes
* It's not a pointer
* Add debugging output
* Update documentation to be at least vaguely accurate
* Use `get_tapping_term(tapping_key.event)` instead
`e` doesn't include column and row information, properly. It registers as 255, regardless of the actual keypress.
However `tapping_key.event` actually gives the correct column and row information. It appears be the correct structure to use.
In fact, it looks like the issue is that `e` is actually the "TICK" structure, as defined in keyboard.h
* Use variable tapping term value rather than define
* Silly drashna - tapping_key.event, not event
* add get_event_keycode() function
* Fix typo
Co-Authored-By: drashna <drashna@live.com>
* Remove post_process_record_quantum since it's the wrong PR
* Update quantum/quantum.c
Co-Authored-By: drashna <drashna@live.com>
* Better handle ifdef statement for permissive hold
Since we can't be sure that tapping term is actually 500
* Update quantum.c comments based on feedback
* Clean up get_tapping_term function
Clean up function so that users don't need to call the event function, and instead only check the keycode
* Add ability to run functionality on and off
* Make ifdef's more compact
* port Massdrop CTRL/ALT to use RGB Matrix
Co-authored-by: Matt Schneeberger <helluvamatt@gmail.com>
* Massdrop lighting support working
This commit is to get the Massdrop lighting code working again through use of the compilation define USE_MASSDROP_CONFIGURATOR added to a keymap's rules.mk.
Added keymaps for both CTRL and ALT named default_md and mac_md. These should be used if the Massdrop style lighting is desired.
* Updating config based on testing results with patrickmt & compile errors
* Updates for PR5328
For CTRL and ALT:
Moved location of new RGB Matrix macros from config_led.h to config.h.
Added RGB_MATRIX_LED_FLUSH_LIMIT (time between flushes) to config.h for correct LED driver update timing.
Re-added missing breathing code for when Massdrop configurator mode is defined.
* remove prilik keymap form PR
* Implemented Eager Per Row debouncing algorithm.
Good for when fingers can only press one row at a time (e.g. when keyboard is wired so that "rows" are vertical)
* Added documentation for eager_pr
* Ported ergodox_ez to eager_pr debouncing.
* Removed check for changes in matrix_scan.
* Added further clarification in docs.
* Accidental merge with ergodox_ez
* Small cleanup in eager_pr
* Forgot to debounce_init - this would probably cause seg-faults.
* RGB Matrix overhaul
Breakout of animations to separate files
Integration of optimized int based math lib
Overhaul of rgb_matrix.c and animations for performance
* Updating effect function api for future extensions
* Combined the keypresses || keyreleases define checks into a single define so I stop forgetting it where necessary
* Moving define RGB_MATRIX_KEYREACTIVE_ENABLED earlier in the include chain
Added Fantasie Impromptu and Nocturne Op. 9 No. 1 in B flat minor by Chopin
Added Isabella's Lullaby from The Promised Neverland
Added Renai Circulation and Platinum Disco from Monogatari
Added Terra's theme from Final Fantasy 6
* Fixed typo of 'confid.h' to 'config.h'
* Fixed broken links in docs
* Fixed a lot of dead links
* Removed all dead links that I could not find a replacement for
* Placed knops links back in
* Fixed plank keymaps so that they will compile for planck light
* Https doesn't work on knops.io
* tv44:budi now compiles
* s60_x:amnesia0287 now compiles
* Fixed allocation of key_combos so that narze keymap for planck can compile correctly
* Disabled rgb on ergodone and infinity
* Enabled tap dance so it compiles
* Added return statement so it compiles
* If compiling on light disable extra functionality
* Properly redefined variable so it compiles
* Remove remaining dead links
* Create custom Planck Light keycap
See README for details
* Link to WhatPulse in README
* More remapping, and add RGB LED effects
* Remove dead code, address PR feedback from @drashna
* Add macro for “screenshot region to clipboard” hotkey for macOS
Also remove unused layer / key logic
* Remove extraneous comment
* Incorporate PR feedback from @drashna.
Update README with new mapping.
* Add keycodes for new macros to keymaps
* add macros for commonly used shortcuts
* FIx macro code and add comments
* Replaced with build in QMK keycodes
* Removed macros that duplicated QMK keycodes
* The code in this directory supports the KBD65
* Update readme.md
* Update readme.md
* Clear up the confusion between the kbd67/kbd65 naming.
* Update keyboards/kbdfans/kbd67/readme.md
Co-Authored-By: Hackerpilot <briancschott@gmail.com>
* initial commit of e6v2 bmc files
* update readme with bmc template and reset key location
* fix up the switch matrix
* add usbconfig.h file
* add i2c files
* cleanup config.h
* cleanup rules.mk and remove non atmega32a architecture code
* add an appropriate keymap for testing
* update readme with warning not to flash this hex file onto atmega32u4 e6v2
* get rgb lights working
* add QMK Configurator support for 60_ansi layout
* add hhkb support layout
* add additional layouts such as tsangan and all and included QMK Configurator support for them
* add bootmagic lite, and have it be set to Esc or the key located at k50
* update readme
* fixup spacing for LAYOUT_all electrical matrix
* add some pragma once magic
* use i2c_master instead of custom i2c.c
* remove the custom i2c.c
* restore a more valid default keymap
* add eep_rst to keymap
* Add kwer keymap and RGB mod description to cypher
* Add custom led_set_user to keymap
* Remove unneccessary include path from keyboards/westfoxtrot/cypher/keymaps/kwer/keymap.c
Co-Authored-By: kwerdenker <sebastian.spindler@gmail.com>
* build size-check enhancement
Changed to display a warning when the free size of compilation result is less than 512 bytes.
* update message.mk
* add SIZE_MARGIN variable, change default margin 512 to 1024
for Example.
```
$ make SIZE_MARGIN=2048 crkbd:all
$ make crkbd:all ## mergin is 1024
```
* Update message.mk
change message to ‘approaching the maximum’
Co-Authored-By: mtei <2170248+mtei@users.noreply.github.com>
Added song of the ancients and kaine salvation fron Nier
Added Amusement park, Copied city, Vague Hope cold rain and weight of the world from Nier Automata
This PR is cherry-pick from 90b9a1aa7d8a in PR #5020.
@MxBlu copied quantum/rgblight.c to keyboards/mxss/rgblight.c on July 8, 2018. At that time, I think it would be better to copy quantum/rgblight.h at the same time.
Because if someone makes a change to `quantum/rgblight.[ch]` that is incompatible with the past, it may cause problems with the compilation of keyboards/mxss.
(Like when I changed the prototype of the `rgblight_effect_XXX()` functions of rgblight.c in PR #5020.)
* copy default over as starting point
* Getting rid of dvorak and colemak for now, added a couple changes to the
keymap
* removed refs to bad layers, formatting comments
* First version of my ergodox ported layout!
* Symbols layer, media layer, updated comments
* Hyper as a single key
* Fix stuck hyper key when switching layers
* Tweak some annoying things about the layout.
- move raise left and promote alt
- remove swap keys on the last layer
- reorganize media keys so they're easier to reach and more intuitive
- fix some comment template things
* Add readme for rjhilgefort planck layout
* readme tweak
* PR feedback changes
* Add support for wiring RGB LEDs for both halves directly to their respective controllers
RGB LEDs for each half don't need to be chained together across the TRRS cable with this
* Add split RGB LED support for serial
* Update config/rules for bakingpy layout
* Un-nest ifdefs for hand detection
* Read RGB config state from memory instead of EEPROM for serial updates
* Reuse existing LED pointer instead of creating new one
* Create custom Planck Light keycap
See README for details
* Link to WhatPulse in README
* More remapping, and add RGB LED effects
* Remove dead code, address PR feedback from drashna
* Adding new tap dance key
* Adding new tap dance code
* add code for copy/paste to tap dance
* testing tap dance enums
* New tap dance keycodes
* Fix enums
* handwired/magicforce61: refactor
Renamed layout macro KEYMAP to LAYOUT.
Keymap now uses #include QMK_KEYBOARD_H.
Refactored the default keymap to use non-auto-prepended keycodes per QMK standard.
Deleted deprecated action_get_macro block (was unused).
* handwired/magicforce61: Configurator support
* handwired/magicforce61: readme cleanup
Restructured the readme to be more similar to current QMK template.
* handwired/magicforce61: replace missing image in readme
Replaced the missing wiring image (error 404) with a table.
* handwired/magicforce61: rename readme to lowercase
* Convert config.h to #pragma once include guard
* rgblight.c: add RGBLIGHT_LED_MAP support
* add code to keyboards/helix/rev2/keymaps/five_rows/config.h to test rgblight.c:RGBLIGHT_LED_MAP
* Test end. Revert "add code to keyboards/helix/rev2/keymaps/five_rows/config.h to test rgblight.c:RGBLIGHT_LED_MAP"
This reverts commit e7488d6f7338460b533d7d19a09deccb011000bf.
* update docs/feature_rgblight.md
* led_map[] move to PROGMEM
* introduce stt layout with K(row)(col)
* set bootmagic to lite
* Rename the original LAYOUT to LAYOUT_all
Introduce the STT layout
In additional the whole matrix was changed to support the K(row)(col) notation.
* rename LAYOUT to LAYOUT_all
* add QMK Configurator support
* stt keymap based on mrpetrov's default configuration on the hb85 he lent me
* update readme
* introduce basic and aop layouts along with QMK Configurator support for them
* add a new line
* add EEP_RST to layer 1 as it is needed to get rgb underglow to work
* add documentation on how to reset the eeprom on the board
* put contributors names where appropriate
* added Boy_.314's layout for halfnhalf keyboard
* reset rules.mk to default
* update keymap with qwerty layout, and enable tap dancing
* fixed formatting in layout visualization
* added rules.mk to custom layout
* added mod tap for ctrl/capslock
* fixed typo in config.h, remove excess in rules.mk, revert half_n_half rules.mk
* added Boy_.314's layout for halfnhalf keyboard
* reset rules.mk to default
* update keymap with qwerty layout, and enable tap dancing
* fixed typo in config.h, remove excess in rules.mk, revert half_n_half rules.mk
* added macros to raise layer
* fixed mismatched layout/comments
* fixed layout switching
* Remove unnecessary IS_COMMAND definition from clueboard/66_hotswap/gen1
* Remove old-style IS_COMMAND definition comment from dozen0
* Use get_mods() instead of keyboard_report->mods in georgi
* Recursively clone qmk_firmware repo
Specifically, so that it grabs the submodules, since ARM keyboards are becoming more common, and we are seeing more issues about chibiOS not being downloaded (in the error log, rather than by question)
* Wrap in shell
* keymap + alpha
* some fixes
* keymap + alpha
* some fixes
* drashna changes
* linked main Alpha repo in keyboards/alpha readme
* missed a spot
* there's another function called FUNC lol
* keymap + alpha
* some fixes
* keymap + alpha
* drashna changes
* Fixed include
* Revert "Fixed include"
This reverts commit ea92f261f86d8433eab313cde498adca1682a006.
* messed up my git, fixed include
* starting work on TMO50 layout
* Update keyboards/tmo50/keymaps/default/keymap.c
Co-Authored-By: PyrooL <lm11887@gmail.com>
* Updated PyroL's TMO50 keymap
* Added task manager/Ctrl Alt Del that i stole from the eco keymap
* Clean up task manager and ctrl alt del macros
Co-Authored-By: PyrooL <lm11887@gmail.com>
* initial commit
* initial commit
* fixed indents
* spelling, capitalization, and order.
* added dota mode keymap, removed old comments
* fixed default keymap always having tilde, instead of grave accent and tilde. Improved dota keymap.
* lower does not change backspace to delete anymore
* corrected pgup/pgdown
* changed period on lower from numpad dot to regular dot
* added colemak and dvorak
* made colemak/dvorak border keys consistent with querty
* updated to match current practices, added custom metakeys for dvorak and colemak
* added disclaimer about audio
* renamed to lowercase
* replaced include guards with #pragma once
Co-Authored-By: rileyweber13 <rileyw13@protonmail.com>
* removed unncessary include
Co-Authored-By: rileyweber13 <rileyw13@protonmail.com>
* removed defines included in core
Co-Authored-By: rileyweber13 <rileyw13@protonmail.com>
* replace defines with an enum, switched from custom function to set_single_persistent_default_layer
* removed ifndef/include/endif left over from previous build system
* removed unnecessary ifdef block
* updated soungs to work with set_single_persistent_default_layer
* Instant 60
* Instant60 changes again
* turn off LSE and features
* Working RGB underglow 🎉
* Add missing files
* Update keymap to have reset
* Backlighting on
* Backlight code for instant60
* Move 072 files to common folder and use it in Instant60
* Updates
* Update keyboards/cannonkeys/instant60/rules.mk
Co-Authored-By: awkannan <andrew.kannan@klaviyo.com>
* add SCREEN_NAV layer for copy/pasting within screen
* working readreg/paste macros
* working read reg / paste macros
* write log and tran patterns, and expand
* add ls -la shortcut, add tab on combined layer
* put delete word on the right pinky key on shell_nav layer
* add TAB on the right side, add reset key
* added Cloud9 macros
* add cloud9 shortcuts to atreus layout
* added BROWSER_CONTROL layer
* finalized browser control layer
* adding comment
* add browser control layer to atreus
* add flashing command line
* remove the tab on combined layer
* remove the tomouse
* remove mouse layer, change log/tran expand patterns, cleanups
* add dumptlog macro
* add "delete to home" shortcut
* fix conflict
* remove unneeded mouse layer
* add meh shortcuts on the browser_control layer
* add/modify some macros
* explain the various layers
* putty paste is right mouse button
* add android studio shortcuts
* allow switching between base and alternate base layouts
* replace cloud9 shortcuts with android studio
* more android studio shortcuts
* add two meh shortcuts on keynav layer
* additional android studio shortcut
* added defines for android studio
* Updated layout after some months of testing.
The current setup looks quite better than the initial one. It's not
perfect but it allows me to work quite well.
The only big problem is the Alt modifiers on the home row which
sometimes break the typing if keys are pressed too fast. I'm also not
satisfied by the TAB key position on the thumb cluster.
Main improvements since previous push:
- Shift layouts on both halves
- Moved around symbols
- Improved number/fn keys
- Reorganized thumbs
* Used enum as suggested by @drashna :-)
* Corrected column count and adjusted layouts to include missing key
The original version reflected 14 columns and omitted KC_GRV, the 15th key on the top row. This revision adds support for the 15h key, and also updates the default (Tsangan) layout to include the HHKB layer keys.
* Reverted config.h to version in master branch
* Moved K413 to the correct location
* Added info.json
* Update keyboards/1upkeyboards/1up60hte/1up60hte.h
Co-Authored-By: newbold <adam@neatnik.net>
* Update keyboards/1upkeyboards/1up60hte/info.json
Co-Authored-By: newbold <adam@neatnik.net>
* Update keyboards/1upkeyboards/1up60hte/keymaps/default/keymap.c
Co-Authored-By: newbold <adam@neatnik.net>
* Update keyboards/1upkeyboards/1up60hte/keymaps/hhkb/keymap.c
Co-Authored-By: newbold <adam@neatnik.net>
* Update keyboards/1upkeyboards/1up60hte/keymaps/hhkb/keymap.c
Co-Authored-By: newbold <adam@neatnik.net>
* Update keyboards/1upkeyboards/1up60hte/keymaps/default/keymap.c
Co-Authored-By: newbold <adam@neatnik.net>
* fresh commit for a new fork for PR to upstream/master
* gaming mode added, lighting changes for other modes
* rules.mk fixed...
* fixed collision issue with aesthetic and shifty modes
* fixed collision issue with aesthetic and shifty modes
* troubleshooting game mode failing
* moved game tapdance key to default layer, fixed issue
* Align docker and vagrant base images - update box to debian 9.6
* Align docker and vagrant base images - lock docker image to debian 9
* Align docker and vagrant base images - update vagrant docker to debian 9
* added my own keymap
* changed thing
* updated keymap Samuel
* updated laypout for better one handed use
* updated stuff I want
* happy with my lagout
* formatting
* Added new literate config
* made everything nice
* cleaned
* fixed spelling and two small bugs in macros
* Made press and lift function for modifiers
* made taps occur on press instead of release
* added oneshot keys and chars cant be negative!
* removed debug message
* Added command and qwerty layers
* fixed bug with oneshot layer
* same bug, different key
Added Liebesleid by Kriesler (or Rachmaninoff), Michishirube from Violet Evergarden, Melodies of Life from Final Fantasy 9 and Eyes on Me from Final Fantasy 8
* Add nrichers keymap
* Additional keymap tweaks, add readme info
* Improve descriptions for changes from default keymap
* Add image of keymap, update .gitignore to
* Add image link
Adds an image of the modified keymap.
* Improve legibility of keymap changes with colour coding
* Tinker with color codes in Markdown
* Experiment with colour codes
* Tinker more with colour codes
* Figured out the easiest way to include colour coding
* Undo earlier .gitignore change
* Refactor layout macro names
Update the names of the layout macros to reflect QMK's desired usage.
- KEYMAP renamed to LAYOUT
- colinta keymap updated accordingly
- KC_KEYMAP renamed to LAYOUT_kc
- mtdjr keymap updated accordingly
* Update xd75.h to use #pragma once include guard
* Update keymaps to use QMK_KEYBOARD_H
* Refactor default keymap
- updated to use layout macro
- remove deprecated action_get_macro function
- add functions from QMK keymap.c template
- process_record_user
- matrix_init_user
- matrix_scan_user
- led_set_user
* Update supporting files
- updated config.h files to use #pragma once include guard
- remove errant QUANTUM_DIR code block
* Rename readme files to fully lowercase filenames
* Restructure keyboard readme
Updated the readme to better align with the current QMK template.
* Bugfixes to supporting files
* Make rgblight_update_dword not update eeprom (we already have
eeconfig_update_rgblight for that).
Make split i2c keyboards transfer active rgblight config rather than
eeprom saved version of rgblight config, enabling runtime changes
that aren't persisted to eeprom.
* prev_level and prev_rgb only store successfully transmitted values
* greenshadowmaker keymap for idobo xd75 massdrop
* remove uneeded config.h
* corrected format to match convention instead of xd75 where I accidentally started from
* Use correct functions for dip switch code
* Some planck cleanup
* Hopefully fix RGB Sleeping with RGB Matrix
* Add rgbmatrix extern
* Add numpad 5x6 layout
* RGB Tweaks
* Add RGB startup animation
* Minor RGB Fixes
* Turn off RBG on planck
* Enable separate storage of EEPROM
* Update Macro pad
* Add BJohnson Keymap and minor darshna tweaks
* Clean up rgb and other code for new numpad
* Remove clicky hachy thing
* Update my code to use built in MOD_MASK defines
* Fix up modifier calls
* Tweak to KC_MAKE
* Tweak to KC_MAKE
* Add Semi-colon to numpad
* Preprocess out rgb matrix stuff if not enabled
* Formatting of KC_MAKE
* Add stuff for matrix and light rgb coexistance
* Fix bad spelling
* Change where layer indication shows based on rgblight status
* Force set mods in KC_MAKE
* Optimize CRKBD
* added Boy_.314's layout for halfnhalf keyboard
* reset rules.mk to default
* update keymap with qwerty layout, and enable tap dancing
* fixed formatting in layout visualization
* added rules.mk to custom layout
* added mod tap for ctrl/capslock
* fixed typo in config.h, remove excess in rules.mk, revert half_n_half rules.mk
Added keymap for 60% board 1up60rgb. The map provides VIM-style navigation on a
second layer (L1) with HOME, PGDN, PGUP, and END keys on that same layer one
row below the home row. The layout is used by https://github.com/michaeldye.
* sleep until usb port becomes writable before running avrdude
* only wait for a writable USB port when not on MSYS
using MINGW or MSYS: sleep for one second, as before.
otherwise: wait for the port to become writable.
* typo
* typo
* Add satisfaction75 revision 1
* Update manufacturer
* Add tester layout and update rev1 comments
* Add ifdef guards for OLED for tester
* Add oled disabling rules
* Update to save backlight settings and setup for VIA custom config
* Add new VIA values to satisfaction75
* Safety guard in clock set mode
* Fix mistaken doc edit
* Address PR comments
* bring the default back to pass travis CI
* Address further PR comments
* Added 3 new songs and added new note type to musical_notes.h
Added Megalovania from Undertale, Kataware Doki from Kimi no Na Wa and La Campanella by Lizst to song_list.h
Added the breve (double whole note) and dotted breve note types to musical_notes.h. I included this because the default tempo is quite high, so I thought a note with higher
duration was needed
* Fixed indentation for new notes in musical_notes.h
Changed tabs to spaces in indentation
* 412_64 move to handwired
412_64 and its second printing, Mark Zero Stand Aside, are now obsolesced by new hardware. As only two units exist in the wild not owned by me, I'm moving the definition to handwired.
* Mark 3 Stand Aside ready for production.
Uploading firmware, compiled and tested, for Mark 3 Stand Aside. The hardware's ready, now the software is too.
* Whoops.
Should've branched before pushing Stand Aside. Sorry 'bout that.
* Revert "Whoops."
This reverts commit d222046cfe6183ed0c42286ec9ebb5034a5d1009.
* Revert "Mark 3 Stand Aside ready for production."
This reverts commit c790899af7a6d92855aebe6a96003f1fe9be66b3.
* Mark 3 Stand Aside ready.
Initial commit for Mark 3 Stand Aside, ready for production.
* Update keyboards/standaside/rules.mk
noroadsleft suggested removal of a line, 'LAYOUTS = ortho_4x16'. I agree.
Co-Authored-By: FateEverywhere <41215461+FateEverywhere@users.noreply.github.com>
* Cleanup for pull request.
Making changes requested by Drashna, as they're all good, and I know way less about the standards than they do.
* Initial cleanup completion.
Missed a few lines in standaside.c, they're cleaned up now.
* Update info.json
Adding layout for the macro version.
* Update info.json
Changed the macro layout to match exactly like the non-macro version (split backspace and bottow row match)
* added my launchpad
* updated keymap with legends and fixed layout errors
* Added default keymap with added layer for RGB controls and included the necessary config code
* fixed layer orders
* removed my personal keymap to clean PR
* missed an underscore
* updated readme
* removed more unnecessary code
* moved RGB code to its own config phone
* moved underglow info to its own readme
* removed redundant code from default_rgb config.h file, included QMK KEYBOARD H in place of initial defines in keymap.c
* reverted launchpad config
* removing the = because I can't figure out why its there
* Revert "removing the = because I can't figure out why its there"
This reverts commit e3b5e6d568e7225635844ba617aaef4f77727ce6.
* reverted rev1/config.h
* reverted all files I should not have touched
* removing redundant code in rules.mk
* readibility improvements to keymap
* Add ISO backslash key position to matrix and keymap files
* Use KC_NO instead of KC_BSLS for unused position in custom keymap
* Add new key position to json layout file used by online configurator
* Get things working except indicators
* Attempt to get things working
* hmm
* Compiles but doesn't run
* Make data transfer work
* Get all indicators working
* Remove old transport
* Prepare for pullreq
* Revert keymap from testing to production
* Final error checking for pull request
* Remove autogenerated is_command from config.h
* Rewrite pin toggles using qmk functions
* 412_64 move to handwired
412_64 and its second printing, Mark Zero Stand Aside, are now obsolesced by new hardware. As only two units exist in the wild not owned by me, I'm moving the definition to handwired.
* Mark 3 Stand Aside ready for production.
Uploading firmware, compiled and tested, for Mark 3 Stand Aside. The hardware's ready, now the software is too.
* Whoops.
Should've branched before pushing Stand Aside. Sorry 'bout that.
* Revert "Whoops."
This reverts commit d222046cfe6183ed0c42286ec9ebb5034a5d1009.
* Revert "Mark 3 Stand Aside ready for production."
This reverts commit c790899af7a6d92855aebe6a96003f1fe9be66b3.
* Update userspace with common config.h
* Add my dz60, satan and xd75 keyboard keymaps
* Fixing executable bits changed during last upstream merge
* Cleanup unnecessary files and defines
* Remove unnecessary defines from userspace config
* Add underglow controls to dz60 function layer
* Fixing merge conflicts
* Fixing exectable bits changed during merge
* Userspace update
* intial commit
* fix up some of the cookie cutter code
* define pins used and size of switch matrix
* enable lighting settings and bootmagic lite
* create the appropriate LAYOUT macro
* remove a comma for compilation errors
* provide a suitable keymap
* disable console and command due to firmware being too large
* add Caps Lock LED support
* Add QMK Configurator support
* fix markdown rendering
* fix mechmerlin to mechkeys
* use `register_code16` and relatives for tapdance code
* rename tapdance keys to more closely mirror the `KC` names in QMK
* additional naming change to match QMK style
* add a tapdance example for creating advanced mod-tap and layer-tap keys
* add optional curly braces to match QMK conventions
* change example to use `register_code16()` and tapdance keycodes more closely matching QMK variants
* Gray Studio HB85 Initial Support
* Fixed README image
* Updated README
* Disabled Bootmagic and Console for HB85
* Fixed Numpad 4 matrix place
* Fixes board crashing with RGB enabled
* Moved HB85 files to gray_studio folder
* Uses old i2c library since this version makes RGB underglow work
* Improved default keymap with underglow control layer
* Removes obsolete program and uses generic script instead
As per zvecr feedback
* Uses GPIO Functions to initialise and set RGB underglow PINS
* Add keycode for KC_MAKE
* Add KC_MAKE keycode
* Add stanrc85.c file with KC_MAKE
* Remove unused include
* Improved KC_MAKE stolen from Drashna
* Define mod mask for new KC_MAKE code
* RESET board to flash after compiling
* Remove send_string
* RESET fixed in KC_MAKE
* add dusty keymap
* change keymap folder to match my github username
* initial keymap completed in comments only
* layout without NAV completed in comments only
* disable Command to prevent interference with Space Cadet keys
* switch _ and \ in the symbol layer
* Layers complete through _NAV
* add thumb keys to _NAV
* complete _NUM
* all layouts complete; still needs `process_user_record()`
* completed first draft of keymap; still needs config.h to match
* corrected keycodes for Mac macro-volume keys
* fix Mac mute keycode
* add missing Mac keycodes for previous and next track
* placeholder for qwerty layout, not yet completed;
remove unnecessary breaks;
add todos
* eliminate Preonic branch before switching to Minidox branch:
• delete dustypomerleau Preonic keymap folder
• complete keymap.c (QWERTY layer, vanilla numbers layer)
TODO:
• add preferences to config.h
• complete the README
* edit commented keymap diagrams for clarity in dual function keys
* define initial config.h and add rules.mk for mouse key support
* fix redundant line after implementation of tap_code()
* fixed key_timer declaration, added README and rules
* formatting of keymap
* add CTPC to config
* cycle thumb keys to favor center position
* modify config.h for temporary Pro Micro compatibility
* remove superfluous call to use serial; homebrewed mod tap keys are still broken with OSL
* merge _SYS and _MEDIA on new Z_SYS key
* ALT_OP example of new MT macro complete
* initial narze-inspired MT fixes in PRU
* add (currently superfluous) custom keycode for the _SYS layer
* rudimentary `OSL` symbol macros that immediately register the mod and fail to reset the oneshot layer, but do output the proper keys—fix both of these things
* remove permissive hold to improve tapping performance
* remove calls to `clear_oneshot_layer_state()`, as they have no effect inside `process_record_user()`. Tapdance appears to be the way forward.
* final commit before tapdance code; correct layout in comments
* initial tapdance code for shifted mod taps
* add numeric and ergo NUM layers and pinky shifts for keycuts
* add TD() wrappers to tapdance codes and clean up commented layout guides
* add faux return to cur_dance to allow compilation - TODO: research what the default clause should be in cur_dance
* update commented schematics for better readability
* add backspace and delete to lockable layers, Z_SYS -> SYS_Z for consistency, fix schematic errors
* add `DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP` to tapdance cases to allow doubling of the single tap character without waiting tapping term
* remove reduced oneshot tapping toggles
* update README
* newline tweak :)
* Update keyboards/minidox/keymaps/dustypomerleau/keymap.c
Co-Authored-By: dustypomerleau <dustypomerleau@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update keyboards/minidox/keymaps/dustypomerleau/config.h
Co-Authored-By: dustypomerleau <dustypomerleau@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update keyboards/minidox/keymaps/dustypomerleau/config.h
Co-Authored-By: dustypomerleau <dustypomerleau@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update keyboards/minidox/keymaps/dustypomerleau/config.h
Co-Authored-By: dustypomerleau <dustypomerleau@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update keyboards/minidox/keymaps/dustypomerleau/config.h
Co-Authored-By: dustypomerleau <dustypomerleau@users.noreply.github.com>
* remove `PREVENT_STUCK_MODIFIERS`, as this is default behavior
* enable extrakey in rules to enable media keys
* enable extrakeys for media key compatibility on macOS
* add dash and slash to _NUM layers
* change to universal volume keycodes
* revert micro volume adjustments to macOS-specific codes due to lack of functionality (macro volume adjustments are still universal)
* fix image of _SYS layer in comments
* more diagram fixes in comments
* fix typo
* simplify tapdance code
* match _NUM_N to _NUM_E
* move slash to allow better use of comma in number layers
* match layer and keycode enums to the docs
* correct qwerty numlock to match numeric numlock layer
* Change how desktop commands work
* Add DST_MOD_MASK as a config option
* DST_RMV → DST_REM
* Add melody96:konstantin keymap
* Update custom SEND_STRING
* Move feature flags from userspace into keyboard rules
* Use "Vo-", "Vo+" instead of "VoD", "VoU" in keymap comments
* Add RGB controls and numpad Unicode to Melody96 keymap
* Add RGB_SET keycode to Melody96 and RGB files to userspace
* Generate UNICODE and UNICODEMAP constants using macros
* Avoid collisions with X_* send string constants
* Use two spaces before inline comments
* Add _keymap versions of other custom Quantum functions
Not added: eeconfig_update_keymap, eeconfig_read_keymap
* Switch to UNICODEMAP in keyboard rules
* Make toggle_numpad a nested function in process_record_user
* Set Melody96 underglow color to Godspeed blue on EEPROM reset
* Remove most _keymap and _user definitions in userspace
Some keyboards misuse _user functions by defining them in the base files
instead of the corresponding _kb functions (especially led_set_user and
matrix_init_user). Until this is fixed (#5148), I've removed definitions
in my userspace that could cause linking collisions.
* Update GODSPEED_BLUE values and RGB mode keys
* Add GODSPEED_YELLOW color
* Set preferred intervals for rgblight effects
* Update tap dance function names
* Replace td_lshift_fn with generic td_mod_layer, add TD_RCTL_FN
Move TD_FN_RCTL after TD_RCTL_FN
* Replace td_fn_rctrl with generic td_layer_mod
* Add blank lines, prefer explicit initialization
* ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE_MODS → ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE_MOD
* Update Godspeed colors
* Add media controls to Melody96 keymap
* Add SysRq, Break combos and other keys to Melody96 keymap
* Add HOME/END keys as upper/lower on arrow-up/down
* Reduce .hex file size by turning off unneeded options
* Put digit keypad onto left hand upon RAISE; this will sometimes be preferable to double-hits of right hand
* Latest super latest version merge
* cbbrowne keymap for XD75re
* starting notes on XD75re keymap plans
* First draft of bottom row of QWERTY
* Switch my special bottom line over to QCENT
* Dunno
* Filling in wanted keys, bit by bit...
* Add copyright, extra macro
* Clean up comments, remove some experimental code I didn't like
* TODO plans for xd75re
* clean up keyboard layout
* QCENT2 is my new experiment for the main keyboard...
* Add a few more main layer keys, and modify LOWER to shift things outwards to conform with main layer
* Clean up RAISE layer to conform with main layer, remove QCENT layer as QCENT2 is the new thing
* More xd75 changes, now that I actually have it in hand
* shift keymap around, as original attempt was a bit too aggressive in keeping to the edges
* more revs to XD75
* Dropping parts of the centre keypad in favor of Keys I Really Need
* Improve documentation to conform with how builds are done now
* Improve documentation to conform with how builds are done now
* Add cbbrowne rules file as alternative to having the rules in Makefile
* Makefile not needed anymore for individual keymap
* Some revs to my keymapping
* Add {}
* Add PGUP/PGDN
* Shifted some middle-range keys around
* Needed Tilde, Backquote, and to shift RESET onto FUNCTION layer
* Wanted ~
* cbbrowne hasn't anything to do with hadron keymaps
* trim unneeded bits
* I prefer OrgMode for my notes
* Have a right-alt
* Layer keys make LED colors change
* Add sample user rules for cbbrowne
* Add source of xd75 rules
* Individualized xd75 rules
* Adopt LAYOUT to genericize the layout as an ortholinear 5x15 keyboard
I'm a web designer and know there are several "decent" code editors out there, but I would figure not everyone into keyboards is, so I found Sublime text a bit of a hard sell for someone who just need to manipulate some text files. VS Code or Atom would b a much better suit for them instead of dropping $80 on a "decent" text editor.
* Tidy up 5x6.h
- replaced tabs with spaces (QMK convention)
- aligned layout macro visually
* Fix Configurator support for Dactyl Manuform 5x6
- layout macro had the wrong name in info.json
* Tidy up 5x7.h
- replaced tabs with spaces (QMK convention)
- aligned layout macro visually
* Fix Configurator support for Dactyl Manuform 5x7
- corrected keyboard height
- layout macro had the wrong name in info.json
* Tidy up 6x6.h
- replaced tabs with spaces (QMK convention)
- aligned layout macro visually
* Fix Configurator support for Dactyl Manuform 6x6
- layout macro had the wrong name in info.json
* Separate keymaps to VIA enabled/dissabled.
- Default rules.mk has been changed to disable via.
- VIA keymaps have been added for default keymaps.
* Update naming
* Add INSERT and EEP_RST to HS60 keymap
* Add INSERT to keymap
* Layer based RGB colors
* Move RGB code to layer_rgb.c
* New file with layer based RGB colors
* Use RGB code if RGBLIGHT is enabled
* Set RGB options in config.h
* Remove rgb enable from init user
Some keyboards misuse _user functions by defining them in the base files
instead of the corresponding _kb functions (especially led_set_user and
matrix_init_user). Until this is fixed (#5148), I've removed definitions
in my userspace that could cause linking collisions.
* Initial refactor of handwired bluetooth mod to keymap
* Initial refactor of handwired bluetooth mod to keymap - strip out unnecessary duplicate config, update readme
* Initial refactor of handwired bluetooth mod to keymap - reduce firmware size
* Initial refactor of handwired bluetooth mod to keymap - update readme image
* add dusty keymap
* change keymap folder to match my github username
* initial keymap completed in comments only
* layout without NAV completed in comments only
* disable Command to prevent interference with Space Cadet keys
* switch _ and \ in the symbol layer
* Layers complete through _NAV
* add thumb keys to _NAV
* complete _NUM
* all layouts complete; still needs `process_user_record()`
* completed first draft of keymap; still needs config.h to match
* corrected keycodes for Mac macro-volume keys
* fix Mac mute keycode
* add missing Mac keycodes for previous and next track
* placeholder for qwerty layout, not yet completed;
remove unnecessary breaks;
add todos
* eliminate Preonic branch before switching to Minidox branch:
• delete dustypomerleau Preonic keymap folder
• complete keymap.c (QWERTY layer, vanilla numbers layer)
TODO:
• add preferences to config.h
• complete the README
* edit commented keymap diagrams for clarity in dual function keys
* define initial config.h and add rules.mk for mouse key support
* fix redundant line after implementation of tap_code()
* fixed key_timer declaration, added README and rules
* formatting of keymap
* add CTPC to config
* cycle thumb keys to favor center position
* modify config.h for temporary Pro Micro compatibility
* remove superfluous call to use serial; homebrewed mod tap keys are still broken with OSL
* merge _SYS and _MEDIA on new Z_SYS key
* ALT_OP example of new MT macro complete
* initial narze-inspired MT fixes in PRU
* add (currently superfluous) custom keycode for the _SYS layer
* rudimentary `OSL` symbol macros that immediately register the mod and fail to reset the oneshot layer, but do output the proper keys—fix both of these things
* remove permissive hold to improve tapping performance
* remove calls to `clear_oneshot_layer_state()`, as they have no effect inside `process_record_user()`. Tapdance appears to be the way forward.
* final commit before tapdance code; correct layout in comments
* initial tapdance code for shifted mod taps
* add numeric and ergo NUM layers and pinky shifts for keycuts
* add TD() wrappers to tapdance codes and clean up commented layout guides
* add faux return to cur_dance to allow compilation - TODO: research what the default clause should be in cur_dance
* update commented schematics for better readability
* add backspace and delete to lockable layers, Z_SYS -> SYS_Z for consistency, fix schematic errors
* add `DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP` to tapdance cases to allow doubling of the single tap character without waiting tapping term
* remove reduced oneshot tapping toggles
* update README
* newline tweak :)
* Update keyboards/minidox/keymaps/dustypomerleau/keymap.c
Co-Authored-By: dustypomerleau <dustypomerleau@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update keyboards/minidox/keymaps/dustypomerleau/config.h
Co-Authored-By: dustypomerleau <dustypomerleau@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update keyboards/minidox/keymaps/dustypomerleau/config.h
Co-Authored-By: dustypomerleau <dustypomerleau@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update keyboards/minidox/keymaps/dustypomerleau/config.h
Co-Authored-By: dustypomerleau <dustypomerleau@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update keyboards/minidox/keymaps/dustypomerleau/config.h
Co-Authored-By: dustypomerleau <dustypomerleau@users.noreply.github.com>
* remove `PREVENT_STUCK_MODIFIERS`, as this is default behavior
* enable extrakey in rules to enable media keys
* enable extrakeys for media key compatibility on macOS
* add dash and slash to _NUM layers
* change to universal volume keycodes
* revert micro volume adjustments to macOS-specific codes due to lack of functionality (macro volume adjustments are still universal)
* keymap + alpha
* some fixes
* keymap + alpha
* some fixes
* drashna changes
* linked main Alpha repo in keyboards/alpha readme
* missed a spot
* there's another function called FUNC lol
* keymap + alpha
* some fixes
* keymap + alpha
* drashna changes
* Fixed include
* Revert "Fixed include"
This reverts commit ea92f261f86d8433eab313cde498adca1682a006.
* messed up my git, fixed include
* starting work on TMO50 layout
* Update keyboards/tmo50/keymaps/default/keymap.c
Co-Authored-By: PyrooL <lm11887@gmail.com>
* Removed since options are in userspace
* Removed RGB option that was breaking one of my builds
* Remove unused options
* Removed options present in userspace, add board specific options here
* Removed code also present in userspace
* Turns out those lines were needed, added them back
* Testing changes
* Added code to ensure board read as ANSI instead of default ISO for HS60
* Setting \ key to "MOD" instead of "ALPHA" for lighting
* enable velocikey for my userspace and explicitly for my 75% layout
* add guards to only turn on RGB stuff if the RGB pin is actually defined
* update 60_ansi keymap
* update the 60_ansi_split_bs_rshift keymap
* update 66_ansi keymap
* update docs
* Update layouts/community/60_ansi/mechmerlin-ansi/keymap.c
Co-Authored-By: mechmerlin <30334081+mechmerlin@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update layouts/community/60_ansi_split_bs_rshift/mechmerlin-split/keymap.c
Co-Authored-By: mechmerlin <30334081+mechmerlin@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update layouts/community/60_ansi_split_bs_rshift/mechmerlin-split/keymap.c
Co-Authored-By: mechmerlin <30334081+mechmerlin@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update layouts/community/66_ansi/mechmerlin/keymap.c
Co-Authored-By: mechmerlin <30334081+mechmerlin@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update layouts/community/60_ansi_split_bs_rshift/mechmerlin-split/keymap.c
Co-Authored-By: mechmerlin <30334081+mechmerlin@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update layouts/community/60_ansi/mechmerlin-ansi/keymap.c
Co-Authored-By: mechmerlin <30334081+mechmerlin@users.noreply.github.com>
* Update layouts/community/60_ansi/mechmerlin-ansi/keymap.c
Co-Authored-By: mechmerlin <30334081+mechmerlin@users.noreply.github.com>
* remove my attempt to find a good way to detect this
* move audio clicky into user space and do feature setting per keyboard
* fixup 66_ansi keymap
* update changelog
* update readme
* Added personal keymaps for Planck, Preonic, Vitamins Included by Juno
* Removing redundancies as suggested
* More removals that were missed out in the previous commits
* Updated Preonic to use new layout
* More redundancies missed out
* Updated more optimal code for FN layer LED indicator.
* Further codes clean up.
* Added a dual windows/osx layout
Default layer is normal ISO for windows. Second layout is Windows ISO layout but for OSX, but with the keys corrected so you will get the correct shifted and alt'd keys on OSX (keyboard keys match OSX keys without having to change your keyboard type in system preferences). Layer three is configuration and other functions, and layer four is where the shifting magic happens. Also tab and caps lock have been swapped around.
* made sure bootmagic is in a seperate rules.mk
made sure bootmagic is in a seperate rules.mk
* commiting the keymap rules.mk
commiting the keymap rules.mk
* Convert community layout to userspace for future use
* Big readme update
* Move layer toggle to CAPS
* Readme updates
* Deleted since unused
* Removed call to unused .c file
* [keymap] adding my Levinson keymap
pretty self explanatory, added the readme, just in case
tested it just now, seems to work fine for my needs
* Update keymap.c
removing the deprecated persistent layer function as Drashna kindly reminded me
* Apply suggestions from code review
incorporated the suggestions, and thanks again for taking care of me with my silly changes :)
Co-Authored-By: OMGVee <mateescu.victor@gmail.com>
* Fix up audio calls
* Add backlight controls
* Add backlight controls and remove RGB underglow
* Make HS60 board specific changes to readme
* Remove BL_TOGG as it isn't use on this board
* use #pragma once
* get rid of code for unused indicators
* pragma once and other small fixes for consistency
* use #pragma once
* pragma once and other small fixes for consistency
* add a short blurb to the readme
* turn on compiler optimization flags
* remove the compiler optimization
* remove compiler optimization for super16
* pragma once and turn on bootmagic lite
* pragma once changes and turning on bootmagic lite
* switch to using pragma once
* switch to using #pragma once
* switch to using #pramga once
* convert tabs to spaces
* fix#4578: don't call gemini protocol code when in bolt mode
Add missing break; statements in switch. The missing break resulted in
a fall through and an additional processing of the gemini code.
* Initial Clueboard 66% arm support
* Fix LAYOUT_66_ansi
* wip
* Bring this branch up to date with led_matrix
* Get Clueboard 66% hotswap working with led_matrix
* stm32 cleanup
* Fix compiling for clueboard 66% hotswap prototype
* Reduce the size of the prototype firmware
Many instances in the QMK Docs referenced KEYMAP macros, which is outdated terminology.
Replaced most instances of KEYMAP with LAYOUT, to reflect the desired usage.
* Draft commit of typing speed RGB control
* More information in the readme
* Support all RGB animation modes (Fixes#1)
* Added support for all RGB light modes to use typing speed
Except christmas lights because that is seizure-inducing at high speeds!
* Introduced a value range specific to each RGB mode
Because some modes are a little too much when running at full speed!
* Update readme.md
* Update readme.md
* Re-arrange typing_speed definitions (Fixes#5) (#6)
* Re-arrange variable definitions to avoid including quantum.h from rgblight.c
* Fix a compilation error when trying to run make test:all
* Tweaks to the typing speed decay rate
* Renamed to momentum; moved implementation into dedicated files
* Groundwork for toggling momentum on/off (currently always on)
* Add EEPROM toggle for momentum-matching
* Moved momentum out of RGBLIGHT_ENABLE toggles so it's more generic
* Move momentum decay task out of rgblight_task()
* Fix missing momentum.h in lufa.c
* Experimental LED support (untested)
* Draft commit of typing speed RGB control
* More information in the readme
* Support all RGB animation modes (Fixes#1)
* Added support for all RGB light modes to use typing speed
Except christmas lights because that is seizure-inducing at high speeds!
* Introduced a value range specific to each RGB mode
Because some modes are a little too much when running at full speed!
* Update readme.md
* Update readme.md
* Re-arrange typing_speed definitions (Fixes#5) (#6)
* Re-arrange variable definitions to avoid including quantum.h from rgblight.c
* Fix a compilation error when trying to run make test:all
* Tweaks to the typing speed decay rate
* Renamed to momentum; moved implementation into dedicated files
* Groundwork for toggling momentum on/off (currently always on)
* Add EEPROM toggle for momentum-matching
* Moved momentum out of RGBLIGHT_ENABLE toggles so it's more generic
* Move momentum decay task out of rgblight_task()
* Fix missing momentum.h in lufa.c
* Added documentation
* Renamed feature to velocikey
* Reverted readme to original state
* Correct the readme title
* Updated feature name in the docs
* Update EECONFIG name
* Add compile-time toggles for velocikey
* Update feature documentation
* Revert "Merge branch 'led-support' into master"
This reverts commit e123ff5febf61639b9a9020748e1c2e2313460ff, reversing
changes made to df111a55b9d4929182e16108b1c0ead15b16df97.
* Move velocikey EECONFIG definition to depend on VELOCIKEY_ENABLE
* Rename decay_task function to decelerate
* Apply suggestions from code review
Co-Authored-By: chrislewisdev <chris@chrislewisdev.com>
* Re-order eeconfig definitions
* Apply coding conventions
* Apply #ifdef check in lufa.c
* Refactored interval time checks into one functionc
* Small rename
* Fix unused function error for layouts not using all rgb effects
* Only update EEPROM if Velocikey is enabled
* Incorporate code review feedback
* Small adjustment to top-end decay rate
* Add Velocikey documentation to table of contents
* Bring tetris:default keymap size down by disabling audio
Descriptions for B5_AUDIO, B6_AUDIO, and B7_AUDIO under Hardware Options were partially italicized when parsed by Docsify, though rendered as intended by GitHub.
* initial commit
* get rid of vanilla cookie cutter code and replace with more correct info
* edit config file for pins and switch matrix size
* turn on bootmagic lite, and backlight/rgb settings
* copy pasta switch matrix from noroads tool
* create an appropriate keymap (copy pasta)
* disable some features to decrease firmware file size
* add qmk configurator support
* add in support for caps lock, scroll lock, and num lock leds
* add temporary pdhelix(Patched Helix) code
* add test code into quantum/split_common/matrix.c
* add test code into keyboards/handwired/pdhelix/
* Revert "add test code into keyboards/handwired/pdhelix/"
This reverts commit 9ed98f0797ddd962c99756689fc4ecb4cd067d3d.
* Revert "add test code into quantum/split_common/matrix.c"
This reverts commit 1876d3ed69f6c213153a9f6476192be839f16c1f.
* Revert "add temporary pdhelix(Patched Helix) code"
This reverts commit 41ac92b814e3f894eaf85bc3e5bb945895342fa8.
* fix quantum/split_common/matrix.c: select_col()/select_row()
* Changed use of '\s' in grep to '[ \t]' for portability
* Pushed DFU Keyboard.h into a shell script
* Fixed execution permissions on make_dfu_header,sh
QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) is an open source community that maintains QMK Firmware, QMK Toolbox, qmk.fm, and these docs. QMK Firmware is a keyboard firmware based on the [tmk\_keyboard](http://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard) with some useful features for Atmel AVR controllers, and more specifically, the [OLKB product line](http://olkb.com), the [ErgoDox EZ](http://www.ergodox-ez.com) keyboard, and the [Clueboard product line](http://clueboard.co/). It has also been ported to ARM chips using ChibiOS. You can use it to power your own hand-wired or custom keyboard PCB.
## How to Get It
If you plan on contributing a keymap, keyboard, or features to QMK, the easiest thing to do is [fork the repo through Github](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware#fork-destination-box), and clone your repo locally to make your changes, push them, then open a [Pull Request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls) from your fork.
Otherwise, you can either download it directly ([zip](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/zipball/master), [tar](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tarball/master)), or clone it via git (`git@github.com:qmk/qmk_firmware.git`), or https (`https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git`).
## How to Compile
Before you are able to compile, you'll need to [install an environment](getting_started_build_tools.md) for AVR or/and ARM development. Once that is complete, you'll use the `make` command to build a keyboard and keymap with the following notation:
make planck/rev4:default
This would build the `rev4` revision of the `planck` with the `default` keymap. Not all keyboards have revisions (also called subprojects or folders), in which case, it can be omitted:
make preonic:default
## How to Customize
QMK has lots of [features](features.md) to explore, and a good deal of [reference documentation](http://docs.qmk.fm) to dig through. Most features are taken advantage of by modifying your [keymap](keymap.md), and changing the [keycodes](keycodes.md).
This page describes how to setup debugging for ARM MCUs using an SWD adapter and open-source/free tools. In this guide we will install GNU MCU Eclipse IDE for C/C++ Developers and OpenOCD together with all the necessary dependencies.
This guide is catered towards advance users and assumes you can compile an ARM compatible keyboard on your machine using the MAKE flow.
## Installing the software
The main objective here is to get the MCU Eclipse IDE correcly installed on our machine. The necesarry instructions are derived from [this](https://gnu-mcu-eclipse.github.io/install/) install guide.
### The xPack Manager
This tool is a software package manager and it is used to help us get the necesarry depencencies.
XPM runs using Node.js so grab that form [here](https://nodejs.org/en/). After installation, open a terminal and type `npm -v`. A reply with the version number means that the instalation was successful.
XPM instalation instructions can be found [here](https://www.npmjs.com/package/xpm) and are OS specific. Entering `xpm --version` to your terminal should return the software version.
### The ARM Toolchain
Using XPM it is very easy to install the ARM toolchain. Enter the command `xpm install --global @gnu-mcu-eclipse/arm-none-eabi-gcc`.
### Windows build tools
If you are using windows you need to install this!
Now its the time to install your programer's drivers. This tutorial was made using an ST-Link v2 which you can get from almost anywhere.
If you have an ST-Link the drivers can be found [here](https://www.st.com/en/development-tools/stsw-link009.html) otherwise consult the manufuturer of your tool.
### OpenOCD
This dependency allows SWD access from GDB and it is essential for debugging. Run `xpm install --global @gnu-mcu-eclipse/openocd`.
### Java
Java is needed by Eclipse so please download it from [here](https://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/javase/downloads/index.html).
### GNU MCU Eclipse IDE
Now its finally time to install the IDE. Use the Release page [here](https://github.com/gnu-mcu-eclipse/org.eclipse.epp.packages/releases/) to get the latest version.
## Configuring Eclipse
Open up the Eclipse IDE we just downloaded. To import our QMK directory select File -> Import -> C/C++ -> Existing code as Makefile Project. Select next and use Browse to select your QMK folder. In the tool-chain list select ARM Cross GCC and select Finish.
Now you can see the QMK folder on the left hand side. Right click it and select Properties. On the left hand side, expand MCU and select ARM Toolchain Paths. Press xPack and OK. Repeat for OpenOCD Path and if you are on windows for Build Tool Path. Select Apply and Close.
Now its time to install the necessary MCU packages. Go to Packs perspective by selecting Window -> Open Perspective -> Others -> Packs. Now select the yellow refresh symbol next to the Packs tab. This will take a long time as it is requesting the MCU definitions from various places. If some of the links fail you can probably select Ignore.
When this finishes you must find the MCU which we will be building/debugging for. In this example I will be using the STM32F3 series MCUs. On the left, select STMicroelectonics -> STM32F3 Series. On the middle window we can see the pack. Right click and select Install. Once that is done we can go back to the default perspective, Window -> Open Perspective -> Others -> C/C++.
We need to let eclipse know the device we intent to build QMK on. Right click on the QMK folder -> Properties -> C/C++ Build -> Settings. Select the Devices tab and under devices select the appropriate variant of your MCU. For my example it is STM32F303CC
While we are here let's setup the build command as well. Select C/C++ Build and then the Behavior tab. On the build command, replace `all` with your necessary make command. For example for a rev6 Planck with the default keymap this would be `planck/rev6:default`. Select Apply and Close.
## Building
If you have setup everything correctly pressing the hammer button should build the firmware for you and a .bin file should appear.
## Debugging
### Connecting the Debugger
ARM MCUs use the Single Wire Debug (SWD) protocol which comprises of the clock (SWCLK) signal and the data (SWDIO) signal. Connecting this two wires and ground should be enough to allow full manipulation of the MCU. Here we assume that the keyboard will be powered though USB. The RESET signal is not necessary as we can manually assert it using the reset button. For a more advance setup, the SWO signal can be used which pipes printf and scanf asynchronously to the host but for our setup we will ignore it.
NOTE: Make sure the SWCLK and SWDIO pins are not used in the matrix of your keyboard. If they are you can temporarily switch them for some other pins.
### Configuring the Debugger
Right click on your QMK folder, select Debug As -> Debug Configuration. Here double click on GDB OpenOCD Debugging. Select the debugger tab and enter the configuration necessary for your MCU. This might take some fiddling and googleing to find out. The default script for the STM32F3 is called stm32f3discovery.cfg. To let OpenOCD know, in the Config options enter `-f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg`.
NOTE: In my case this configuration script requires editing to disable the reset assertion. The locations of the scripts can be found in the actual executable field usually under the path `openocd/version/.content/scripts/board`. Here I edited `reset_config srst_only` to `reset_config none`.
Select Apply and Close.
### Running the Debugger.
Reset your keyboard.
Press the bug icon and if all goes well you should soon find yourself in the debug perspective. Here the program counter will pause at the beginning of the main function and way for you to press Play. Most of the features of all debuggers work on ARM MCUs but for exact details google is your friend!
A QMK collaborator is a keyboard maker or designer that is interested in helping QMK grow and fully support their keyboard(s), and encouraging their users and customers to submit features, ideas, and keymaps. We're always looking to add more keyboards and collaborators, but we ask that they fulfill these requirements:
* **Have a PCB available for sale.** Unfortunately there's just too much variation and complications with handwired keyboards.
* **Maintain your keyboard in QMK.** This may just require an initial setup to get your keyboard working, but it could also include accommodating changes made to QMK's core that might break or render any custom code redundant.
* **Approve and merge keymap pull requests for your keyboard.** We like to encourage users to contribute their keymaps for others to see and work from when creating their own.
If you feel you meet these requirements, shoot us an email at hello@qmk.fm with an introduction and some links to your keyboard!
QMK is nearly infinitely configurable. Wherever possible we err on the side of allowing users to customize their keyboard, even at the expense of code size. That level of flexibility makes for a daunting configuration experience, however.
There are two main types of configuration files in QMK- `config.h` and `rules.mk`. These files exist at various levels in QMK and all files of the same type are combined to build the final configuration. The levels, from lowest priority to highest priority, are:
* QMK Default
* Keyboard
* Folders (Up to 5 levels deep)
* Keymap
## QMK Default
Every available setting in QMK has a default. If that setting is not set at the Keyboard, Folder, or Keymap level this is the setting that will be used.
## Keyboard
This level contains config options that should apply to the whole keyboard. Some settings won't change in revisions, or most keymaps. Other settings are merely defaults for this keyboard and can be overridden by folders and/or keymaps.
## Folders
Some keyboards have folders and sub-folders to allow for different hardware configurations. Most keyboards only go 1 folder deep, but QMK supports structures up to 5 folders deep. Each folder can have its own `config.h` and `rules.mk` files that are incorporated into the final configuration.
## Keymap
This level contains all of the options for that particular keymap. If you wish to override a previous declaration, you can use `#undef <variable>` to undefine it, where you can then redefine it without an error.
# The `config.h` File
This is a C header file that is one of the first things included, and will persist over the whole project (if included). Lots of variables can be set here and accessed elsewhere. The `config.h` file shouldn't be including other `config.h` files, or anything besides this:
#include "config_common.h"
## Hardware Options
*`#define VENDOR_ID 0x1234`
* defines your VID, and for most DIY projects, can be whatever you want
*`#define PRODUCT_ID 0x5678`
* defines your PID, and for most DIY projects, can be whatever you want
*`#define DEVICE_VER 0`
* defines the device version (often used for revisions)
* COL2ROW or ROW2COL - how your matrix is configured. COL2ROW means the black mark on your diode is facing to the rows, and between the switch and the rows.
*`#define AUDIO_VOICES`
* turns on the alternate audio voices (to cycle through)
*`#define C4_AUDIO`
* enables audio on pin C4
*`#define C5_AUDIO`
* enables audio on pin C5
*`#define C6_AUDIO`
* enables audio on pin C6
*`#define B5_AUDIO`
* enables audio on pin B5 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]_AUDIO)
*`#define B6_AUDIO`
* enables audio on pin B6 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]_AUDIO)
*`#define B7_AUDIO`
* enables audio on pin B7 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]_AUDIO)
*`#define BACKLIGHT_PIN B7`
* pin of the backlight - B5, B6, B7 use PWM, others use softPWM
*`#define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 3`
* number of levels your backlight will have (maximum 15 excluding off)
*`#define BACKLIGHT_BREATHING`
* enables backlight breathing (only works with backlight pins B5, B6 and B7)
*`#define BREATHING_PERIOD 6`
* the length of one backlight "breath" in seconds
*`#define DEBOUNCING_DELAY 5`
* the delay when reading the value of the pin (5 is default)
*`#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE`
* mechanical locking support. Use KC_LCAP, KC_LNUM or KC_LSCR instead in keymap
*`#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE`
* tries to keep switch state consistent with keyboard LED state
* key combination that allows the use of magic commands (useful for debugging)
*`#define USB_MAX_POWER_CONSUMPTION`
* sets the maximum power (in mA) over USB for the device (default: 500)
*`#define SCL_CLOCK 100000L`
* sets the SCL_CLOCK speed for split keyboards. The default is `100000L` but some boards can be set to `400000L`.
## Features That Can Be Disabled
If you define these options you will disable the associated feature, which can save on code size.
*`#define NO_DEBUG`
* disable debugging
*`#define NO_PRINT`
* disable printing/debugging using hid_listen
*`#define NO_ACTION_LAYER`
* disable layers
*`#define NO_ACTION_TAPPING`
* disable tap dance and other tapping features
*`#define NO_ACTION_ONESHOT`
* disable one-shot modifiers
*`#define NO_ACTION_MACRO`
* disable old style macro handling: MACRO() & action_get_macro
*`#define NO_ACTION_FUNCTION`
* disable calling of action_function() from the fn_actions array (deprecated)
## Features That Can Be Enabled
If you define these options you will enable the associated feature, which may increase your code size.
*`#define FORCE_NKRO`
* NKRO by default requires to be turned on, this forces it on during keyboard startup regardless of EEPROM setting. NKRO can still be turned off but will be turned on again if the keyboard reboots.
*`#define STRICT_LAYER_RELEASE`
* force a key release to be evaluated using the current layer stack instead of remembering which layer it came from (used for advanced cases)
## Behaviors That Can Be Configured
*`#define TAPPING_TERM 200`
* how long before a tap becomes a hold, if set above 500, a key tapped during the tapping term will turn it into a hold too
*`#define RETRO_TAPPING`
* tap anyway, even after TAPPING_TERM, if there was no other key interruption between press and release
* See [Retro Tapping](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#retro-tapping) for details
*`#define TAPPING_TOGGLE 2`
* how many taps before triggering the toggle
*`#define PERMISSIVE_HOLD`
* makes tap and hold keys trigger the hold if another key is pressed before releasing, even if it hasn't hit the `TAPPING_TERM`
* See [Permissive Hold](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#permissive-hold) for details
*`#define IGNORE_MOD_TAP_INTERRUPT`
* makes it possible to do rolling combos (zx) with keys that convert to other keys on hold, by enforcing the `TAPPING_TERM` for both keys.
* See [Mod tap interrupt](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#ignore-mod-tap-interrupt) for details
*`#define TAPPING_FORCE_HOLD`
* makes it possible to use a dual role key as modifier shortly after having been tapped
* See [Hold after tap](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#tapping-force-hold)
* Breaks any Tap Toggle functionality (`TT` or the One Shot Tap Toggle)
*`#define LEADER_TIMEOUT 300`
* how long before the leader key times out
* If you're having issues finishing the sequence before it times out, you may need to increase the timeout setting. Or you may want to enable the `LEADER_PER_KEY_TIMING` option, which resets the timeout after each key is tapped.
*`#define LEADER_PER_KEY_TIMING`
* sets the timer for leader key chords to run on each key press rather than overall
*`#define LEADER_KEY_STRICT_KEY_PROCESSING`
* Disables keycode filtering for Mod-Tap and Layer-Tap keycodes. Eg, if you enable this, you would need to specify `MT(MOD_CTL, KC_A)` if you want to use `KC_A`.
*`#define ONESHOT_TIMEOUT 300`
* how long before oneshot times out
*`#define ONESHOT_TAP_TOGGLE 2`
* how many taps before oneshot toggle is triggered
*`#define QMK_KEYS_PER_SCAN 4`
* Allows sending more than one key per scan. By default, only one key event gets
sent via `process_record()` per scan. This has little impact on most typing, but
if you're doing a lot of chords, or your scan rate is slow to begin with, you can
have some delay in processing key events. Each press and release is a separate
event. For a keyboard with 1ms or so scan times, even a very fast typist isn't
going to produce the 500 keystrokes a second needed to actually get more than a
few ms of delay from this. But if you're doing chording on something with 3-4ms
scan times? You probably want this.
*`#define COMBO_COUNT 2`
* Set this to the number of combos that you're using in the [Combo](feature_combo.md) feature.
*`#define COMBO_TERM 200`
* how long for the Combo keys to be detected. Defaults to `TAPPING_TERM` if not defined.
*`#define TAP_CODE_DELAY 100`
* Sets the delay between `register_code` and `unregister_code`, if you're having issues with it registering properly (common on VUSB boards). The value is in milliseconds.
## RGB Light Configuration
*`#define RGB_DI_PIN D7`
* pin the DI on the ws2812 is hooked-up to
*`#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS`
* run RGB animations
*`#define RGBLED_NUM 15`
* number of LEDs
*`#define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 12`
* units to step when in/decreasing hue
*`#define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 25`
* units to step when in/decreasing saturation
*`#define RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP 12`
* units to step when in/decreasing value (brightness)
*`#define RGBW_BB_TWI`
* bit-bangs TWI to EZ RGBW LEDs (only required for Ergodox EZ)
## Mouse Key Options
*`#define MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL 20`
*`#define MOUSEKEY_DELAY 0`
*`#define MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX 60`
*`#define MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED 7`
*`#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_DELAY 0`
## Split Keyboard Options
Split Keyboard specific options, make sure you have 'SPLIT_KEYBOARD = yes' in your rules.mk
*`SPLIT_TRANSPORT = custom`
* Allows replacing the standard split communication routines with a custom one. ARM based split keyboards must use this at present.
### Setting Handedness
One thing to remember, the side that the USB port is plugged into is always the master half. The side not plugged into USB is the slave.
There are a few different ways to set handedness for split keyboards (listed in order of precedence):
1. Set `SPLIT_HAND_PIN`: Reads a pin to determine handedness. If pin is high, it's the left side, if low, the half is determined to be the right side
2. Set `EE_HANDS` and flash `eeprom-lefthand.eep`/`eeprom-righthand.eep` to each half
3. Set `MASTER_RIGHT`: Half that is plugged into the USB port is determined to be the master and right half (inverse of the default)
4. Default: The side that is plugged into the USB port is the master half and is assumed to be the left half. The slave side is the right half
*`#define SPLIT_HAND_PIN B7`
* For using high/low pin to determine handedness, low = right hand, high = left hand. Replace `B7` with the pin you are using. This is optional, and if you leave `SPLIT_HAND_PIN` undefined, then you can still use the EE_HANDS method or MASTER_LEFT / MASTER_RIGHT defines like the stock Let's Split uses.
*`#define EE_HANDS` (only works if `SPLIT_HAND_PIN` is not defined)
* Reads the handedness value stored in the EEPROM after `eeprom-lefthand.eep`/`eeprom-righthand.eep` has been flashed to their respective halves.
*`#define MASTER_RIGHT`
* Master half is defined to be the right half.
### Other Options
*`#define USE_I2C`
* For using I2C instead of Serial (defaults to serial)
*`#define SOFT_SERIAL_PIN D0`
* When using serial, define this. `D0` or `D1`,`D2`,`D3`,`E6`.
*`#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS_RIGHT { <row pins> }`
*`#define MATRIX_COL_PINS_RIGHT { <col pins> }`
* If you want to specify a different pinout for the right half than the left half, you can define `MATRIX_ROW_PINS_RIGHT`/`MATRIX_COL_PINS_RIGHT`. Currently, the size of `MATRIX_ROW_PINS` must be the same as `MATRIX_ROW_PINS_RIGHT` and likewise for the definition of columns.
*`#define SELECT_SOFT_SERIAL_SPEED <speed>` (default speed is 1)
* Sets the protocol speed when using serial communication
* Speeds:
* 0: about 189kbps (Experimental only)
* 1: about 137kbps (default)
* 2: about 75kbps
* 3: about 39kbps
* 4: about 26kbps
* 5: about 20kbps
# The `rules.mk` File
This is a [make](https://www.gnu.org/software/make/manual/make.html) file that is included by the top-level `Makefile`. It is used to set some information about the MCU that we will be compiling for as well as enabling and disabling certain features.
## Build Options
*`DEFAULT_FOLDER`
* Used to specify a default folder when a keyboard has more than one sub-folder.
*`FIRMWARE_FORMAT`
* Defines which format (bin, hex) is copied to the root `qmk_firmware` folder after building.
*`SRC`
* Used to add files to the compilation/linking list.
*`LAYOUTS`
* A list of [layouts](feature_layouts.md) this keyboard supports.
## AVR MCU Options
*`MCU = atmega32u4`
*`F_CPU = 16000000`
*`ARCH = AVR8`
*`F_USB = $(F_CPU)`
*`OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT`
*`BOOTLOADER = atmel-dfu` with the following options:
*`atmel-dfu`
*`lufa-dfu`
*`qmk-dfu`
*`halfkay`
*`caterina`
*`bootloadHID`
## Feature Options
Use these to enable or disable building certain features. The more you have enabled the bigger your firmware will be, and you run the risk of building a firmware too large for your MCU.
*`BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE`
* Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
*`MOUSEKEY_ENABLE`
* Mouse keys(+4700)
*`EXTRAKEY_ENABLE`
* Audio control and System control(+450)
*`CONSOLE_ENABLE`
* Console for debug(+400)
*`COMMAND_ENABLE`
* Commands for debug and configuration
*`COMBO_ENABLE`
* Key combo feature
*`NKRO_ENABLE`
* USB N-Key Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
*`AUDIO_ENABLE`
* Enable the audio subsystem.
*`RGBLIGHT_ENABLE`
* Enable keyboard underlight functionality
*`LEADER_ENABLE`
* Enable leader key chording
*`MIDI_ENABLE`
* MIDI controls
*`UNICODE_ENABLE`
* Unicode
*`BLUETOOTH_ENABLE`
* Legacy option to Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID. See BLUETOOTH
*`BLUETOOTH`
* Current options are AdafruitEzKey, AdafruitBLE, RN42
*`SPLIT_KEYBOARD`
* Enables split keyboard support (dual MCU like the let's split and bakingpy's boards) and includes all necessary files located at quantum/split_common
*`CUSTOM_MATRIX`
* Allows replacing the standard matrix scanning routine with a custom one.
*`CUSTOM_DEBOUNCE`
* Allows replacing the standard key debouncing routine with a custom one.
*`WAIT_FOR_USB`
* Forces the keyboard to wait for a USB connection to be established before it starts up
*`NO_USB_STARTUP_CHECK`
* Disables usb suspend check after keyboard startup. Usually the keyboard waits for the host to wake it up before any tasks are performed. This is useful for split keyboards as one half will not get a wakeup call but must send commands to the master.
## USB Endpoint Limitations
In order to provide services over USB, QMK has to use USB endpoints.
These are a finite resource: each microcontroller has only a certain number.
This limits what features can be enabled together.
If the available endpoints are exceeded, a build error is thrown.
The following features can require separate endpoints:
*`MOUSEKEY_ENABLE`
*`EXTRAKEY_ENABLE`
*`CONSOLE_ENABLE`
*`NKRO_ENABLE`
*`MIDI_ENABLE`
*`RAW_ENABLE`
*`VIRTSER_ENABLE`
In order to improve utilisation of the endpoints, the HID features can be combined to use a single endpoint.
By default, `MOUSEKEY`, `EXTRAKEY`, and `NKRO` are combined into a single endpoint.
The base keyboard functionality can also be combined into the endpoint,
by setting `KEYBOARD_SHARED_EP = yes`.
This frees up one more endpoint,
but it can prevent the keyboard working in some BIOSes,
as they do not implement Boot Keyboard protocol switching.
Combining the mouse also breaks Boot Mouse compatibility.
The mouse can be uncombined by setting `MOUSE_SHARED_EP = no` if this functionality is required.
👍🎉 First off, thanks for taking the time to read this and contribute! 🎉👍
Third-party contributions help us grow and improve QMK. We want to make the pull request and contribution process useful and easy for both contributors and maintainers. To this end we've put together some guidelines for contributors to help your pull request be accepted without major changes.
* [Project Overview](#project-overview)
* [Coding Conventions](#coding-conventions)
* [General Guidelines](#general-guidelines)
* [What does the Code of Conduct mean for me?](#what-does-the-code-of-conduct-mean-for-me)
## I Don't Want to Read This Whole Thing! I Just Have a Question!
If you'd like to ask questions about QMK you can do so on the [OLKB Subreddit](https://reddit.com/r/olkb) or on [Discord](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh).
Please keep these things in mind:
* It may take several hours for someone to respond to your question. Please be patient!
* Everyone involved with QMK is donating their time and energy. We don't get paid to work on or answer questions about QMK.
* Try to ask your question so it's as easy to answer as possible. If you're not sure how to do that these are some good guides:
QMK is largely written in C, with specific features and parts written in C++. It targets embedded processors found in keyboards, particularly AVR ([LUFA](http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/LUFA.php)) and ARM ([ChibiOS](http://www.chibios.com)). If you are already well versed in Arduino programming you'll find a lot of the concepts and limitations familiar. Prior experience with Arduino is not required to successfully contribute to QMK.
<!-- FIXME: We should include a list of resources for learning C here. -->
# Where Can I Go for Help?
If you need help you can [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues) or [chat on Discord](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh).
# How Do I Make a Contribution?
Never made an open source contribution before? Wondering how contributions work in QMK? Here's a quick rundown!
0. Sign up for a [GitHub](https://github.com) account.
1. Put together a keymap to contribute, [find an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues) you are interested in addressing, or [a feature](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3Afeature) you would like to add.
2. Fork the repository associated with the issue to your GitHub account. This means that you will have a copy of the repository under `your-GitHub-username/qmk_firmware`.
3. Clone the repository to your local machine using `git clone https://github.com/github-username/repository-name.git`.
4. If you're working on a new feature consider opening an issue to talk with us about the work you're about to undertake.
5. Create a new branch for your fix using `git checkout -b branch-name-here`.
6. Make the appropriate changes for the issue you are trying to address or the feature that you want to add.
7. Use `git add insert-paths-of-changed-files-here` to add the file contents of the changed files to the "snapshot" git uses to manage the state of the project, also known as the index.
8. Use `git commit -m "Insert a short message of the changes made here"` to store the contents of the index with a descriptive message.
9. Push the changes to your repository on GitHub using `git push origin branch-name-here`.
10. Submit a pull request to [QMK Firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/new/master).
11. Title the pull request with a short description of the changes made and the issue or bug number associated with your change. For example, you can title an issue like so "Added more log outputting to resolve #4352".
12. In the description of the pull request explain the changes that you made, any issues you think exist with the pull request you made, and any questions you have for the maintainer. It's OK if your pull request is not perfect (no pull request is), the reviewer will be able to help you fix any problems and improve it!
13. Wait for the pull request to be reviewed by a maintainer.
14. Make changes to the pull request if the reviewing maintainer recommends them.
15. Celebrate your success after your pull request is merged!
# Coding Conventions
Most of our style is pretty easy to pick up on, but right now it's not entirely consistent. You should match the style of the code surrounding your change, but if that code is inconsistent or unclear use the following guidelines:
* We indent using two spaces (soft tabs)
* We use a modified One True Brace Style
* Opening Brace: At the end of the same line as the statement that opens the block
* Closing Brace: Lined up with the first character of the statement that opens the block
* Else If: Place the closing brace at the beginning of the line and the next opening brace at the end of the same line.
* Optional Braces: Always include optional braces.
* Good: if (condition) { return false; }
* Bad: if (condition) return false;
* We encourage use of C style comments: `/* */`
* Think of them as a story describing the feature
* Use them liberally to explain why particular decisions were made.
* Do not write obvious comments
* If you not sure if a comment is obvious, go ahead and include it.
* In general we don't wrap lines, they can be as long as needed. If you do choose to wrap lines please do not wrap any wider than 76 columns.
* We use `#pragma once` at the start of header files rather than old-style include guards (`#ifndef THIS_FILE_H`, `#define THIS_FILE_H`, ..., `#endif`)
Here is an example for easy reference:
```c
/* Enums for foo */
enumfoo_state{
FOO_BAR,
FOO_BAZ,
};
/* Returns a value */
intfoo(void){
if(some_condition){
returnFOO_BAR;
}else{
return-1;
}
}
```
# Auto-formatting with clang-format
[Clang-format](https://clang.llvm.org/docs/ClangFormat.html) is part of LLVM and can automatically format your code for you, because ain't nobody got time to do it manually. We supply a configuration file for it that applies most of the coding conventions listed above. It will only change whitespace and newlines, so you will still have to remember to include optional braces yourself.
Use the [full LLVM installer](http://llvm.org/builds/) to get clang-format on Windows, or use `sudo apt install clang-format` on Ubuntu.
If you run it from the command-line, pass `-style=file` as an option and it will automatically find the .clang-format configuration file in the QMK root directory.
If you use VSCode, the standard C/C++ plugin supports clang-format, alternatively there is a [separate extension](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=LLVMExtensions.ClangFormat) for it.
Some things (like LAYOUT macros) are destroyed by clang-format, so either don't run it on those files, or wrap the sensitive code in `// clang-format off` and `// clang-format on`.
# General Guidelines
We have a few different types of changes in QMK, each requiring a different level of rigor. We'd like you to keep the following guidelines in mind no matter what type of change you're making.
* Separate PR's into logical units. For example, do not submit one PR covering two separate features, instead submit a separate PR for each feature.
* Check for unnecessary whitespace with `git diff --check` before committing.
* Make sure your code change actually compiles.
* Keymaps: Make sure that `make keyboard:your_new_keymap` does not return an error
* Keyboards: Make sure that `make keyboard:all` does not return any errors
* Core: Make sure that `make all` does not return any errors.
* Make sure commit messages are understandable on their own. You should put a short description (no more than 70 characters) on the first line, the second line should be empty, and on the 3rd and later lines you should describe your commit in detail, if required. Example:
```
Adjust the fronzlebop for the kerpleplork
The kerpleplork was intermittently failing with error code 23. The root cause was the fronzlebop setting, which causes the kerpleplork to activate every N iterations.
Limited experimentation on the devices I have available shows that 7 is high enough to avoid confusing the kerpleplork, but I'd like to get some feedback from people with ARM devices to be sure.
```
## Documentation
Documentation is one of the easiest ways to get started contributing to QMK. Finding places where the documentation is wrong or incomplete and fixing those is easy! We also very badly need someone to edit our documentation, so if you have editing skills but aren't sure where or how to jump in please [reach out for help](#where-can-i-go-for-help)!
You'll find all our documentation in the `qmk_firmware/docs` directory, or if you'd rather use a web based workflow you can click "Suggest An Edit" at the top of each page on http://docs.qmk.fm/.
## Keymaps
Most first-time QMK contributors start with their personal keymaps. We try to keep keymap standards pretty casual (keymaps, after all, reflect the personality of their creators) but we do ask that you follow these guidelines to make it easier for others to discover and learn from your keymap.
* Write a `readme.md` using [the template](documentation_templates.md).
* All Keymap PR's are squashed, so if you care about how your commits are squashed you should do it yourself
* Do not lump features in with keymap PR's. Submit the feature first and then a second PR for the keymap.
* Do not include `Makefile`s in your keymap folder (they're no longer used)
* Update copyrights in file headers (look for `REPLACE_WITH_YOUR_NAME `)
## Keyboards
Keyboards are the raison d'être for QMK. Some keyboards are community maintained, while others are maintained by the people responsible for making a particular keyboard. The `readme.md` should tell you who maintains a particular keyboard. If you have questions relating to a particular keyboard you can [Open An Issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues) and tag the maintainer in your question.
We also ask that you follow these guidelines:
* Write a `readme.md` using [the template](documentation_templates.md).
* Keep the number of commits reasonable or we will squash your PR
* Do not lump core features in with new keyboards. Submit the feature first and then submit a separate PR for the keyboard.
* Name `.c`/`.h` file after the immediate parent folder, eg `/keyboards/<kb1>/<kb2>/<kb2>.[ch]`
* Do not include `Makefile`s in your keyboard folder (they're no longer used)
* Update copyrights in file headers (look for `REPLACE_WITH_YOUR_NAME `)
## Quantum/TMK Core
Before you put a lot of work into building your new feature you should make sure you are implementing it in the best way. You can get a basic understanding of QMK by reading [Understanding QMK](understanding_qmk.md), which will take you on a tour of the QMK program flow. From here you should talk to us to get a sense of the best way to implement your idea. There are two main ways to do this:
* [Chat on Discord](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh)
* [Open an Issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new)
Feature and Bug Fix PR's affect all keyboards. We are also in the process of restructuring QMK. For this reason it is especially important for significant changes to be discussed before implementation has happened. If you open a PR without talking to us first please be prepared to do some significant rework if your choices do not mesh well with our planned direction.
Here are some things to keep in mind when working on your feature or bug fix.
* **Disabled by default** - memory is a pretty limited on most chips QMK supports, and it's important that current keymaps aren't broken, so please allow your feature to be turned **on**, rather than being turned off. If you think it should be on by default, or reduces the size of the code, please talk with us about it.
* **Compile locally before submitting** - hopefully this one is obvious, but things need to compile! Our Travis system will catch any issues, but it's generally faster for you to compile a few keyboards locally instead of waiting for the results to come back.
* **Consider revisions and different chip-bases** - there are several keyboards that have revisions that allow for slightly different configurations, and even different chip-bases. Try to make a feature supported in ARM and AVR, or automatically disabled on platforms it doesn't work on.
* **Explain your feature** - Document it in `docs/`, either as a new file or as part of an existing file. If you don't document it other people won't be able to benefit from your hard work.
We also ask that you follow these guidelines:
* Keep the number of commits reasonable or we will squash your PR
* Do not lump keyboards or keymaps in with core changes. Submit your core changes first.
* Write [Unit Tests](unit_testing.md) for your feature
* Follow the style of the file you are editing. If the style is unclear or there are mixed styles you should conform to the [coding conventions](#coding-conventions) above.
## Refactoring
To maintain a clear vision of how things are laid out in QMK we try to plan out refactors in-depth and have a collaborator make the changes. If you have an idea for refactoring, or suggestions, [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues), we'd love to talk about how QMK can be improved.
# What Does the Code of Conduct Mean for Me?
Our [Code of Conduct](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md) means that you are responsible for treating everyone on the project with respect and courtesy regardless of their identity. If you are the victim of any inappropriate behavior or comments as described in our Code of Conduct, we are here for you and will do the best to ensure that the abuser is reprimanded appropriately, per our code.
For a lot of people a custom keyboard is about more than sending button presses to your computer. You want to be able to do things that are more complex than simple button presses and macros. QMK has hooks that allow you to inject code, override functionality, and otherwise customize how your keyboard behaves in different situations.
This page does not assume any special knowledge about QMK, but reading [Understanding QMK](understanding_qmk.md) will help you understand what is going on at a more fundamental level.
## A Word on Core vs Keyboards vs Keymap
We have structured QMK as a hierarchy:
* Core (`_quantum`)
* Keyboard/Revision (`_kb`)
* Keymap (`_user`)
Each of the functions described below can be defined with a `_kb()` suffix or a `_user()` suffix. We intend for you to use the `_kb()` suffix at the Keyboard/Revision level, while the `_user()` suffix should be used at the Keymap level.
When defining functions at the Keyboard/Revision level it is important that your `_kb()` implementation call `_user()` before executing anything else- otherwise the keymap level function will never be called.
# Custom Keycodes
By far the most common task is to change the behavior of an existing keycode or to create a new keycode. From a code standpoint the mechanism for each is very similar.
## Defining a New Keycode
The first step to creating your own custom keycode(s) is to enumerate them. This means both naming them and assigning a unique number to that keycode. Rather than limit custom keycodes to a fixed range of numbers QMK provides the `SAFE_RANGE` macro. You can use `SAFE_RANGE` when enumerating your custom keycodes to guarantee that you get a unique number.
Here is an example of enumerating 2 keycodes. After adding this block to your `keymap.c` you will be able to use `FOO` and `BAR` inside your keymap.
```c
enummy_keycodes{
FOO=SAFE_RANGE,
BAR
};
```
## Programming the Behavior of Any Keycode
When you want to override the behavior of an existing key, or define the behavior for a new key, you should use the `process_record_kb()` and `process_record_user()` functions. These are called by QMK during key processing before the actual key event is handled. If these functions return `true` QMK will process the keycodes as usual. That can be handy for extending the functionality of a key rather than replacing it. If these functions return `false` QMK will skip the normal key handling, and it will be up to you to send any key up or down events that are required.
These function are called every time a key is pressed or released.
### Example `process_record_user()` Implementation
This example does two things. It defines the behavior for a custom keycode called `FOO`, and it supplements our Enter key by playing a tone whenever it is pressed.
Call this function to get the last received LED state. This is useful for reading the LED state outside `led_set_*`, e.g. in [`matrix_scan_user()`](#matrix-scanning-code).
For convenience, you can use the `IS_HOST_LED_ON(led_name)` and `IS_HOST_LED_OFF(led_name)` macros instead of calling and checking `host_keyboard_leds()` directly.
## Setting Physical LED State
Some keyboard implementations provide convenience methods for setting the state of the physical LEDs.
### Ergodox Boards
The Ergodox implementations provide `ergodox_right_led_1`/`2`/`3_on`/`off()` to turn individual LEDs on or off, as well as `ergodox_right_led_on`/`off(uint8_t led)` to turn them on or off by their index.
In addition, it is possible to specify the brightness level of all LEDs with `ergodox_led_all_set(uint8_t n)`; of individual LEDs with `ergodox_right_led_1`/`2`/`3_set(uint8_t n)`; or by index with `ergodox_right_led_set(uint8_t led, uint8_t n)`.
Ergodox boards also define `LED_BRIGHTNESS_LO` for the lowest brightness and `LED_BRIGHTNESS_HI` for the highest brightness (which is the default).
# Keyboard Initialization Code
There are several steps in the keyboard initialization process. Depending on what you want to do, it will influence which function you should use.
These are the three main initialization functions, listed in the order that they're called.
*`keyboard_pre_init_*` - Happens before most anything is started. Good for hardware setup that you want running very early.
*`matrix_init_*` - Happens midway through the firmware's startup process. Hardware is initialized, but features may not be yet.
*`keyboard_post_init_*` - Happens at the end of the firmware's startup process. This is where you'd want to put "customization" code, for the most part.
!> For most people, the `keyboard_post_init_user` function is what you want to call. For instance, this is where you want to set up things for RGB Underglow.
## Keyboard Pre Initialization code
This runs very early during startup, even before the USB has been started.
Shortly after this, the matrix is initialized.
For most users, this shouldn't be used, as it's primarily for hardware oriented initialization.
However, if you have hardware stuff that you need initialized, this is the best place for it (such as initializing LED pins).
### Example `keyboard_pre_init_user()` Implementation
This example, at the keyboard level, sets up B1, B2, and B3 as LED pins.
This is called when the matrix is initialized, and after some of the hardware has been set up, but before many of the features have been initialized.
This is useful for setting up stuff that you may need elsewhere, but isn't hardware related nor is dependant on where it's started.
### `matrix_init_*` Function Documentation
* Keyboard/Revision: `void matrix_init_kb(void)`
* Keymap: `void matrix_init_user(void)`
## Keyboard Post Initialization code
This is ran as the very last task in the keyboard initialization process. This is useful if you want to make changes to certain features, as they should be initialized by this point.
### Example `keyboard_post_init_user()` Implementation
This example, running after everything else has initialized, sets up the rgb underglow configuration.
```c
voidkeyboard_post_init_user(void){
// Call the post init code.
rgblight_enable_noeeprom();// enables Rgb, without saving settings
rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom(180,255,255):// sets the color to teal/cyan without saving
rgblight_mode_noeeprom(RGBLIGHT_MODE_BREATHING+3);// sets mode to Fast breathing without saving
Whenever possible you should customize your keyboard by using `process_record_*()` and hooking into events that way, to ensure that your code does not have a negative performance impact on your keyboard. However, in rare cases it is necessary to hook into the matrix scanning. Be extremely careful with the performance of code in these functions, as it will be called at least 10 times per second.
### Example `matrix_scan_*` Implementation
This example has been deliberately omitted. You should understand enough about QMK internals to write this without an example before hooking into such a performance sensitive area. If you need help please [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new) or [chat with us on Discord](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh).
### `matrix_scan_*` Function Documentation
* Keyboard/Revision: `void matrix_scan_kb(void)`
* Keymap: `void matrix_scan_user(void)`
This function gets called at every matrix scan, which is basically as often as the MCU can handle. Be careful what you put here, as it will get run a lot.
You should use this function if you need custom matrix scanning code. It can also be used for custom status output (such as LEDs or a display) or other functionality that you want to trigger regularly even when the user isn't typing.
# Keyboard Idling/Wake Code
If the board supports it, it can be "idled", by stopping a number of functions. A good example of this is RGB lights or backlights. This can save on power consumption, or may be better behavior for your keyboard.
This is controlled by two functions: `suspend_power_down_*` and `suspend_wakeup_init_*`, which are called when the system is board is idled and when it wakes up, respectively.
### Example suspend_power_down_user() and suspend_wakeup_init_user() Implementation
This example, at the keyboard level, sets up B1, B2, and B3 as LED pins.
```c
voidsuspend_power_down_user(void)
{
rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(true);
}
voidsuspend_wakeup_init_user(void)
{
rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(false);
}
```
### Keyboard suspend/wake Function Documentation
* Keyboard/Revision: `void suspend_power_down_kb(void)` and `void suspend_wakeup_init_user(void)`
* Keymap: `void suspend_power_down_kb(void)` and `void suspend_wakeup_init_user(void)`
# Layer Change Code
This runs code every time that the layers get changed. This can be useful for layer indication, or custom layer handling.
### Example `layer_state_set_*` Implementation
This example shows how to set the [RGB Underglow](feature_rgblight.md) lights based on the layer, using the Planck as an example
```c
uint32_tlayer_state_set_user(uint32_tstate){
switch(biton32(state)){
case_RAISE:
rgblight_setrgb(0x00,0x00,0xFF);
break;
case_LOWER:
rgblight_setrgb(0xFF,0x00,0x00);
break;
case_PLOVER:
rgblight_setrgb(0x00,0xFF,0x00);
break;
case_ADJUST:
rgblight_setrgb(0x7A,0x00,0xFF);
break;
default:// for any other layers, or the default layer
The `state` is the bitmask of the active layers, as explained in the [Keymap Overview](keymap.md#keymap-layer-status)
# Persistent Configuration (EEPROM)
This allows you to configure persistent settings for your keyboard. These settings are stored in the EEPROM of your controller, and are retained even after power loss. The settings can be read with `eeconfig_read_kb` and `eeconfig_read_user`, and can be written to using `eeconfig_update_kb` and `eeconfig_update_user`. This is useful for features that you want to be able to toggle (like toggling rgb layer indication). Additionally, you can use `eeconfig_init_kb` and `eeconfig_init_user` to set the default values for the EEPROM.
The complicated part here, is that there are a bunch of ways that you can store and access data via EEPROM, and there is no "correct" way to do this. However, you only have a DWORD (4 bytes) for each function.
Keep in mind that EEPROM has a limited number of writes. While this is very high, it's not the only thing writing to the EEPROM, and if you write too often, you can potentially drastically shorten the life of your MCU.
* If you don't understand the example, then you may want to avoid using this feature, as it is rather complicated.
### Example Implementation
This is an example of how to add settings, and read and write it. We're using the user keymap for the example here. This is a complex function, and has a lot going on. In fact, it uses a lot of the above functions to work!
In your keymap.c file, add this to the top:
```
typedef union {
uint32_t raw;
struct {
bool rgb_layer_change :1;
};
} user_config_t;
user_config_t user_config;
```
This sets up a 32 bit structure that we can store settings with in memory, and write to the EEPROM. Using this removes the need to define variables, since they're defined in this structure. Remember that `bool` (boolean) values use 1 bit, `uint8_t` uses 8 bits, `uint16_t` uses up 16 bits. You can mix and match, but changing the order can cause issues, as it will change the values that are read and written.
We're using `rgb_layer_change`, for the `layer_state_set_*` function, and use `matrix_init_user` and `process_record_user` to configure everything.
Now, using the `matrix_init_user` code above, you want to add `eeconfig_read_user()` to it, to populate the structure you've just created. And you can then immediately use this structure to control functionality in your keymap. And It should look like:
```
void matrix_init_user(void) {
// Call the keymap level matrix init.
// Read the user config from EEPROM
user_config.raw = eeconfig_read_user();
// Set default layer, if enabled
if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) {
rgblight_enable_noeeprom();
rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_cyan();
rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1);
}
}
```
The above function will use the EEPROM config immediately after reading it, to set the default layer's RGB color. The "raw" value of it is converted in a usable structure based on the "union" that you created above.
```
uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state) {
switch (biton32(state)) {
case _RAISE:
if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_magenta(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
break;
case _LOWER:
if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_red(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
break;
case _PLOVER:
if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_green(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
break;
case _ADJUST:
if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_white(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
break;
default: // for any other layers, or the default layer
if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_cyan(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
break;
}
return state;
}
```
This will cause the RGB underglow to be changed ONLY if the value was enabled. Now to configure this value, create a new keycode for `process_record_user` called `RGB_LYR` and `EPRM`. Additionally, we want to make sure that if you use the normal RGB codes, that it turns off Using the example above, make it look this:
return false; // Skip all further processing of this key
case KC_ENTER:
// Play a tone when enter is pressed
if (record->event.pressed) {
PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty);
}
return true; // Let QMK send the enter press/release events
case EPRM:
if (record->event.pressed) {
eeconfig_init(); // resets the EEPROM to default
}
return false;
case RGB_LYR: // This allows me to use underglow as layer indication, or as normal
if (record->event.pressed) {
user_config.rgb_layer_change ^= 1; // Toggles the status
eeconfig_update_user(user_config.raw); // Writes the new status to EEPROM
if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { // if layer state indication is enabled,
layer_state_set(layer_state); // then immediately update the layer color
}
}
return false; break;
case RGB_MODE_FORWARD ... RGB_MODE_GRADIENT: // For any of the RGB codes (see quantum_keycodes.h, L400 for reference)
if (record->event.pressed) { //This disables layer indication, as it's assumed that if you're changing this ... you want that disabled
if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { // only if this is enabled
user_config.rgb_layer_change = false; // disable it, and
eeconfig_update_user(user_config.raw); // write the setings to EEPROM
}
}
return true; break;
default:
return true; // Process all other keycodes normally
}
}
```
And lastly, you want to add the `eeconfig_init_user` function, so that when the EEPROM is reset, you can specify default values, and even custom actions. For example, if you want to set rgb layer indication by default, and save the default valued.
```
void eeconfig_init_user(void) { // EEPROM is getting reset!
user_config.rgb_layer_change = true; // We want this enabled by default
eeconfig_update_user(user_config.raw); // Write default value to EEPROM now
// use the non noeeprom versions, to write these values to EEPROM too
rgblight_enable(); // Enable RGB by default
rgblight_sethsv_cyan(); // Set it to CYAN by default
rgblight_mode(1); // set to solid by default
}
```
And you're done. The RGB layer indication will only work if you want it to. And it will be saved, even after unplugging the board. And if you use any of the RGB codes, it will disable the layer indication, so that it stays on the mode and color that you set it to.
### 'EECONFIG' Function Documentation
* Keyboard/Revision: `void eeconfig_init_kb(void)`, `uint32_t eeconfig_read_kb(void)` and `void eeconfig_update_kb(uint32_t val)`
* Keymap: `void eeconfig_init_user(void)`, `uint32_t eeconfig_read_user(void)` and `void eeconfig_update_user(uint32_t val)`
The `val` is the value of the data that you want to write to EEPROM. And the `eeconfig_read_*` function return a 32 bit (DWORD) value from the EEPROM.
This page exists to document best practices when writing documentation for QMK. Following these guidelines will help to keep a consistent tone and style, which will in turn help other people more easily understand QMK.
# Page Opening
Your documentation page should generally start with an H1 heading, followed by a 1 paragraph description of what the user will find on this page. Keep in mind that this heading and paragraph will sit next to the Table of Contents, so keep the heading short and avoid long strings with no whitespace.
Example:
```
# My Page Title
This page covers my super cool feature. You can use this feature to make coffee, squeeze fresh oj, and have an egg mcmuffin and hashbrowns delivered from your local macca's by drone.
```
# Headings
Your page should generally have multiple "H1" headings. Only H1 and H2 headings will included in the Table of Contents, so plan them out appropriately. Excess width should be avoided in H1 and H2 headings to prevent the Table of Contents from getting too wide.
# Styled Hint Blocks
You can have styled hint blocks drawn around text to draw attention to it.
### Important
```
!> This is important
```
Renders as:
!> This is important
### General Tips
```
?> This is a helpful tip.
```
Renders as:
?> This is a helpful tip.
# Documenting Features
If you create a new feature for QMK, create a documentation page for it. It doesn't have to be very long, a few sentences describing your feature and a table listing any relevant keycodes is enough. Here is a basic template:
```markdown
# My Cool Feature
This page describes my cool feature. You can use my cool feature to make coffee and order cream and sugar to be delivered via drone.
## My Cool Feature Keycodes
|Long Name|Short Name|Description|
|---------|----------|-----------|
|KC_COFFEE||Make Coffee|
|KC_CREAM||Order Cream|
|KC_SUGAR||Order Sugar|
```
Place your documentation into `docs/feature_<my_cool_feature>.md`, and add that file to the appropriate place in `docs/_sidebar.md`. If you have added any keycodes be sure to add them to `docs/keycodes.md` with a link back to your feature page.
This page documents the templates you should use when submitting new Keymaps and Keyboards to QMK.
## Keymap `readme.md` Template
Most keymaps have an image depicting the layout. You can use [Keyboard Layout Editor](http://keyboard-layout-editor.com) to create an image. Upload it to [Imgur](http://imgur.com) or another hosting service, please do not include images in your Pull Request.
Below the image you should write a short description to help people understand your keymap.
Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
make planck/rev4:default
See the [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/getting_started_build_tools) and the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/getting_started_make_guide) for more information. Brand new to QMK? Start with our [Complete Newbs Guide](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/newbs).
```
There needs to be two spaces at the end of the `Keyboard Maintainer` and `Hardware Supported` lines for it to render correctly with Markdown.
[Eclipse][1] is an open-source [Integrated Development Environment](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Integrated_development_environment) (IDE) widely used for Java development, but with an extensible plugin system that allows to customize it for other languages and usages.
Using an IDE such as Eclipse provides many advantages over a plain text editor, such as:
* intelligent code completion
* convenient navigation in the code
* refactoring tools
* build automation (no need for the command-line)
* a GUI for GIT
* static code analysis
* many other tools such as debugging, code formatting, showing call hierarchies etc.
The purpose of the is page is to document how to set-up Eclipse for developing AVR software, and working on the QMK code base.
Note that this set-up has been tested on Ubuntu 16.04 only for the moment.
# Prerequisites
## Build Environment
Before starting, you must have followed the [Getting Started](README.md#getting-started) section corresponding to your system. In particular, you must have been able to build the firmware with [the `make` command](../#the-make-command).
## Java
Eclipse is a Java application, so you will need to install Java 8 or more recent to be able to run it. You may choose between the JRE or the JDK, the latter being useful if you intend to do Java development.
# Install Eclipse and Its Plugins
Eclipse comes in [several flavours](http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/eclipse-packages/) depending on the target usage that you will have. There is no package comprising the AVR stack, so we will need to start from Eclipse CDT (C/C++ Development Tooling) and install the necessary plugins.
## Download and Install Eclipse CDT
If you already have Eclipse CDT on your system, you can skip this step. However it is advised to keep it up-to-date for better support.
If you have another Eclipse package installed, it is normally possible to [install the CDT plugin over it](https://eclipse.org/cdt/downloads.php). However it is probably better to reinstall it from scratch to keep it light and avoid the clutter of tools that you don't need for the projects you will be working on.
Installation is very simple: follow the [5 Steps to Install Eclipse](https://eclipse.org/downloads/eclipse-packages/?show_instructions=TRUE), and choose **Eclipse IDE for C/C++ Developers** at Step 3.
Alternatively, you can also directly [download Eclipse IDE for C/C++ Developers](http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/eclipse-packages/) ([direct link to current version](http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/packages/eclipse-ide-cc-developers/neonr)) and extract the package to the location of your choice (this creates an `eclipse` folder).
## First Launch
When installation is complete, click the <kbd>Launch</kbd> button. (If you extracted the package manually, open the Eclipse installation folder and double-click the `eclipse` executable)
When you are prompted with the Workspace Selector, select a directory that will hold Eclipse metadata and usually your projects. **Do not select the `qmk_firmware` directory**, this will be the project directory. Select the parent folder instead, or another (preferably empty) folder of your choice (the default is fine if you do not use it yet).
Once started, click the <kbd>Workbench</kbd> button at the top right to switch to the workbench view (there is a also checkbox at the bottom to skip the welcome screen at startup).
## Install the Necessary Plugins
Note: you do not need to restart Eclipse after installing each plugin. Simply restart once all plugins are installed.
This is the most important plugin as it will allow Eclipse to _understand_ AVR C code. Follow [the instructions for using the update site](http://avr-eclipse.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Plugin_Download#Update_Site), and agree with the security warning for unsigned content.
### [ANSI Escape in Console](https://marketplace.eclipse.org/content/ansi-escape-console)
This plugin is necessary to properly display the colored build output generated by the QMK makefile.
1. Open <kbd><kbd>Help</kbd> > <kbd>Eclipse Marketplace…</kbd></kbd>
2. Search for _ANSI Escape in Console_
3. Click the <samp>Install</samp> button of the plugin
4. Follow the instructions and agree again with the security warning for unsigned content.
Once both plugins are installed, restart Eclipse as prompted.
* Select the directory where you cloned the repository as _Existing Code Location_;
* (Optional) Give a different name to the project¹, e.g. _QMK_ or _Quantum_;
* Select the _AVR-GCC Toolchain_;
* Keep the rest as-is and click <kbd>Finish</kbd>

3. The project will now be loaded and indexed. Its files can be browsed easily through the _Project Explorer_ on the left.
¹ There might be issues for importing the project with a custom name. If it does not work properly, try leaving the default project name (i.e. the name of the directory, probably `qmk_firmware`).
## Build Your Keyboard
We will now configure a make target that cleans the project and builds the keymap of your choice.
1. On the right side of the screen, select the <kbd>Make Target</kbd> tab
2. Expand the folder structure to the keyboard of your choice, e.g. `qmk_firmware/keyboards/ergodox`
3. Right-click on the keyboard folder and select <kbd>New…</kbd> (or select the folder and click the <kbd>New Make Target</kbd> icon above the tree)
4. Choose a name for your build target, e.g. _clean \<your keymap\>_
5. Make Target: this is the arguments that you give to `make` when building from the command line. If your target name does not match these arguments, uncheck <kbd>Same as target name</kbd> and input the correct arguments, e.g. `clean <your keymap>`
6. Leave the other options checked and click <kbd>OK</kbd>. Your make target will now appear under the selected keyboard.
7. (Optional) Toggle the <kbd>Hide Empty Folders</kbd> icon button above the targets tree to only show your build target.
8. Double-click the build target you created to trigger a build.
9. Select the <kbd>Console</kbd> view at the bottom to view the running build.
This page covers questions about building QMK. If you haven't yet done so, you should read the [Build Environment Setup](getting_started_build_tools.md) and [Make Instructions](getting_started_make_guide.md) guides.
## Can't Program on Linux
You will need proper permissions to operate a device. For Linux users, see the instructions regarding `udev` rules, below. If you have issues with `udev`, a work-around is to use the `sudo` command. If you are not familiar with this command, check its manual with `man sudo` or [see this webpage](https://linux.die.net/man/8/sudo).
An example of using `sudo`, when your controller is ATMega32u4:
$ sudo dfu-programmer atmega32u4 erase --force
$ sudo dfu-programmer atmega32u4 flash your.hex
$ sudo dfu-programmer atmega32u4 reset
or just:
$ sudo make <keyboard>:<keymap>:dfu
Note that running `make` with `sudo` is generally *not* a good idea, and you should use one of the former methods, if possible.
### Linux `udev` Rules
On Linux, you'll need proper privileges to access the MCU. You can either use
`sudo` when flashing firmware, or place these files in `/etc/udev/rules.d/`.
### Serial device is not detected in bootloader mode on Linux
Make sure your kernel has appropriate support for your device. If your device uses USB ACM, such as
Pro Micro (Atmega32u4), make sure to include `CONFIG_USB_ACM=y`. Other devices may require `USB_SERIAL` and any of its sub options.
## Unknown Device for DFU Bootloader
If you're using Windows to flash your keyboard, and you are running into issues, check the Device Manager. If you see an "Unknown Device" when the keyboard is in "bootloader mode", then you may have a driver issue.
Re-running the installation script for MSYS2 may help (eg run `./util/qmk_install.sh` from MSYS2/WSL) or reinstalling the QMK Toolbox may fix the issue.
If that doesn't work, then you may need to grab the [Zadig Utility](https://zadig.akeo.ie/). Download this, find the device in question, and select the `WinUS(libusb-1.0)` option, and hit "Reinstall driver". Once you've done that, try flashing your board, again.
## WINAVR is Obsolete
It is no longer recommended and may cause some problem.
See [TMK Issue #99](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/99).
## USB VID and PID
You can use any ID you want with editing `config.h`. Using any presumably unused ID will be no problem in fact except for very low chance of collision with other product.
Most boards in QMK use `0xFEED` as the vendor ID. You should look through other keyboards to make sure you pick a unique Product ID.
Also see this.
https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/150
You can buy a really unique VID:PID here. I don't think you need this for personal use.
This is an issue with updating on brew, causing symlinks that avr-gcc depend on getting mangled.
The solution is to remove and reinstall all affected modules.
```
brew rm avr-gcc
brew rm dfu-programmer
brew rm dfu-util
brew rm gcc-arm-none-eabi
brew rm avrdude
brew install avr-gcc
brew install dfu-programmer
brew install dfu-util
brew install gcc-arm-none-eabi
brew install avrdude
```
### avr-gcc 8.1 and LUFA
If you updated your avr-gcc to above 7 you may see errors involving LUFA. For example:
`lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h:380:5: error: 'const' attribute on function returning 'void'`
For now, you need to rollback avr-gcc to 7 in brew.
```
brew uninstall --force avr-gcc
brew install avr-gcc@7
brew link --force avr-gcc@7
```
### I just flashed my keyboard and it does nothing/keypresses don't register - it's also ARM (rev6 planck, clueboard 60, hs60v2, etc...) (Feb 2019)
Due to how EEPROM works on ARM based chips, saved settings may no longer be valid. This affects the default layers, and *may*, under certain circumstances we are still figuring out, make the keyboard unusable. Resetting the EEPROM will correct this.
[Planck rev6 reset EEPROM](https://cdn.discordapp.com/attachments/473506116718952450/539284620861243409/planck_rev6_default.bin) can be used to force an eeprom reset. After flashing this image, flash your normal firmware again which should restore your keyboard to _normal_ working order.
If bootmagic is enabled in any form, you should be able to do this too (see [Bootmagic docs](feature_bootmagic.md) and keyboard info for specifics on how to do this).
- DFU tools do /not/ allow you to write into the bootloader (unless
you throw in extra fruit salad of options), so there is little risk
there.
- EEPROM has around a 100000 write cycle. You shouldn't rewrite the
firmware repeatedly and continually; that'll burn the EEPROM
eventually.
## NKRO Doesn't work
First you have to compile firmware with this build option `NKRO_ENABLE` in **Makefile**.
Try `Magic`**N** command(`LShift+RShift+N` by default) when **NKRO** still doesn't work. You can use this command to toggle between **NKRO** and **6KRO** mode temporarily. In some situations **NKRO** doesn't work you need to switch to **6KRO** mode, in particular when you are in BIOS.
If your firmware built with `BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE` you need to turn its switch on by `BootMagic`**N** command(`Space+N` by default). This setting is stored in EEPROM and kept over power cycles.
Use `1UL<<16` instead of `1<<16` in `read_cols()` in [matrix.h] when your columns goes beyond 16.
In C `1` means one of [int] type which is [16 bit] in case of AVR so you can't shift left more than 15. You will get unexpected zero when you say `1<<16`. You have to use [unsigned long] type with `1UL`.
If you are using a TeensyUSB, there is a [known bug](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/164) in which the hardware reset button prevents the RESET key from working. Unplugging the keyboard and plugging it back in should resolve the problem.
## Special Extra Key Doesn't Work (System, Audio Control Keys)
You need to define `EXTRAKEY_ENABLE` in `rules.mk` to use them in QMK.
```
EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes # Audio control and System control
```
## Wakeup from Sleep Doesn't Work
In Windows check `Allow this device to wake the computer` setting in Power **Management property** tab of **Device Manager**. Also check BIOS setting.
Pressing any key during sleep should wake host.
## Using Arduino?
**Note that Arduino pin naming is different from actual chip.** For example, Arduino pin `D0` is not `PD0`. Check circuit with its schematics yourself.
Arduino Leonardo and micro have **ATMega32U4** and can be used for TMK, though Arduino bootloader may be a problem.
## Using PF4-7 Pins of USB AVR?
You need to set JTD bit of MCUCR yourself to use PF4-7 as GPIO. Those pins are configured to serve JTAG function by default. MCUs like ATMega*U* or AT90USB* are affected with this.
If you are using Teensy this isn't needed. Teensy is shipped with JTAGEN fuse bit unprogrammed to disable the function.
See this code.
```
// JTAG disable for PORT F. write JTD bit twice within four cycles.
## Problem on BIOS (UEFI)/Resume (Sleep & Wake)/Power Cycles
Some people reported their keyboard stops working on BIOS and/or after resume(power cycles).
As of now root of its cause is not clear but some build options seem to be related. In Makefile try to disable those options like `CONSOLE_ENABLE`, `NKRO_ENABLE`, `SLEEP_LED_ENABLE` and/or others.
[QMK](https://github.com/qmk), short for Quantum Mechanical Keyboard, is a group of people building tools for custom keyboards. We started with the [QMK firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware), a heavily modified fork of [TMK](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard).
### Why the Name Quantum?
<!-- FIXME -->
## What Differences Are There Between QMK and TMK?
TMK was originally designed and implemented by [Jun Wako](https://github.com/tmk). QMK started as [Jack Humbert](https://github.com/jackhumbert)'s fork of TMK for the Planck. After a while Jack's fork had diverged quite a bit from TMK, and in 2015 Jack decided to rename his fork to QMK.
From a technical standpoint QMK builds upon TMK by adding several new features. Most notably QMK has expanded the number of available keycodes and uses these to implement advanced features like `S()`, `LCTL()`, and `MO()`. You can see a complete list of these keycodes in [Keycodes](keycodes.md).
From a project and community management standpoint TMK maintains all the officially supported keyboards by himself, with a bit of community support. Separate community maintained forks exist or can be created for other keyboards. Only a few keymaps are provided by default, so users typically don't share keymaps with each other. QMK encourages sharing of both keyboards and keymaps through a centrally managed repository, accepting all pull requests that follow the quality standards. These are mostly community maintained, but the QMK team also helps when necessary.
Both approaches have their merits and their drawbacks, and code flows freely between TMK and QMK when it makes sense.
This page covers questions people often have about keymaps. If you haven't you should read [Keymap Overview](keymap.md) first.
## What Keycodes Can I Use?
See [Keycodes](keycodes.md) for an index of keycodes available to you. These link to more extensive documentation when available.
Keycodes are actually defined in [common/keycode.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/common/keycode.h).
## What Are the Default Keycodes?
There are 3 standard keyboard layouts in use around the world- ANSI, ISO, and JIS. North America primarily uses ANSI, Europe and Africa primarily use ISO, and Japan uses JIS. Regions not mentioned typically use either ANSI or ISO. The keycodes corresponding to these layouts are shown here:
<!-- Source for this image: http://www.keyboard-layout-editor.com/#/gists/bf431647d1001cff5eff20ae55621e9a -->
QMK has two features, Bootmagic and Command, which allow you to change the behavior of your keyboard on the fly. This includes, but is not limited to, swapping Ctrl/Caps, disabling Gui, swapping Alt/Gui, swapping Backspace/Backslash, disabling all keys, and other behavioral modifications.
As a quick fix try holding down `Space`+`Backspace` while you plug in your keyboard. This will reset the stored settings on your keyboard, returning those keys to normal operation. If that doesn't work look here:
* [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md)
* [Command](feature_command.md)
## The Menu Key Isn't Working
The key found on most modern keyboards that is located between `KC_RGUI` and `KC_RCTL` is actually called `KC_APP`. This is because when that key was invented there was already a key named `MENU` in the relevant standards, so MS chose to call that the `APP` key.
## `KC_SYSREQ` Isn't Working
Use keycode for Print Screen(`KC_PSCREEN` or `KC_PSCR`) instead of `KC_SYSREQ`. Key combination of 'Alt + Print Screen' is recognized as 'System request'.
See [issue #168](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/168) and
* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Magic_SysRq_key
* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/System_request
## Power Keys Aren't Working
Somewhat confusingly, there are two "Power" keycodes in QMK: `KC_POWER` in the Keyboard/Keypad HID usage page, and `KC_SYSTEM_POWER` (or `KC_PWR`) in the Consumer page.
The former is only recognized on macOS, while the latter, `KC_SLEP` and `KC_WAKE` are supported by all three major operating systems, so it is recommended to use those instead. Under Windows, these keys take effect immediately, however on macOS they must be held down until a dialog appears.
## One Shot Modifier
Solves my personal 'the' problem. I often got 'the' or 'THe' wrongly instead of 'The'. One Shot Shift mitigates this for me.
https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/67
## Modifier/Layer Stuck
Modifier keys or layers can be stuck unless layer switching is configured properly.
For Modifier keys and layer actions you have to place `KC_TRANS` on same position of destination layer to unregister the modifier key or return to previous layer on release event.
This feature is for *mechanical lock switch* like [this Alps one](http://deskthority.net/wiki/Alps_SKCL_Lock). You can enable it by adding this to your `config.h`:
```
#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE
#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
```
After enabling this feature use keycodes `KC_LCAP`, `KC_LNUM` and `KC_LSCR` in your keymap instead.
Old vintage mechanical keyboards occasionally have lock switches but modern ones don't have. ***You don't need this feature in most case and just use keycodes `KC_CAPS`, `KC_NLCK` and `KC_SLCK`.***
## Input Special Characters Other Than ASCII like Cédille 'Ç'
NO UNIVERSAL METHOD TO INPUT THOSE WORKS OVER ALL SYSTEMS. You have to define **MACRO** in way specific to your OS or layout.
Unlike most Fn keys, the one on Apple keyboards actually has its own keycode... sort of. It takes the place of the sixth keycode in a basic 6KRO HID report -- so an Apple keyboard is in fact only 5KRO.
It is technically possible to get QMK to send this key. However, doing so requires modification of the report format to add the state of the Fn key.
Even worse, it is not recognized unless the keyboard's VID and PID match that of a real Apple keyboard. The legal issues that official QMK support for this feature may create mean it is unlikely to happen.
See [this issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/2179) for detailed information.
## Media Control Keys in Mac OSX
#### KC_MNXT and KC_MPRV Does Not Work on Mac
Use `KC_MFFD`(`KC_MEDIA_FAST_FORWARD`) and `KC_MRWD`(`KC_MEDIA_REWIND`) instead of `KC_MNXT` and `KC_MPRV`.
See https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/195
## Keys Supported in Mac OSX?
You can know which keycodes are supported in OSX from this source code.
Japanese JIS keyboard specific keys like `無変換(Muhenkan)`, `変換(Henkan)`, `ひらがな(hiragana)` are not recognized on OSX. You can use **Seil** to enable those keys, try following options.
* Enable NFER Key on PC keyboard
* Enable XFER Key on PC keyboard
* Enable KATAKANA Key on PC keyboard
https://pqrs.org/osx/karabiner/seil.html
## RN-42 Bluetooth Doesn't Work with Karabiner
Karabiner - Keymapping tool on Mac OSX - ignores inputs from RN-42 module by default. You have to enable this option to make Karabiner working with your keyboard.
See the [Grave Escape](feature_grave_esc.md) feature.
## Arrow on Right Modifier Keys with Dual-Role
This turns right modifier keys into arrow keys when the keys are tapped while still modifiers when the keys are hold. In TMK the dual-role function is dubbed **TAP**.
```
#include "keymap_common.h"
/* Arrow keys on right modifier keys with TMK dual role feature
`KC_EJCT` keycode works on OSX. https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/250
It seems Windows 10 ignores the code and Linux/Xorg recognizes but has no mapping by default.
Not sure what keycode Eject is on genuine Apple keyboard actually. HHKB uses `F20` for Eject key(`Fn+f`) on Mac mode but this is not same as Apple Eject keycode probably.
## What's `weak_mods` and `real_mods` in `action_util.c`
___TO BE IMPROVED___
real_mods is intended to retains state of real/physical modifier key state, while
weak_mods retains state of virtual or temporary modifiers which should not affect state real modifier key.
Let's say you hold down physical left shift key and type ACTION_MODS_KEY(LSHIFT, KC_A),
with weak_mods,
* (1) hold down left shift: real_mods |= MOD_BIT(LSHIFT)
Your keymap can include keycodes that are more advanced than normal, for example keys that switch layers or send modifiers when held, but send regular keycodes when tapped. This page documents the functions that are available to you.
## Assigning Custom Names
People often define custom names using `#define`. For example:
```c
#define FN_CAPS LT(_FL, KC_CAPSLOCK)
#define ALT_TAB LALT(KC_TAB)
```
This will allow you to use `FN_CAPS` and `ALT_TAB` in your `KEYMAP()`, keeping it more readable.
## Caveats
Currently, `LT()` and `MT()` are limited to the [Basic Keycode set](keycodes_basic.md), meaning you can't use keycodes like `LCTL()`, `KC_TILD`, or anything greater than `0xFF`. Modifiers specified as part of a Layer Tap or Mod Tap's keycode will be ignored.
Additionally, if at least one right-handed modifier is specified in a Mod Tap or Layer Tap, it will cause all modifiers specified to become right-handed, so it is not possible to mix and match the two.
# Switching and Toggling Layers
These functions allow you to activate layers in various ways. Note that layers are not generally independent layouts -- multiple layers can be activated at once, and it's typical for layers to use `KC_TRNS` to allow keypresses to pass through to lower layers. For a detailed explanation of layers, see [Keymap Overview](keymap.md#keymap-and-layers). When using momentary layer switching with MO(), LM(), TT(), or LT(), make sure to leave the key on the above layers transparent or it may not work as intended.
*`DF(layer)` - switches the default layer. The default layer is the always-active base layer that other layers stack on top of. See below for more about the default layer. This might be used to switch from QWERTY to Dvorak layout. (Note that this is a temporary switch that only persists until the keyboard loses power. To modify the default layer in a persistent way requires deeper customization, such as calling the `set_single_persistent_default_layer` function inside of [process_record_user](custom_quantum_functions.md#programming-the-behavior-of-any-keycode).)
*`MO(layer)` - momentarily activates *layer*. As soon as you let go of the key, the layer is deactivated.
*`LM(layer, mod)` - Momentarily activates *layer* (like `MO`), but with modifier(s) *mod* active. Only supports layers 0-15 and the left modifiers: `MOD_LCTL`, `MOD_LSFT`, `MOD_LALT`, `MOD_LGUI` (note the use of `MOD_` constants instead of `KC_`). These modifiers can be combined using bitwise OR, e.g. `LM(_RAISE, MOD_LCTL | MOD_LALT)`.
*`LT(layer, kc)` - momentarily activates *layer* when held, and sends *kc* when tapped. Only supports layers 0-15.
*`OSL(layer)` - momentarily activates *layer* until the next key is pressed. See [One Shot Keys](#one-shot-keys) for details and additional functionality.
*`TG(layer)` - toggles *layer*, activating it if it's inactive and vice versa
*`TO(layer)` - activates *layer* and de-activates all other layers (except your default layer). This function is special, because instead of just adding/removing one layer to your active layer stack, it will completely replace your current active layers, uniquely allowing you to replace higher layers with a lower one. This is activated on keydown (as soon as the key is pressed).
*`TT(layer)` - Layer Tap-Toggle. If you hold the key down, *layer* is activated, and then is de-activated when you let go (like `MO`). If you repeatedly tap it, the layer will be toggled on or off (like `TG`). It needs 5 taps by default, but you can change this by defining `TAPPING_TOGGLE` -- for example, `#define TAPPING_TOGGLE 2` to toggle on just two taps.
# Working with Layers
Care must be taken when switching layers, it's possible to lock yourself into a layer with no way to deactivate that layer (without unplugging your keyboard.) We've created some guidelines to help users avoid the most common problems.
## Beginners
If you are just getting started with QMK you will want to keep everything simple. Follow these guidelines when setting up your layers:
* Setup layer 0 as your default, "base" layer. This is your normal typing layer, and could be whatever layout you want (qwerty, dvorak, colemak, etc.). It's important to set this as the lowest layer since it will typically have most or all of the keyboard's keys defined, so would block other layers from having any effect if it were above them (i.e., had a higher layer number).
* Arrange your layers in a "tree" layout, with layer 0 as the root. Do not try to enter the same layer from more than one other layer.
* In a layer's keymap, only reference higher-numbered layers. Because layers are processed from the highest-numbered (topmost) active layer down, modifying the state of lower layers can be tricky and error-prone.
## Intermediate Users
Sometimes you need more than one base layer. For example, if you want to switch between QWERTY and Dvorak, switch between layouts for different countries, or switch your layout for different videogames. Your base layers should always be the lowest numbered layers. When you have multiple base layers you should always treat them as mutually exclusive. When one base layer is on the others are off.
## Advanced Users
Once you have a good feel for how layers work and what you can do, you can get more creative. The rules listed in the beginner section will help you be successful by avoiding some of the tricker details but they can be constraining, especially for ultra-compact keyboard users. Understanding how layers work will allow you to use them in more advanced ways.
Layers stack on top of each other in numerical order. When determining what a keypress does, QMK scans the layers from the top down, stopping when it reaches the first active layer that is not set to `KC_TRNS`. As a result if you activate a layer that is numerically lower than your current layer, and your current layer (or another layer that is active and higher than your target layer) has something other than `KC_TRNS`, that is the key that will be sent, not the key on the layer you just activated. This is the cause of most people's "why doesn't my layer get switched" problem.
Sometimes, you might want to switch between layers in a macro or as part of a tap dance routine. `layer_on` activates a layer, and `layer_off` deactivates it. More layer-related functions can be found in [action_layer.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/common/action_layer.h).
# Modifier Keys
These allow you to combine a modifier with a keycode. When pressed, the keydown event for the modifier, then `kc` will be sent. On release, the keyup event for `kc`, then the modifier will be sent.
|`LCTL(kc)`|`C(kc)` |Hold Left Control and press `kc` |
|`LSFT(kc)`|`S(kc)` |Hold Left Shift and press `kc` |
|`LALT(kc)`|`A(kc)` |Hold Left Alt and press `kc` |
|`LGUI(kc)`|`G(kc)`, `LCMD(kc)`, `LWIN(kc)`|Hold Left GUI and press `kc` |
|`RCTL(kc)`| |Hold Right Control and press `kc` |
|`RSFT(kc)`| |Hold Right Shift and press `kc` |
|`RALT(kc)`|`ALGR(kc)` |Hold Right Alt and press `kc` |
|`RGUI(kc)`|`RCMD(kc)`, `LWIN(kc)` |Hold Right GUI and press `kc` |
|`SGUI(kc)`|`SCMD(kc)`, `SWIN(kc)` |Hold Left Shift and GUI and press `kc` |
|`LCA(kc)` | |Hold Left Control and Alt and press `kc` |
|`LCAG(kc)`| |Hold Left Control, Alt and GUI and press `kc` |
|`MEH(kc)` | |Hold Left Control, Shift and Alt and press `kc` |
|`HYPR(kc)`| |Hold Left Control, Shift, Alt and GUI and press `kc`|
You can also chain them, for example `LCTL(LALT(KC_DEL))` makes a key that sends Control+Alt+Delete with a single keypress.
# Mod-Tap
The Mod-Tap key `MT(mod, kc)` acts like a modifier when held, and a regular keycode when tapped. In other words, you can have a key that sends Escape when you tap it, but functions as a Control or Shift key when you hold it down.
The modifiers this keycode and `OSM()` accept are prefixed with `MOD_`, not `KC_`:
|`LCTL_T(kc)`|`CTL_T(kc)` |Left Control when held, `kc` when tapped |
|`LSFT_T(kc)`|`SFT_T(kc)` |Left Shift when held, `kc` when tapped |
|`LALT_T(kc)`|`ALT_T(kc)` |Left Alt when held, `kc` when tapped |
|`LGUI_T(kc)`|`LCMD_T(kc)`, `LWIN_T(kc)`, `GUI_T(kc)`, `CMD_T(kc)`, `WIN_T(kc)`|Left GUI when held, `kc` when tapped |
|`RCTL_T(kc)`| |Right Control when held, `kc` when tapped |
|`RSFT_T(kc)`| |Right Shift when held, `kc` when tapped |
|`RALT_T(kc)`|`ALGR_T(kc)` |Right Alt when held, `kc` when tapped |
|`RGUI_T(kc)`|`RCMD_T(kc)`, `RWIN_T(kc)` |Right GUI when held, `kc` when tapped |
|`SGUI_T(kc)`|`SCMD_T(kc)`, `SWIN_T(kc)` |Left Shift and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped |
|`LCA_T(kc)` | |Left Control and Alt when held, `kc` when tapped |
|`LCAG_T(kc)`| |Left Control, Alt and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped |
|`RCAG_T(kc)`| |Right Control, Alt and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped |
|`C_S_T(kc)` | |Left Control and Shift when held, `kc` when tapped |
|`MEH_T(kc)` | |Left Control, Shift and Alt when held, `kc` when tapped|
|`HYPR_T(kc)`|`ALL_T(kc)` |Left Control, Shift, Alt and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped - more info [here](http://brettterpstra.com/2012/12/08/a-useful-caps-lock-key/)|
## Caveats
Unfortunately, these keycodes cannot be used in Mod-Taps or Layer-Taps, since any modifiers specified in the keycode are ignored.
Additionally, you may run into issues when using Remote Desktop Connection on Windows. Because these codes send shift very fast, Remote Desktop may miss the codes.
To fix this, open Remote Desktop Connection, click on "Show Options", open the the "Local Resources" tab. In the keyboard section, change the drop down to "On this Computer". This will fix the issue, and allow the characters to work correctly.
# One Shot Keys
One shot keys are keys that remain active until the next key is pressed, and then are released. This allows you to type keyboard combinations without pressing more than one key at a time. These keys are usually called "Sticky keys" or "Dead keys".
For example, if you define a key as `OSM(MOD_LSFT)`, you can type a capital A character by first pressing and releasing shift, and then pressing and releasing A. Your computer will see the shift key being held the moment shift is pressed, and it will see the shift key being released immediately after A is released.
One shot keys also work as normal modifiers. If you hold down a one shot key and type other keys, your one shot will be released immediately after you let go of the key.
Additionally, hitting keys five times in a short period will lock that key. This applies for both One Shot Modifiers and One Shot Layers, and is controlled by the `ONESHOT_TAP_TOGGLE` define.
You can control the behavior of one shot keys by defining these in `config.h`:
```c
#define ONESHOT_TAP_TOGGLE 5 /* Tapping this number of times holds the key until tapped once again. */
#define ONESHOT_TIMEOUT 5000 /* Time (in ms) before the one shot key is released */
```
*`OSM(mod)` - Momentarily hold down *mod*. You must use the `MOD_*` keycodes as shown in [Mod Tap](#mod-tap), not the `KC_*` codes.
*`OSL(layer)` - momentary switch to *layer*.
Sometimes, you want to activate a one-shot key as part of a macro or tap dance routine.
For one shot layers, you need to call `set_oneshot_layer(LAYER, ONESHOT_START)` on key down, and `set_oneshot_layer(ONESHOT_PRESSED)` on key up. If you want to cancel the oneshot, call `reset_oneshot_layer()`.
For one shot mods, you need to call `set_oneshot_mods(MOD)` to set it, or `clear_oneshot_mods()` to cancel it.
!> If you're having issues with OSM translating over Remote Desktop Connection, this can be fixed by opening the settings, going to the "Local Resources" tap, and in the keyboard section, change the drop down to "On this Computer". This will fix the issue and allow OSM to function properly over Remote Desktop.
## Callbacks
When you'd like to perform custom logic when pressing a one shot key, there are several callbacks you can choose to implement. You could indicate changes in one shot keys by flashing an LED or making a sound, for example.
There is a callback for `OSM(mod)`. It is called whenever the state of any one shot modifier key is changed: when it toggles on, but also when it is toggled off. You can use it like this:
```c
voidoneshot_mods_changed_user(uint8_tmods){
if(mods&MOD_MASK_SHIFT){
println("Oneshot mods SHIFT");
}
if(mods&MOD_MASK_CTRL){
println("Oneshot mods CTRL");
}
if(mods&MOD_MASK_ALT){
println("Oneshot mods ALT");
}
if(mods&MOD_MASK_GUI){
println("Oneshot mods GUI");
}
if(!mods){
println("Oneshot mods off");
}
}
```
The `mods` argument contains the active mods after the change, so it reflects the current state.
When you use One Shot Tap Toggle (by adding `#define ONESHOT_TAP_TOGGLE 2` in your `config.h` file), you may lock a modifier key by pressing it the specified amount of times. There's a callback for that, too:
Last, there is also a callback for the `OSL(layer)` one shot key:
```c
voidoneshot_layer_changed_user(uint8_tlayer){
if(layer==1){
println("Oneshot layer 1 on");
}
if(!layer){
println("Oneshot layer off");
}
}
```
If any one shot layer is switched off, `layer` will be zero. When you're looking to do something on any layer change instead of one shot layer changes, `layer_state_set_user` is a better callback to use.
If you are making your own keyboard, there are also `_kb` equivalent functions:
```c
voidoneshot_locked_mods_changed_kb(uint8_tmods);
voidoneshot_mods_changed_kb(uint8_tmods);
voidoneshot_layer_changed_kb(uint8_tlayer);
```
As with any callback, be sure to call the `_user` variant to allow for further customizability.
# Tap-Hold Configuration Options
While Tap-Hold options are fantastic, they are not without their issues. We have tried to configure them with reasonal defaults, but that may still cause issues for some people.
These options let you modify the behavior of the Tap-Hold keys.
## Permissive Hold
As of [PR#1359](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/1359/), there is a new `config.h` option:
```c
#define PERMISSIVE_HOLD
```
This makes tap and hold keys (like Mod Tap) work better for fast typist, or for high `TAPPING_TERM` settings.
If you press a Mod Tap key, tap another key (press and release) and then release the Mod Tap key, all within the tapping term, it will output the "tapping" function for both keys.
For Instance:
-`SHFT_T(KC_A)` Down
-`KC_X` Down
-`KC_X` Up
-`SHFT_T(KC_A)` Up
Normally, if you do all this within the `TAPPING_TERM` (default: 200ms) this will be registered as `ax` by the firmware and host system. With permissive hold enabled, this modifies how this is handled by considering the Mod Tap keys as a Mod if another key is tapped, and would registered as `X` (`SHIFT`+`x`).
?> If you have `Ignore Mod Tap Interrupt` enabled, as well, this will modify how both work. The regular key has the modifier added if the first key is released first or if both keys are held longer than the `TAPPING_TERM`.
## Ignore Mod Tap Interrupt
To enable this setting, add this to your `config.h`:
```c
#define IGNORE_MOD_TAP_INTERRUPT
```
Similar to Permissive Hold, this alters how the firmware processes input for fast typist. If you press a Mod Tap key, press another key, release the Mod Tap key, and then release the normal key, it would normally output the "tapping" function for both keys. This may not be desirable for rolling combo keys.
Setting `Ignore Mod Tap Interrupt` requires holding both keys for the `TAPPING_TERM` to trigger the hold function (the mod).
For Instance:
-`SHFT_T(KC_A)` Down
-`KC_X` Down
-`SHFT_T(KC_A)` Up
-`KC_X` Up
Normally, this would send `X` (`SHIFT`+`x`). With `Ignore Mod Tap Interrupt` enabled, holding both keys are required for the `TAPPING_TERM` to register the hold action. A quick tap will output `ax` in this case, while a hold on both will still output `X` (`SHIFT`+`x`).
?> __Note__: This only concerns modifiers and not layer switching keys.
?> If you have `Permissive Hold` enabled, as well, this will modify how both work. The regular key has the modifier added if the first key is released first or if both keys are held longer than the `TAPPING_TERM`.
## Tapping Force Hold
To enable `tapping force hold`, add the following to your `config.h`:
```c
#define TAPPING_FORCE_HOLD
```
When the user holds a key after tap, this repeats the tapped key rather to hold a modifier key. This allows to use auto repeat for the tapped key.
Example:
- SHFT_T(KC_A) Down
- SHFT_T(KC_A) Up
- SHFT_T(KC_A) Down
- wait more than tapping term...
- SHFT_T(KC_A) Up
With default settings, `a` will be sent on the first release, then `a` will be sent on the second press allowing the computer to trigger its auto repeat function.
With `TAPPING_FORCE_HOLD`, the second press will be interpreted as a Shift, allowing to use it as a modifier shortly after having used it as a tap.
!> `TAPPING_FORCE_HOLD` will break anything that uses tapping toggles (Such as the `TT` layer keycode, and the One Shot Tapping Toggle).
## Retro Tapping
To enable `retro tapping`, add the following to your `config.h`:
```c
#define RETRO_TAPPING
```
Holding and releasing a dual function key without pressing another key will result in nothing happening. With retro tapping enabled, releasing the key without pressing another will send the original keycode even if it is outside the tapping term.
For instance, holding and releasing `LT(2, KC_SPACE)` without hitting another key will result in nothing happening. With this enabled, it will send `KC_SPACE` instead.
Your keyboard can make sounds! If you've got a Planck, Preonic, or basically any AVR keyboard that allows access to certain PWM-capable pins, you can hook up a simple speaker and make it beep. You can use those beeps to indicate layer transitions, modifiers, special keys, or just to play some funky 8bit tunes.
Up to two simultaneous audio voices are supported, one driven by timer 1 and another driven by timer 3. The following pins can be defined as audio outputs in config.h:
Timer 1:
`#define B5_AUDIO`
`#define B6_AUDIO`
`#define B7_AUDIO`
Timer 3:
`#define C4_AUDIO`
`#define C5_AUDIO`
`#define C6_AUDIO`
If you add `AUDIO_ENABLE = yes` to your `rules.mk`, there's a couple different sounds that will automatically be enabled without any other configuration:
```
STARTUP_SONG // plays when the keyboard starts up (audio.c)
GOODBYE_SONG // plays when you press the RESET key (quantum.c)
AG_NORM_SONG // plays when you press AG_NORM (quantum.c)
AG_SWAP_SONG // plays when you press AG_SWAP (quantum.c)
MUSIC_ON_SONG // plays when music mode is activated (process_music.c)
MUSIC_OFF_SONG // plays when music mode is deactivated (process_music.c)
CHROMATIC_SONG // plays when the chromatic music mode is selected (process_music.c)
GUITAR_SONG // plays when the guitar music mode is selected (process_music.c)
VIOLIN_SONG // plays when the violin music mode is selected (process_music.c)
MAJOR_SONG // plays when the major music mode is selected (process_music.c)
```
You can override the default songs by doing something like this in your `config.h`:
```c
#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
#define STARTUP_SONG SONG(STARTUP_SOUND)
#endif
```
A full list of sounds can be found in [quantum/audio/song_list.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/audio/song_list.h) - feel free to add your own to this list! All available notes can be seen in [quantum/audio/musical_notes.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/audio/musical_notes.h).
To play a custom sound at a particular time, you can define a song like this (near the top of the file):
```c
floatmy_song[][2]=SONG(QWERTY_SOUND);
```
And then play your song like this:
```c
PLAY_SONG(my_song);
```
Alternatively, you can play it in a loop like this:
```c
PLAY_LOOP(my_song);
```
It's advised that you wrap all audio features in `#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE` / `#endif` to avoid causing problems when audio isn't built into the keyboard.
The available keycodes for audio are:
*`AU_ON` - Turn Audio Feature on
*`AU_OFF` - Turn Audio Feature off
*`AU_TOG` - Toggle Audio Feature state
!> These keycodes turn all of the audio functionality on and off. Turning it off means that audio feedback, audio clicky, music mode, etc. are disabled, completely.
## ARM Audio Volume
For ARM devices, you can adjust the DAC sample values. If your board is too loud for you or your coworkers, you can set the max using `DAC_SAMPLE_MAX` in your `config.h`:
```c
#define DAC_SAMPLE_MAX 65535U
```
## Music Mode
The music mode maps your columns to a chromatic scale, and your rows to octaves. This works best with ortholinear keyboards, but can be made to work with others. All keycodes less than `0xFF` get blocked, so you won't type while playing notes - if you have special keys/mods, those will still work. A work-around for this is to jump to a different layer with KC_NOs before (or after) enabling music mode.
Recording is experimental due to some memory issues - if you experience some weird behavior, unplugging/replugging your keyboard will fix things.
Keycodes available:
*`MU_ON` - Turn music mode on
*`MU_OFF` - Turn music mode off
*`MU_TOG` - Toggle music mode
*`MU_MOD` - Cycle through the music modes:
*`CHROMATIC_MODE` - Chromatic scale, row changes the octave
*`GUITAR_MODE` - Chromatic scale, but the row changes the string (+5 st)
*`VIOLIN_MODE` - Chromatic scale, but the row changes the string (+7 st)
*`MAJOR_MODE` - Major scale
In music mode, the following keycodes work differently, and don't pass through:
*`LCTL` - start a recording
*`LALT` - stop recording/stop playing
*`LGUI` - play recording
*`KC_UP` - speed-up playback
*`KC_DOWN` - slow-down playback
By default, `MUSIC_MASK` is set to `keycode < 0xFF` which means keycodes less than `0xFF` are turned into notes, and don't output anything. You can change this by defining this in your `config.h` like this:
#define MUSIC_MASK keycode != KC_NO
Which will capture all keycodes - be careful, this will get you stuck in music mode until you restart your keyboard!
For a more advanced way to control which keycodes should still be processed, you can use `music_mask_kb(keycode)` in `<keyboard>.c` and `music_mask_user(keycode)` in your `keymap.c`:
bool music_mask_user(uint16_t keycode) {
switch (keycode) {
case RAISE:
case LOWER:
return false;
default:
return true;
}
}
Things that return false are not part of the mask, and are always processed.
The pitch standard (`PITCH_STANDARD_A`) is 440.0f by default - to change this, add something like this to your `config.h`:
#define PITCH_STANDARD_A 432.0f
You can completely disable Music Mode as well. This is useful, if you're pressed for space on your controller. To disable it, add this to your `config.h`:
#define NO_MUSIC_MODE
## Audio Click
This adds a click sound each time you hit a button, to simulate click sounds from the keyboard. And the sounds are slightly different for each keypress, so it doesn't sound like a single long note, if you type rapidly.
*`CK_TOGG` - Toggles the status (will play sound if enabled)
*`CK_ON` - Turns on Audio Click (plays sound)
*`CK_OFF` - Turns off Audio Click (doesn't play sound)
*`CK_RST` - Resets the frequency to the default state (plays sound at default frequency)
*`CK_UP` - Increases the frequency of the clicks (plays sound at new frequency)
*`CK_DOWN` - Decreases the frequency of the clicks (plays sound at new frequency)
The feature is disabled by default, to save space. To enable it, add this to your `config.h`:
#define AUDIO_CLICKY
You can configure the default, min and max frequencies, the stepping and built in randomness by defining these values:
| Option | Default Value | Description |
|--------|---------------|-------------|
| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_DEFAULT` | 440.0f | Sets the default/starting audio frequency for the clicky sounds. |
| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_MIN` | 65.0f | Sets the lowest frequency (under 60f are a bit buggy). |
| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_MAX` | 1500.0f | Sets the the highest frequency. Too high may result in coworkers attacking you. |
| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_FACTOR` | 1.18921f| Sets the stepping of UP/DOWN key codes. |
| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_RANDOMNESS` | 0.05f | Sets a factor of randomness for the clicks, Setting this to `0f` will make each click identical, and `1.0f` will make this sound much like the 90's computer screen scrolling/typing effect. |
## MIDI Functionality
This is still a WIP, but check out `quantum/process_keycode/process_midi.c` to see what's happening. Enable from the Makefile.
Tap a key and you get its character. Tap a key, but hold it *slightly* longer
and you get its shifted state. Voilà! No shift key needed!
## Why Auto Shift?
Many people suffer from various forms of RSI. A common cause is stretching your
fingers repetitively long distances. For us on the keyboard, the pinky does that
all too often when reaching for the shift key. Auto Shift looks to alleviate that
problem.
## How Does It Work?
When you tap a key, it stays depressed for a short period of time before it is
then released. This depressed time is a different length for everyone. Auto Shift
defines a constant `AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT` which is typically set to twice your
normal pressed state time. When you press a key, a timer starts and then stops
when you release the key. If the time depressed is greater than or equal to the
`AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT`, then a shifted version of the key is emitted. If the time
is less than the `AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT` time, then the normal state is emitted.
## Are There Limitations to Auto Shift?
Yes, unfortunately.
1. Key repeat will cease to work. For example, before if you wanted 20 'a'
characters, you could press and hold the 'a' key for a second or two. This no
longer works with Auto Shift because it is timing your depressed time instead
of emitting a depressed key state to your operating system.
2. You will have characters that are shifted when you did not intend on shifting, and
other characters you wanted shifted, but were not. This simply comes down to
practice. As we get in a hurry, we think we have hit the key long enough
for a shifted version, but we did not. On the other hand, we may think we are
tapping the keys, but really we have held it for a little longer than
anticipated.
## How Do I Enable Auto Shift?
Add to your `rules.mk` in the keymap folder:
AUTO_SHIFT_ENABLE = yes
If no `rules.mk` exists, you can create one.
Then compile and install your new firmware with Auto Key enabled! That's it!
## Modifiers
By default, Auto Shift is disabled for any key press that is accompanied by one or more
modifiers. Thus, Ctrl+A that you hold for a really long time is not the same
as Ctrl+Shift+A.
You can re-enable Auto Shift for modifiers by adding another rule to your `rules.mk`
AUTO_SHIFT_MODIFIERS = yes
In which case, Ctrl+A held past the `AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT` will be sent as Ctrl+Shift+A
## Configuring Auto Shift
If desired, there is some configuration that can be done to change the
behavior of Auto Shift. This is done by setting various variables the
`config.h` file located in your keymap folder. If no `config.h` file exists, you can create one.
A sample is
#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
#define CONFIG_USER_H
#include "../../config.h"
#define AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT 150
#define NO_AUTO_SHIFT_SPECIAL
#endif
### AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT (Value in ms)
This controls how long you have to hold a key before you get the shifted state.
Obviously, this is different for everyone. For the common person, a setting of
135 to 150 works great. However, one should start with a value of at least 175, which
is the default value. Then work down from there. The idea is to have the shortest time required to get the shifted state without having false positives.
Play with this value until things are perfect. Many find that all will work well
at a given value, but one or two keys will still emit the shifted state on
occasion. This is simply due to habit and holding some keys a little longer
than others. Once you find this value, work on tapping your problem keys a little
quicker than normal and you will be set.
?> Auto Shift has three special keys that can help you get this value right very quick. See "Auto Shift Setup" for more details!
### NO_AUTO_SHIFT_SPECIAL (simple define)
Do not Auto Shift special keys, which include -\_, =+, [{, ]}, ;:, '", ,<, .>,
and /?
### NO_AUTO_SHIFT_NUMERIC (simple define)
Do not Auto Shift numeric keys, zero through nine.
### NO_AUTO_SHIFT_ALPHA (simple define)
Do not Auto Shift alpha characters, which include A through Z.
## Using Auto Shift Setup
This will enable you to define three keys temporarily to increase, decrease and report your `AUTO_SHIFT_TIMEOUT`.
Many keyboards support backlit keys by way of individual LEDs placed through or underneath the keyswitches. QMK is able to control the brightness of these LEDs by switching them on and off rapidly in a certain ratio, a technique known as *Pulse Width Modulation*, or PWM. By altering the duty cycle of the PWM signal, it creates the illusion of dimming.
The MCU can only supply so much current to its GPIO pins. Instead of powering the backlight directly from the MCU, the backlight pin is connected to a transistor or MOSFET that switches the power to the LEDs.
## Usage
Most keyboards have backlighting enabled by default if they support it, but if it is not working for you, check that your `rules.mk` includes the following:
```make
BACKLIGHT_ENABLE= yes
```
You should then be able to use the keycodes below to change the backlight level.
This feature is distinct from both the [RGB underglow](feature_rgblight.md) and [RGB matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md) features as it usually allows for only a single colour per switch, though you can obviously use multiple different coloured LEDs on a keyboard.
Hardware PWM is only supported on certain pins of the MCU, so if the backlighting is not connected to one of them, a software implementation will be used, and backlight breathing will not be available. Currently the supported pins are `B5`, `B6`, `B7`, and `C6`.
## Configuration
To change the behaviour of the backlighting, `#define` these in your `config.h`:
|`BACKLIGHT_PIN` |`B7` |The pin that controls the LEDs. Unless you are designing your own keyboard, you shouldn't need to change this|
|`BACKLIGHT_LEVELS` |`3` |The number of brightness levels (maximum 15 excluding off) |
|`BACKLIGHT_CAPS_LOCK`|*Not defined*|Enable Caps Lock indicator using backlight (for keyboards without dedicated LED) |
|`BACKLIGHT_BREATHING`|*Not defined*|Enable backlight breathing, if hardware PWM is used |
|`BREATHING_PERIOD` |`6` |The length of one backlight "breath" in seconds |
## Hardware PWM Implementation
When using the supported pins for backlighting, QMK will use a hardware timer configured to output a PWM signal. This timer will count up to `ICRx` (by default `0xFFFF`) before resetting to 0.
The desired brightness is calculated and stored in the `OCRxx` register. When the counter reaches this value, the backlight pin will go low, and is pulled high again when the counter resets.
In this way `OCRxx` essentially controls the duty cycle of the LEDs, and thus the brightness, where `0x0000` is completely off and `0xFFFF` is completely on.
The breathing effect is achieved by registering an interrupt handler for `TIMER1_OVF_vect` that is called whenever the counter resets, roughly 244 times per second.
In this handler, the value of an incrementing counter is mapped onto a precomputed brightness curve. To turn off breathing, the interrupt handler is simply disabled, and the brightness reset to the level stored in EEPROM.
Currently Bluetooth support is limited to AVR based chips. For Bluetooth 2.1 Qmk has support for RN-42 HID Firmware and Bluefruit EZ Key the later of which is not produced anymore. For more recent BLE protocols currently only the Adafruit Bluefruit SPI friend is directly supported. BLE is needed to connect to iOS devices. Note iOS does not support Mouse Input.
|Board |Bluetooth Protocol |Connection Type |Rules.mk |Bluetooth Chip|
|[Bluefruit LE SPI Friend](https://www.adafruit.com/product/2633)|Bluetooth Low Energy | SPI | BLUETOOTH = AdafruitBLE | nRF5182 |
Not Supported Yet but possible:
* [Bluefruit LE UART Friend](https://www.adafruit.com/product/2479). [Possible tmk implementation found in](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/514)
* HC-05 boards flashed with RN-42 firmware. They apparently both use the CSR BC417 Chip. Flashing it with RN-42 firmware gives it HID capability.
* [Sparkfun Bluetooth mate](https://www.sparkfun.com/products/14839)
* HM-13 based boards
### Adafruit BLE SPI Friend
Currently The only bluetooth chipset supported by QMK is the Adafruit Bluefruit SPI Friend. It's a Nordic nRF5182 based chip running Adafruit's custom firmware. Data is transmitted via Adafruit's SDEP over Hardware SPI. The [Feather 32u4 Bluefruit LE](https://www.adafruit.com/product/2829) is supported as it's an AVR mcu connected via SPI to the Nordic BLE chip with Adafruit firmware. If Building a custom board with the SPI friend it would be easiest to just use the pin selection that the 32u4 feather uses but you can change the pins in the config.h options with the following defines:
*#define AdafruitBleResetPin D4
*#define AdafruitBleCSPin B4
*#define AdafruitBleIRQPin E6
A Bluefruit UART friend can be converted to an SPI friend, however this [requires](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/2274) some reflashing and soldering directly to the MDBT40 chip.
## Adafruit EZ-Key hid
This requires [some hardware changes](https://www.reddit.com/r/MechanicalKeyboards/comments/3psx0q/the_planck_keyboard_with_bluetooth_guide_and/?ref=search_posts), but can be enabled via the Makefile. The firmware will still output characters via USB, so be aware of this when charging via a computer. It would make sense to have a switch on the Bluefruit to turn it off at will.
<!-- FIXME: Document bluetooth support more completely. -->
## Bluetooth Rules.mk Options
Use only one of these
* BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = yes (Legacy Option)
* BLUETOOTH = RN42
* BLUETOOTH = AdafruitEZKey
* BLUETOOTH = AdafruitBLE
## Bluetooth Keycodes
This is used when multiple keyboard outputs can be selected. Currently this only allows for switching between USB and Bluetooth on keyboards that support both.
There are three separate but related features that allow you to change the behavior of your keyboard without reflashing. While each of them have similar functionality, it is accessed in different ways depending on how your keyboard is configured.
**Bootmagic** is a system for configuring your keyboard while it initializes. To trigger a Bootmagic command, hold down the Bootmagic key and one or more command keys.
**Bootmagic Keycodes** are prefixed with `MAGIC_`, and allow you to access the Bootmagic functionality *after* your keyboard has initialized. To use the keycodes, assign them to your keymap as you would any other keycode.
**Command**, formerly known as **Magic**, is another feature that allows you to control different aspects of your keyboard. While it shares some functionality with Bootmagic, it also allows you to do things that Bootmagic does not, such as printing version information to the console. For more information, see [Command](feature_command.md).
On some keyboards Bootmagic is disabled by default. If this is the case, it must be explicitly enabled in your `rules.mk` with:
```make
BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE= full
```
?> You may see `yes` being used in place of `full`, and this is okay. However, `yes` is deprecated, and ideally `full` (or `lite`) should be used instead.
Additionally, you can use [Bootmagic Lite](#bootmagic-lite) (a scaled down, very basic version of Bootmagic) by adding the following to your `rules.mk` file:
```make
BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE= lite
```
## Hotkeys
Hold down the Bootmagic key (Space by default) and the desired hotkey while plugging in your keyboard. For example, holding Space+`B` should cause it to enter the bootloader.
|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_0` |`KC_0` |Make layer 0 the default layer |
|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_1` |`KC_1` |Make layer 1 the default layer |
|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_2` |`KC_2` |Make layer 2 the default layer |
|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_3` |`KC_3` |Make layer 3 the default layer |
|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_4` |`KC_4` |Make layer 4 the default layer |
|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_5` |`KC_5` |Make layer 5 the default layer |
|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_6` |`KC_6` |Make layer 6 the default layer |
|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_7` |`KC_7` |Make layer 7 the default layer |
# Bootmagic Lite
In addition to the full blown Bootmagic feature, is the Bootmagic Lite feature that only handles jumping into the bootloader. This is great for boards that don't have a physical reset button but you need a way to jump into the bootloader, and don't want to deal with the headache that Bootmagic can cause.
To enable this version of Bootmagic, you need to enable it in your `rules.mk` with:
```make
BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE= lite
```
Additionally, you may want to specify which key to use. This is especially useful for keyboards that have unusual matrices. To do so, you need to specify the row and column of the key that you want to use. Add these entries to your `config.h` file:
```c
#define BOOTMAGIC_LITE_ROW 0
#define BOOTMAGIC_LITE_COLUMN 1
```
By default, these are set to 0 and 0, which is usually the "ESC" key on a majority of keyboards.
And to trigger the bootloader, you hold this key down when plugging the keyboard in. Just the single key.
!> Using bootmagic lite will **always reset** the EEPROM, so you will lose any settings that have been saved.
## Advanced Bootmagic Lite
The `bootmagic_lite` function is defined weakly, so that you can replace this in your code, if you need. A great example of this is the Zeal60 boards that have some additional handling needed.
To replace the function, all you need to do is add something like this to your code:
You can additional feature here. For instance, resetting the eeprom or requiring additional keys to be pressed to trigger bootmagic. Keep in mind that `bootmagic_lite` is called before a majority of features are initialized in the firmware.
The Combo feature is a chording type solution for adding custom actions. It lets you hit multiple keys at once and produce a different effect. For instance, hitting `A` and `S` within the tapping term would hit `ESC` instead, or have it perform even more complex tasks.
To enable this feature, yu need to add `COMBO_ENABLE = yes` to your `rules.mk`.
Additionally, in your `config.h`, you'll need to specify the number of combos that you'll be using, by adding `#define COMBO_COUNT 1` (replacing 1 with the number that you're using).
<!-- At this time, this is necessary -->
Also, by default, the tapping term for the Combos is set to the same value as `TAPPING_TERM` (200 by default on most boards). But you can specify a different value by defining it in your `config.h`. For instance: `#define COMBO_TERM 300` would set the time out period for combos to 300ms.
Then, your `keymap.c` file, you'll need to define a sequence of keys, terminated with `COMBO_END`, and a structure to list the combination of keys, and it's resulting action.
This will send Ctrl+C if you hit Z and C, and Ctrl+V if you hit X and V. But you could change this to do stuff like change layers, play sounds, or change settings.
## Additional Configuration
If you're using long combos, or even longer combos, you may run into issues with this, as the structure may not be large enough to accommodate what you're doing.
In this case, you can add either `#define EXTRA_LONG_COMBOS` or `#define EXTRA_EXTRA_LONG_COMBOS` in your `config.h` file.
You may also be able to enable action keys by defining `COMBO_ALLOW_ACTION_KEYS`.
Command, formerly known as Magic, is a way to change your keyboard's behavior without having to flash or unplug it to use [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md). There is a lot of overlap between this functionality and the [Bootmagic Keycodes](feature_bootmagic.md#keycodes). Wherever possible we encourage you to use that feature instead of Command.
On some keyboards Command is disabled by default. If this is the case, it must be explicitly enabled in your `rules.mk`:
```make
COMMAND_ENABLE= yes
```
## Usage
To use Command, hold down the key combination defined by the `IS_COMMAND()` macro. By default this is Left Shift+Right Shift. Then, press the key corresponding to the command you want. For example, to output the current QMK version to the QMK Toolbox console, press Left Shift+Right Shift+`V`.
## Configuration
If you would like to change the key assignments for Command, `#define` these in your `config.h` at either the keyboard or keymap level. All keycode assignments here must omit the `KC_` prefix.
| Not defined | You are using the included matrix.c and debounce.c | Nothing. Debounce_sym_g will be compiled, and used if necessary |
| custom | Use your own debounce.c | ```SRC += debounce.c``` add your own debounce.c and implement necessary functions |
| sym_g / eager_pk | You are using the included matrix.c and debounce.c | Use an alternative debounce algorithm |
**Regarding split keyboards**:
The debounce code is compatible with split keyboards.
# Use your own debouncing code
* Set ```DEBOUNCE_TYPE = custom ```.
* Add ```SRC += debounce.c```
* Add your own ```debounce.c```. Look at included ```debounce_sym_g.c```s for sample implementations.
* Debouncing occurs after every raw matrix scan.
* Use num_rows rather than MATRIX_ROWS, so that split keyboards are supported correctly.
# Changing between included debouncing methods
You can either use your own code, by including your own debounce.c, or switch to another included one.
Included debounce methods are:
* debounce_eager_pk - debouncing per key. On any state change, response is immediate, followed by ```DEBOUNCE_DELAY``` millseconds of no further input for that key
* debounce_sym_g - debouncing per keyboard. On any state change, a global timer is set. When ```DEBOUNCE_DELAY``` milliseconds of no changes has occured, all input changes are pushed.
# Dynamic Macros: Record and Replay Macros in Runtime
QMK supports temporary macros created on the fly. We call these Dynamic Macros. They are defined by the user from the keyboard and are lost when the keyboard is unplugged or otherwise rebooted.
You can store one or two macros and they may have a combined total of 128 keypresses. You can increase this size at the cost of RAM.
To enable them, first add a new element to the end of your `keycodes` enum — `DYNAMIC_MACRO_RANGE`:
```c
enumkeycodes{
QWERTY=SAFE_RANGE,
COLEMAK,
DVORAK,
PLOVER,
LOWER,
RAISE,
BACKLIT,
EXT_PLV,
DYNAMIC_MACRO_RANGE,
};
```
Your `keycodes` enum may have a slightly different name. You must add `DYNAMIC_MACRO_RANGE` as the last element because `dynamic_macros.h` will add some more keycodes after it.
Below it, include the `dynamic_macro.h` header:
```c
#include"dynamic_macro.h"`
```
Add the following keys to your keymap:
*`DYN_REC_START1` — start recording the macro 1,
*`DYN_REC_START2` — start recording the macro 2,
*`DYN_MACRO_PLAY1` — replay the macro 1,
*`DYN_MACRO_PLAY2` — replay the macro 2,
*`DYN_REC_STOP` — finish the macro that is currently being recorded.
Add the following code to the very beginning of your `process_record_user()` function:
That should be everything necessary. To start recording the macro, press either `DYN_REC_START1` or `DYN_REC_START2`. To finish the recording, press the `DYN_REC_STOP` layer button. To replay the macro, press either `DYN_MACRO_PLAY1` or `DYN_MACRO_PLAY2`.
Note that it's possible to replay a macro as part of a macro. It's ok to replay macro 2 while recording macro 1 and vice versa but never create recursive macros i.e. macro 1 that replays macro 1. If you do so and the keyboard will get unresponsive, unplug the keyboard and plug it again.
For users of the earlier versions of dynamic macros: It is still possible to finish the macro recording using just the layer modifier used to access the dynamic macro keys, without a dedicated `DYN_REC_STOP` key. If you want this behavior back, use the following snippet instead of the one above:
If the LEDs start blinking during the recording with each keypress, it means there is no more space for the macro in the macro buffer. To fit the macro in, either make the other macro shorter (they share the same buffer) or increase the buffer size by setting the `DYNAMIC_MACRO_SIZE` preprocessor macro (default value: 128; please read the comments for it in the header).
For the details about the internals of the dynamic macros, please read the comments in the `dynamic_macro.h` header.
If you're using a 60% keyboard, or any other layout with no F-row, you will have noticed that there is no dedicated Escape key. Grave Escape is a feature that allows you to share the grave key (<code>`</code> and `~`) with Escape.
## Usage
Replace the `KC_GRAVE` key in your keymap (usually to the left of the `1` key) with `KC_GESC`. Most of the time this key will output `KC_ESC` when pressed. However, when Shift or GUI are held down it will output `KC_GRV` instead.
## What Your OS Sees
If Mary presses GESC on her keyboard, the OS will see an KC_ESC character. Now if Mary holds Shift down and presses GESC it will output `~`, or a shifted backtick. Now if she holds GUI/CMD/WIN, it will output a simple <code>`</code> character.
|`KC_GESC`|`GRAVE_ESC`|Escape when pressed, <code>`</code> when Shift or GUI are held|
### Caveats
* On macOS CMD/GUI + KC_GRV is actually mapped to a hot key so it will not output a backtick.
## Configuration
There are several possible key combinations this will break, among them Control+Shift+Escape on Windows and Command+Option+Escape on macOS. To work around this, you can `#define` these options in your `config.h`:
|`HPT_RST` | Reset haptic feedback config to default |
|`HPT_FBK` | Toggle feedback to occur on keypress, release or both |
|`HPT_BUZ` | Toggle solenoid buzz on/off |
|`HPT_MODI` | Go to next DRV2605L waveform |
|`HPT_MODD` | Go to previous DRV2605L waveform |
|`HPT_DWLI` | Increase Solenoid dwell time |
|`HPT_DWLD` | Decrease Solenoid dwell time |
### Solenoids
First you will need a build a circuit to drive the solenoid through a mosfet as most MCU will not be able to provide the current needed to drive the coil in the solenoid.
[Wiring diagram provided by Adafruit](https://playground.arduino.cc/uploads/Learning/solenoid_driver.pdf)
Select a pin that has PWM for the signal pin
```
#define SOLENOID_PIN *pin*
```
Beware that some pins may be powered during bootloader (ie. A13 on the STM32F303 chip) and will result in the solenoid kept in the on state through the whole flashing process. This may overheat and damage the solenoid. If you find that the pin the solenoid is connected to is triggering the solenoid during bootloader/DFU, select another pin.
### DRV2605L
DRV2605L is controlled over i2c protocol, and has to be connected to the SDA and SCL pins, these varies depending on the MCU in use.
#### Feedback motor setup
This driver supports 2 different feedback motors. Set the following in your `config.h` based on which motor you have selected.
##### ERM
Eccentric Rotating Mass vibration motors (ERM) is motor with a off-set weight attached so when drive signal is attached, the off-set weight spins and causes a sinusoidal wave that translate into vibrations.
#define FB_LOOPGAIN 1 /* For Low:0, Medium:1, High:2, Very High:3 */
/* Please refer to your datasheet for the optimal setting for your specific motor. */
#define RATED_VOLTAGE 3
#define V_PEAK 5
```
##### LRA
Linear resonant actuators (LRA, also know as a linear vibrator) works different from a ERM. A LRA has a weight and magnet suspended by springs and a voice coil. When the drive signal is applied, the weight would be vibrate on a single axis (side to side or up and down). Since the weight is attached to a spring, there is a resonance effect at a specific frequency. This frequency is where the LRA will operate the most efficiently. Refer to the motor's datasheet for the recommanded range for this frequency.
#define FB_LOOPGAIN 1 /* For Low:0, Medium:1, High:2, Very High:3 */
/* Please refer to your datasheet for the optimal setting for your specific motor. */
#define RATED_VOLTAGE 2
#define V_PEAK 2.8
#define V_RMS 2.0
#define V_PEAK 2.1
#define F_LRA 205 /* resonance freq */
```
#### DRV2605L waveform library
DRV2605L comes with preloaded library of various waveform sequences that can be called and played. If writing a macro, these waveforms can be played using `DRV_pulse(*sequence name or number*)`
List of waveform sequences from the datasheet:
|seq# | Sequence name |seq# | Sequence name |seq# |Sequence name |
This is an integration of Peter Fleury's LCD library. This page will explain the basics. [For in depth documentation visit his page.](http://homepage.hispeed.ch/peterfleury/doxygen/avr-gcc-libraries/group__pfleury__lcd.html)
You can enable support for HD44780 Displays by setting the `HD44780_ENABLE` flag in your keyboards `rules.mk` to yes. This will use about 400 KB of extra space.
## Configuration
You will need to configure the pins used by your display and its number of lines and collumn in your keyboards `config.h`.
Uncomment the section labled HD44780 and change the parameters as needed.
````
/*
* HD44780 LCD Display Configuration
*/
#define LCD_LINES 2 //< number of visible lines of the display
#define LCD_DISP_LENGTH 16 //< visibles characters per line of the display
#define LCD_DATA0_PORT LCD_PORT //< port for 4bit data bit 0
#define LCD_DATA1_PORT LCD_PORT //< port for 4bit data bit 1
#define LCD_DATA2_PORT LCD_PORT //< port for 4bit data bit 2
#define LCD_DATA3_PORT LCD_PORT //< port for 4bit data bit 3
#define LCD_DATA0_PIN 4 //< pin for 4bit data bit 0
#define LCD_DATA1_PIN 5 //< pin for 4bit data bit 1
#define LCD_DATA2_PIN 6 //< pin for 4bit data bit 2
#define LCD_DATA3_PIN 7 //< pin for 4bit data bit 3
#define LCD_RS_PORT LCD_PORT //< port for RS line
#define LCD_RS_PIN 3 //< pin for RS line
#define LCD_RW_PORT LCD_PORT //< port for RW line
#define LCD_RW_PIN 2 //< pin for RW line
#define LCD_E_PORT LCD_PORT //< port for Enable line
#define LCD_E_PIN 1 //< pin for Enable line
#endif
````
Should you need to configure other properties you can copy them from `quantum/hd44780.h` and set them in your `config.h`
## Usage
To initialize your display call lcd_init() with one of these parameters:
````
LCD_DISP_OFF : display off
LCD_DISP_ON : display on, cursor off
LCD_DISP_ON_CURSOR : display on, cursor on
LCD_DISP_ON_CURSOR_BLINK : display on, cursor on flashing
````
This is best done in your keyboards `matrix_init_kb` or your keymaps `matrix_init_user`.
It is advised to clear the display before use.
To do so call `lcd_clrsrc()`.
To now print something to your Display you first call `lcd_gotoxy(column, line)`. To go to the start of the first line you would call `lcd_gotoxy(0, 0)` and then print a string with `lcd_puts("example string")`.
There are more posible methods to control the display. [For in depth documentation please visit the linked page.](http://homepage.hispeed.ch/peterfleury/doxygen/avr-gcc-libraries/group__pfleury__lcd.html)
Sometimes you may find yourself needing to hold down a specific key for a long period of time. Key Lock holds down the next key you press for you. Press it again, and it will be released.
Let's say you need to type in ALL CAPS for a few sentences. Hit `KC_LOCK`, and then Shift. Now, Shift will be considered held until you tap it again. You can think of Key Lock as Caps Lock, but supercharged.
## Usage
First, enable Key Lock by setting `KEY_LOCK_ENABLE = yes` in your `rules.mk`. Then pick a key in your keymap and assign it the keycode `KC_LOCK`.
|`KC_LOCK`|Hold down the next key pressed, until the key is pressed again|
## Caveats
Key Lock is only able to hold standard action keys and [One Shot modifier](quantum_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys) keys (for example, if you have your Shift defined as `OSM(KC_LSFT)`).
This does not include any of the QMK special functions (except One Shot modifiers), or shifted versions of keys such as `KC_LPRN`. If it's in the [Basic Keycodes](keycodes_basic.md) list, it can be held.
The `layouts/` folder contains different physical key layouts that can apply to different keyboards.
```
layouts/
+ default/
| + 60_ansi/
| | + readme.md
| | + layout.json
| | + a_good_keymap/
| | | + keymap.c
| | | + readme.md
| | | + config.h
| | | + rules.mk
| | + <keymap folder>/
| | + ...
| + <layout folder>/
+ community/
| + <layout folder>/
| + ...
```
The `layouts/default/` and `layouts/community/` are two examples of layout "repositories" - currently `default` will contain all of the information concerning the layout, and one default keymap named `default_<layout>`, for users to use as a reference. `community` contains all of the community keymaps, with the eventual goal of being split-off into a separate repo for users to clone into `layouts/`. QMK searches through all folders in `layouts/`, so it's possible to have multiple repositories here.
Each layout folder is named (`[a-z0-9_]`) after the physical aspects of the layout, in the most generic way possible, and contains a `readme.md` with the layout to be defined by the keyboard:
```md
# 60_ansi
LAYOUT_60_ansi
```
New names should try to stick to the standards set by existing layouts, and can be discussed in the PR/Issue.
## Supporting a Layout
For a keyboard to support a layout, the variable must be defined in it's `<keyboard>.h`, and match the number of arguments/keys (and preferably the physical layout):
#define LAYOUT_60_ansi KEYMAP_ANSI
The name of the layout must match this regex: `[a-z0-9_]+`
The folder name must be added to the keyboard's `rules.mk`:
LAYOUTS = 60_ansi
`LAYOUTS` can be set in any keyboard folder level's `rules.mk`:
LAYOUTS = 60_iso
but the `LAYOUT_<layout>` variable must be defined in `<folder>.h` as well.
## Building a Keymap
You should be able to build the keyboard keymap with a command in this format:
make <keyboard>:<layout>
### Conflicting layouts
When a keyboard supports multiple layout options,
LAYOUTS = ortho_4x4 ortho_4x12
And a layout exists for both options,
```
layouts/
+ community/
| + ortho_4x4/
| | + <layout>/
| | | + ...
| + ortho_4x12/
| | + <layout>/
| | | + ...
| + ...
```
The FORCE_LAYOUT argument can be used to specify which layout to build
make <keyboard>:<layout> FORCE_LAYOUT=ortho_4x4
make <keyboard>:<layout> FORCE_LAYOUT=ortho_4x12
## Tips for Making Layouts Keyboard-Agnostic
### Includes
Instead of using `#include "planck.h"`, you can use this line to include whatever `<keyboard>.h` (`<folder>.h` should not be included here) file that is being compiled:
#include QMK_KEYBOARD_H
If you want to keep some keyboard-specific code, you can use these variables to escape it with an `#ifdef` statement:
*`KEYBOARD_<folder1>_<folder2>`
For example:
```c
#ifdef KEYBOARD_planck
#ifdef KEYBOARD_planck_rev4
planck_rev4_function();
#endif
#endif
```
Note that the names are lowercase and match the folder/file names for the keyboard/revision exactly.
### Keymaps
In order to support both split and non-split keyboards with the same layout, you need to use the keyboard agnostic `LAYOUT_<layout name>` macro in your keymap. For instance, in order for a Let's Split and Planck to share the same layout file, you need to use `LAYOUT_ortho_4x12` instead of `LAYOUT_planck_grid` or just `{}` for a C array.
If you've ever used Vim, you know what a Leader key is. If not, you're about to discover a wonderful concept. :) Instead of hitting Alt+Shift+W for example (holding down three keys at the same time), what if you could hit a _sequence_ of keys instead? So you'd hit our special modifier (the Leader key), followed by W and then C (just a rapid succession of keys), and something would happen.
That's what `KC_LEAD` does. Here's an example:
1. Pick a key on your keyboard you want to use as the Leader key. Assign it the keycode `KC_LEAD`. This key would be dedicated just for this -- it's a single action key, can't be used for anything else.
2. Include the line `#define LEADER_TIMEOUT 300` in your `config.h`. This sets the timeout for the `KC_LEAD` key. Specifically, when you press the `KC_LEAD` key, you only have a certain amount of time to complete the Leader Key sequence. The `300` here sets that to 300ms, and you can increase this value to give you more time to hit the sequence. But any keys pressed during this timeout are intercepted and not sent, so you may want to keep this value low. .
* By default, this timeout is how long after pressing `KC_LEAD` to complete your entire sequence. This may be very low for some people. So you may want to increase this timeout. Optionally, you may want to enable the `LEADER_PER_KEY_TIMING` option, which resets the timeout after each key is tapped. This allows you to maintain a low value here, but still be able to use the longer sequences. To enable this option, add `#define LEADER_PER_KEY_TIMING` to your `config.h`.
3. Within your `matrix_scan_user` function, add something like this:
As you can see, you have a few function. You can use `SEQ_ONE_KEY` for single-key sequences (Leader followed by just one key), and `SEQ_TWO_KEYS`, `SEQ_THREE_KEYS` up to `SEQ_FIVE_KEYS` for longer sequences.
Each of these accepts one or more keycodes as arguments. This is an important point: You can use keycodes from **any layer on your keyboard**. That layer would need to be active for the leader macro to fire, obviously.
## Adding Leader Key Support in the `rules.mk`
To add support for Leader Key you simply need to add a single line to your keymap's `rules.mk`:
```make
LEADER_ENABLE= yes
```
## Per Key Timing on Leader keys
Rather than relying on an incredibly high timeout for long leader key strings or those of us without 200wpm typing skills, we can enable per key timing to ensure that each key pressed provides us with more time to finish our stroke. This is incredibly helpful with leader key emulation of tap dance (read: multiple taps of the same key like C, C, C).
In order to enable this, place this in your `config.h`:
```c
#define LEADER_PER_KEY_TIMING
```
After this, it's recommended that you lower your `LEADER_TIMEOUT` to something less that 300ms.
```c
#define LEADER_TIMEOUT 250
```
Now, something like this won't seem impossible to do without a 1000MS leader key timeout:
```c
SEQ_THREE_KEYS(KC_C,KC_C,KC_C){
SEND_STRING("Per key timing is great!!!");
}
```
## Strict Key Processing
By default, the Leader Key feature will filter the keycode out of [`Mod-Tap`](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#mod-tap) and [`Layer Tap`](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#switching-and-toggling-layers) functions when checking for the Leader sequences. That means if you're using `LT(3, KC_A)`, it will pick this up as `KC_A` for the sequence, rather than `LT(3, KC_A)`, giving a more expected behavior for newer users.
While, this may be fine for most, if you want to specify the whole keycode (eg, `LT(3, KC_A)` from the example above) in the sequence, you can enable this by added `#define LEADER_KEY_STRICT_KEY_PROCESSING` to your `config.h` file. This well then disable the filtering, and you'll need to specify the whole keycode.
## Customization
The Leader Key feature has some additional customization to how the Leader Key feature works. It has two functions that can be called at certain parts of the process. Namely `leader_start()` and `leader_end()`.
The `leader_start()` function is called when you tap the `KC_LEAD` key, and the `leader_end()` function is called when either the leader sequence is completed, or the leader timeout is hit.
You can add these functions to your code (`keymap.c` usually) to add feedback to the Leader sequences (such as beeping or playing music).
```c
voidleader_start(void){
// sequence started
}
voidleader_end(void){
// sequence ended (no success/failuer detection)
}
```
### Example
This example will play the Mario "One Up" sound when you hit `KC_LEAD` to start the Leader Sequence, and will play "All Star" if it completes successfully or "Rick Roll" you if it fails.
This feature allows you to use LED matrices driven by external drivers. It hooks into the backlight system so you can use the same keycodes as backlighting to control it.
If you want to use RGB LED's you should use the [RGB Matrix Subsystem](feature_rgb_matrix.md) instead.
## Driver configuration
### IS31FL3731
There is basic support for addressable LED matrix lighting with the I2C IS31FL3731 RGB controller. To enable it, add this to your `rules.mk`:
LED_MATRIX_ENABLE = IS31FL3731
You can use between 1 and 4 IS31FL3731 IC's. Do not specify `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_<N>` defines for IC's that are not present on your keyboard. You can define the following items in `config.h`:
| Variable | Description | Default |
|----------|-------------|---------|
| `ISSI_TIMEOUT` | (Optional) How long to wait for i2c messages | 100 |
| `ISSI_PERSISTENCE` | (Optional) Retry failed messages this many times | 0 |
| `LED_DRIVER_COUNT` | (Required) How many LED driver IC's are present | |
| `LED_DRIVER_LED_COUNT` | (Required) How many LED lights are present across all drivers | |
| `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_1` | (Required) Address for the first LED driver | |
| `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_2` | (Optional) Address for the second LED driver | |
| `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_3` | (Optional) Address for the third LED driver | |
| `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_4` | (Optional) Address for the fourth LED driver | |
Here is an example using 2 drivers.
// This is a 7-bit address, that gets left-shifted and bit 0
// set to 0 for write, 1 for read (as per I2C protocol)
// The address will vary depending on your wiring:
Currently only 2 drivers are supported, but it would be trivial to support all 4 combinations.
Define these arrays listing all the LEDs in your `<keyboard>.c`:
const is31_led g_is31_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
/* Refer to IS31 manual for these locations
* driver
* | LED address
* | | */
{0, C3_3},
....
}
Where `Cx_y` is the location of the LED in the matrix defined by [the datasheet](http://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3731.pdf) and the header file `drivers/issi/is31fl3731-simple.h`. The `driver` is the index of the driver you defined in your `config.h` (`0`, `1`, `2`, or `3` ).
## Keycodes
All LED matrix keycodes are currently shared with the [backlight system](feature_backlight.md).
## LED Matrix Effects
Currently no LED matrix effects have been created.
## Custom layer effects
Custom layer effects can be done by defining this in your `<keyboard>.c`:
void led_matrix_indicators_kb(void) {
led_matrix_set_index_value(index, value);
}
A similar function works in the keymap as `led_matrix_indicators_user`.
## Suspended state
To use the suspend feature, add this to your `<keyboard>.c`:
Macros allow you to send multiple keystrokes when pressing just one key. QMK has a number of ways to define and use macros. These can do anything you want: type common phrases for you, copypasta, repetitive game movements, or even help you code.
!> **Security Note**: While it is possible to use macros to send passwords, credit card numbers, and other sensitive information it is a supremely bad idea to do so. Anyone who gets a hold of your keyboard will be able to access that information by opening a text editor.
## The New Way: `SEND_STRING()` & `process_record_user`
Sometimes you just want a key to type out words or phrases. For the most common situations we've provided `SEND_STRING()`, which will type out your string (i.e. a sequence of characters) for you. All ASCII characters that are easily translated to a keycode are supported (e.g. `\n\t`).
Here is an example `keymap.c` for a two-key keyboard:
We first define a new custom keycode in the range not occupied by any other keycodes.
Then we use the `process_record_user` function, which is called whenever a key is pressed or released, to check if our custom keycode has been activated.
If yes, we send the string `"QMK is the best thing ever!"` to the computer via the `SEND_STRING` macro (this is a C preprocessor macro, not to be confused with QMK macros).
We return `true` to indicate to the caller that the key press we just processed should continue to be processed as normal (as we didn't replace or alter the functionality).
Finally, we define the keymap so that the first button activates our macro and the second button is just an escape button.
You might want to add more than one macro.
You can do that by adding another keycode and adding another case to the switch statement, like so:
You may want to use keys in your macros that you can't write down, such as `Ctrl` or `Home`.
You can send arbitrary keycodes by wrapping them in:
*`SS_TAP()` presses and releases a key.
*`SS_DOWN()` presses (but does not release) a key.
*`SS_UP()` releases a key.
For example:
SEND_STRING(SS_TAP(X_HOME));
Would tap `KC_HOME` - note how the prefix is now `X_`, and not `KC_`. You can also combine this with other strings, like this:
SEND_STRING("VE"SS_TAP(X_HOME)"LO");
Which would send "VE" followed by a `KC_HOME` tap, and "LO" (spelling "LOVE" if on a newline).
There's also a couple of mod shortcuts you can use:
*`SS_LCTRL(string)`
*`SS_LGUI(string)`
*`SS_LALT(string)`
*`SS_LSFT(string)`
*`SS_RALT(string)`
These press the respective modifier, send the supplied string and then release the modifier.
They can be used like this:
SEND_STRING(SS_LCTRL("a"));
Which would send LCTRL+a (LCTRL down, a, LCTRL up) - notice that they take strings (eg `"k"`), and not the `X_K` keycodes.
### Alternative Keymaps
By default, it assumes a US keymap with a QWERTY layout; if you want to change that (e.g. if your OS uses software Colemak), include this somewhere in your keymap:
#include<sendstring_colemak.h>
### Strings in Memory
If for some reason you're manipulating strings and need to print out something you just generated (instead of being a literal, constant string), you can use `send_string()`, like this:
```c
charmy_str[4]="ok.";
send_string(my_str);
```
The shortcuts defined above won't work with `send_string()`, but you can separate things out to different lines if needed:
```c
charmy_str[4]="ok.";
SEND_STRING("I said: ");
send_string(my_str);
SEND_STRING(".."SS_TAP(X_END));
```
## The Old Way: `MACRO()` & `action_get_macro`
?> This is inherited from TMK, and hasn't been updated - it's recommend that you use `SEND_STRING` and `process_record_user` instead.
By default QMK assumes you don't have any macros. To define your macros you create an `action_get_macro()` function. For example:
This defines two macros which will be run when the key they are assigned to is pressed. If instead you'd like them to run when the key is released you can change the if statement:
if (!record->event.pressed) {
### Macro Commands
A macro can include the following commands:
* I() change interval of stroke in milliseconds.
* D() press key.
* U() release key.
* T() type key(press and release).
* W() wait (milliseconds).
* END end mark.
### Mapping a Macro to a Key
Use the `M()` function within your `KEYMAP()` to call a macro. For example, here is the keymap for a 2-key keyboard:
When you press the key on the left it will type "Hi!" and when you press the key on the right it will type "Bye!".
### Naming Your Macros
If you have a bunch of macros you want to refer to from your keymap while keeping the keymap easily readable you can name them using `#define` at the top of your file.
There are some functions you may find useful in macro-writing. Keep in mind that while you can write some fairly advanced code within a macro if your functionality gets too complex you may want to define a custom keycode instead. Macros are meant to be simple.
### `record->event.pressed`
This is a boolean value that can be tested to see if the switch is being pressed or released. An example of this is
```c
if(record->event.pressed){
// on keydown
}else{
// on keyup
}
```
### `register_code(<kc>);`
This sends the `<kc>` keydown event to the computer. Some examples would be `KC_ESC`, `KC_C`, `KC_4`, and even modifiers such as `KC_LSFT` and `KC_LGUI`.
### `unregister_code(<kc>);`
Parallel to `register_code` function, this sends the `<kc>` keyup event to the computer. If you don't use this, the key will be held down until it's sent.
### `tap_code(<kc>);`
This will send `register_code(<kc>)` and then `unregister_code(<kc>)`. This is useful if you want to send both the press and release events ("tap" the key, rather than hold it).
If you're having issues with taps (un)registering, you can add a delay between the register and unregister events by setting `#define TAP_CODE_DELAY 100` in your `config.h` file. The value is in milliseconds.
### `clear_keyboard();`
This will clear all mods and keys currently pressed.
### `clear_mods();`
This will clear all mods currently pressed.
### `clear_keyboard_but_mods();`
This will clear all keys besides the mods currently pressed.
## Advanced Example: Single-Key Copy/Paste
This example defines a macro which sends `Ctrl-C` when pressed down, and `Ctrl-V` when released.
Mousekeys is a feature that allows you to emulate a mouse using your keyboard. You can move the pointer around, click up to 5 buttons, and even scroll in all 4 directions. QMK uses the same algorithm as the X Window System MouseKeysAccel feature. You can read more about it [on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mouse_keys).
## Adding Mousekeys to a Keymap
There are two steps to adding Mousekeys support to your keyboard. You must enable support in the `rules.mk` file and you must map mouse actions to keys on your keyboard.
### Adding Mousekeys Support in the `rules.mk`
To add support for Mousekeys you simply need to add a single line to your keymap's `rules.mk`:
```
MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes
```
You can see an example here: https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/keyboards/clueboard/66/keymaps/mouse_keys/rules.mk
### Mapping Mouse Actions to Keyboard Keys
You can use these keycodes within your keymap to map button presses to mouse actions:
|`KC_MS_ACCEL0` |`KC_ACL0`|Set mouse acceleration to 0|
|`KC_MS_ACCEL1` |`KC_ACL1`|Set mouse acceleration to 1|
|`KC_MS_ACCEL2` |`KC_ACL2`|Set mouse acceleration to 2|
You can see an example in the `_ML` here: https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/keyboards/clueboard/66/keymaps/mouse_keys/keymap.c#L46
## Configuring the Behavior of Mousekeys
The default speed for controlling the mouse with the keyboard is intentionally slow. You can adjust these parameters by adding these settings to your keymap's `config.h` file. All times are specified in milliseconds (ms).
```
#define MOUSEKEY_DELAY 300
#define MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL 50
#define MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED 10
#define MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX 20
#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED 8
#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX 40
```
### `MOUSEKEY_DELAY`
When one of the mouse movement buttons is pressed this setting is used to define the delay between that button press and the mouse cursor moving. Some people find that small movements are impossible if this setting is too low, while settings that are too high feel sluggish.
### `MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL`
When a movement key is held down this specifies how long to wait between each movement report. Lower settings will translate into an effectively higher mouse speed.
### `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED`
As a movement key is held down the speed of the mouse cursor will increase until it reaches `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED`.
### `MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX`
How long you want to hold down a movement key for until `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED` is reached. This controls how quickly your cursor will accelerate.
### `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED`
The top speed for scrolling movements.
### `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX`
How long you want to hold down a scroll key for until `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED` is reached. This controls how quickly your scrolling will accelerate.
Pointing Device is a generic name for a feature intended to be generic: moving the system pointer around. There are certainly other options for it - like mousekeys - but this aims to be easily modifiable and lightweight. You can implement custom keys to control functionality, or you can gather information from other peripherals and insert it directly here - let QMK handle the processing for you.
To enable Pointing Device, uncomment the following line in your rules.mk:
```
POINTING_DEVICE_ENABLE = yes
```
To manipulate the mouse report, you can use the following functions:
*`pointing_device_get_report()` - Returns the current report_mouse_t that represents the information sent to the host computer
*`pointing_device_set_report(report_mouse_t newMouseReport)` - Overrides and saves the report_mouse_t to be sent to the host computer
Keep in mind that a report_mouse_t (here "mouseReport") has the following properties:
*`mouseReport.x` - this is a signed int from -127 to 127 (not 128, this is defined in USB HID spec) representing movement (+ to the right, - to the left) on the x axis.
*`mouseReport.y` - this is a signed int from -127 to 127 (not 128, this is defined in USB HID spec) representing movement (+ upward, - downward) on the y axis.
*`mouseReport.v` - this is a signed int from -127 to 127 (not 128, this is defined in USB HID spec) representing vertical scrolling (+ upward, - downward).
*`mouseReport.h` - this is a signed int from -127 to 127 (not 128, this is defined in USB HID spec) representing horizontal scrolling (+ right, - left).
*`mouseReport.buttons` - this is a uint8_t in which the last 5 bits are used. These bits represent the mouse button state - bit 3 is mouse button 5, and bit 7 is mouse button 1.
When the mouse report is sent, the x, y, v, and h values are set to 0 (this is done in "pointing_device_send()", which can be overridden to avoid this behavior). This way, button states persist, but movement will only occur once. For further customization, both `pointing_device_init` and `pointing_device_task` can be overridden.
In the following example, a custom key is used to click the mouse and scroll 127 units vertically and horizontally, then undo all of that when released - because that's a totally useful function. Listen, this is an example:
Its possible to hook up a PS/2 mouse (for example touchpads or trackpoints) to your keyboard as a composite device.
To hook up a Trackpoint, you need to obtain a Trackpoint module (i.e. harvest from a Thinkpad keyboard), identify the function of each pin of the module, and make the necessary circuitry between controller and Trackpoint module. For more information, please refer to [Trackpoint Hardware](https://deskthority.net/wiki/TrackPoint_Hardware) page on Deskthority Wiki.
There are three available modes for hooking up PS/2 devices: USART (best), interrupts (better) or busywait (not recommended).
### The Cirtuitry between Trackpoint and Controller
To get the things working, a 4.7K drag is needed between the two lines DATA and CLK and the line 5+.
```
DATA ----------+--------- PIN
|
4.7K
|
MODULE 5+ --------+--+--------- PWR CONTROLLER
|
4.7K
|
CLK ------+------------ PIN
```
### Busywait Version
Note: This is not recommended, you may encounter jerky movement or unsent inputs. Please use interrupt or USART version if possible.
In rules.mk:
```
PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE = yes
PS2_USE_BUSYWAIT = yes
```
In your keyboard config.h:
```
#ifdef PS2_USE_BUSYWAIT
# define PS2_CLOCK_PORT PORTD
# define PS2_CLOCK_PIN PIND
# define PS2_CLOCK_DDR DDRD
# define PS2_CLOCK_BIT 1
# define PS2_DATA_PORT PORTD
# define PS2_DATA_PIN PIND
# define PS2_DATA_DDR DDRD
# define PS2_DATA_BIT 2
#endif
```
### Interrupt Version
The following example uses D2 for clock and D5 for data. You can use any INT or PCINT pin for clock, and any pin for data.
In rules.mk:
```
PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE = yes
PS2_USE_INT = yes
```
In your keyboard config.h:
```
#ifdef PS2_USE_INT
#define PS2_CLOCK_PORT PORTD
#define PS2_CLOCK_PIN PIND
#define PS2_CLOCK_DDR DDRD
#define PS2_CLOCK_BIT 2
#define PS2_DATA_PORT PORTD
#define PS2_DATA_PIN PIND
#define PS2_DATA_DDR DDRD
#define PS2_DATA_BIT 5
#define PS2_INT_INIT() do { \
EICRA |= ((1<<ISC21) | \
(0<<ISC20)); \
} while (0)
#define PS2_INT_ON() do { \
EIMSK |= (1<<INT2); \
} while (0)
#define PS2_INT_OFF() do { \
EIMSK &= ~(1<<INT2); \
} while (0)
#define PS2_INT_VECT INT2_vect
#endif
```
### USART Version
To use USART on the ATMega32u4, you have to use PD5 for clock and PD2 for data. If one of those are unavailable, you need to use interrupt version.
This feature allows you to use RGB LED matrices driven by external drivers. It hooks into the RGBLIGHT system so you can use the same keycodes as RGBLIGHT to control it.
If you want to use single color LED's you should use the [LED Matrix Subsystem](feature_led_matrix.md) instead.
## Driver configuration
### IS31FL3731
There is basic support for addressable RGB matrix lighting with the I2C IS31FL3731 RGB controller. To enable it, add this to your `rules.mk`:
RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE = IS31FL3731
Configure the hardware via your `config.h`:
// This is a 7-bit address, that gets left-shifted and bit 0
// set to 0 for write, 1 for read (as per I2C protocol)
// The address will vary depending on your wiring:
Currently only 2 drivers are supported, but it would be trivial to support all 4 combinations.
Define these arrays listing all the LEDs in your `<keyboard>.c`:
const is31_led g_is31_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
/* Refer to IS31 manual for these locations
* driver
* | R location
* | | G location
* | | | B location
* | | | | */
{0, C1_3, C2_3, C3_3},
....
}
Where `Cx_y` is the location of the LED in the matrix defined by [the datasheet](http://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3731.pdf) and the header file `drivers/issi/is31fl3731.h`. The `driver` is the index of the driver you defined in your `config.h` (`0` or `1` right now).
### IS31FL3733
There is basic support for addressable RGB matrix lighting with the I2C IS31FL3733 RGB controller. To enable it, add this to your `rules.mk`:
RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE = IS31FL3733
Configure the hardware via your `config.h`:
// This is a 7-bit address, that gets left-shifted and bit 0
// set to 0 for write, 1 for read (as per I2C protocol)
// The address will vary depending on your wiring:
// 00 <-> GND
// 01 <-> SCL
// 10 <-> SDA
// 11 <-> VCC
// ADDR1 represents A1:A0 of the 7-bit address.
// ADDR2 represents A3:A2 of the 7-bit address.
// The result is: 0b101(ADDR2)(ADDR1)
#define DRIVER_ADDR_1 0b1010000
#define DRIVER_ADDR_2 0b1010000 // this is here for compliancy reasons.
#define DRIVER_COUNT 1
#define DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL 64
#define DRIVER_LED_TOTAL DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL
Currently only a single drivers is supported, but it would be trivial to support all 4 combinations. For now define `DRIVER_ADDR_2` as `DRIVER_ADDR_1`
Define these arrays listing all the LEDs in your `<keyboard>.c`:
const is31_led g_is31_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
/* Refer to IS31 manual for these locations
* driver
* | R location
* | | G location
* | | | B location
* | | | | */
{0, B_1, A_1, C_1},
....
}
Where `X_Y` is the location of the LED in the matrix defined by [the datasheet](http://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3733.pdf) and the header file `drivers/issi/is31fl3733.h`. The `driver` is the index of the driver you defined in your `config.h` (Only `0` right now).
From this point forward the configuration is the same for all the drivers.
QMK has the ability to control RGB LEDs attached to your keyboard. This is commonly called *underglow*, due to the LEDs often being mounted on the bottom of the keyboard, producing a nice diffused effect when combined with a translucent case.

Some keyboards come with RGB LEDs preinstalled. Others must have them installed after the fact. See the [Hardware Modification](#hardware-modification) section for information on adding RGB lighting to your keyboard.
Currently QMK supports the following addressable LEDs on AVR microcontrollers (however, the white LED in RGBW variants is not supported):
* WS2811, WS2812, WS2812B, WS2812C, etc.
* SK6812, SK6812MINI, SK6805
These LEDs are called "addressable" because instead of using a wire per color, each LED contains a small microchip that understands a special protocol sent over a single wire. The chip passes on the remaining data to the next LED, allowing them to be chained together. In this way, you can easily control the color of the individual LEDs.
## Usage
On keyboards with onboard RGB LEDs, it is usually enabled by default. If it is not working for you, check that your `rules.mk` includes the following:
```make
RGBLIGHT_ENABLE= yes
```
At minimum you must define the data pin your LED strip is connected to, and the number of LEDs in the strip, in your `config.h`. If your keyboard has onboard RGB LEDs, and you are simply creating a keymap, you usually won't need to modify these.
|`RGB_DI_PIN`|The pin connected to the data pin of the LEDs|
|`RGBLED_NUM`|The number of LEDs connected |
Then you should be able to use the keycodes below to change the RGB lighting to your liking.
### Color Selection
QMK uses [Hue, Saturation, and Value](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV) to select colors rather than RGB. The color wheel below demonstrates how this works.
<imgsrc="gitbook/images/color-wheel.svg"alt="HSV Color Wheel"width="250"/>
Changing the **Hue** cycles around the circle.
Changing the **Saturation** moves between the inner and outer sections of the wheel, affecting the intensity of the color.
Changing the **Value** sets the overall brightness.
Check out [this video](https://youtube.com/watch?v=VKrpPAHlisY) for a demonstration.
Note: For versions older than 0.6.117, The mode numbers were written directly. In `quantum/rgblight.h` there is a contrast table between the old mode number and the current symbol.
The following options can be used to tweak the various animations:
If you need to change your RGB lighting in code, for example in a macro to change the color whenever you switch layers, QMK provides a set of functions to assist you. See [`rgblight.h`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/rgblight.h) for the full list, but the most commonly used functions include:
|`rgblight_enable()` |Turn LEDs on, based on their previous state |
|`rgblight_enable_noeeprom()` |Turn LEDs on, based on their previous state (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_disable()` |Turn LEDs off |
|`rgblight_disable_noeeprom()` |Turn LEDs off (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_mode(x)` |Set the mode, if RGB animations are enabled |
|`rgblight_mode_noeeprom(x)` |Set the mode, if RGB animations are enabled (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_setrgb(r, g, b)` |Set all LEDs to the given RGB value where `r`/`g`/`b` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_setrgb_at(r, g, b, led)` |Set a single LED to the given RGB value, where `r`/`g`/`b` are between 0 and 255 and `led` is between 0 and `RGBLED_NUM` (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_setrgb_range(r, g, b, start, end)`|Set a continuous range of LEDs to the given RGB value, where `r`/`g`/`b` are between 0 and 255 and `start`(included) and `stop`(excluded) are between 0 and `RGBLED_NUM` (not written to EEPROM)|
|`rgblight_setrgb_master(r, g, b)` |Set the LEDs on the master side to the given RGB value, where `r`/`g`/`b` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_setrgb_slave(r, g, b)` |Set the LEDs on the slave side to the given RGB value, where `r`/`g`/`b` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_sethsv(h, s, v)` |Set all LEDs to the given HSV value where `h` is between 0 and 360 and `s`/`v` are between 0 and 255 |
|`rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom(h, s, v)` |Set all LEDs to the given HSV value where `h` is between 0 and 360 and `s`/`v` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_sethsv_at(h, s, v, led)` |Set a single LED to the given HSV value, where `h` is between 0 and 360, `s`/`v` are between 0 and 255, and `led` is between 0 and `RGBLED_NUM` (not written to EEPROM)|
|`rgblight_sethsv_range(h, s, v, start, end)`|Set a continuous range of LEDs to the given HSV value, where `h` is between 0 and 360, `s`/`v` are between 0 and 255, and `start`(included) and `stop`(excluded) are between 0 and `RGBLED_NUM` (not written to EEPROM)|
|`rgblight_sethsv_master(h, s, v)` |Set the LEDs on the master side to the given HSV value, where `h` is between 0 and 360, `s`/`v` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_sethsv_slave(h, s, v)` |Set the LEDs on the slave side to the given HSV value, where `h` is between 0 and 360, `s`/`v` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_toggle()` |Toggle all LEDs between on and off |
|`rgblight_toggle_noeeprom()` |Toggle all LEDs between on and off (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_step()` |Change the mode to the next RGB animation in the list of enabled RGB animations |
|`rgblight_step_noeeprom()` |Change the mode to the next RGB animation in the list of enabled RGB animations (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_step_reverse()` |Change the mode to the previous RGB animation in the list of enabled RGB animations |
|`rgblight_step_reverse_noeeprom()` |Change the mode to the previous RGB animation in the list of enabled RGB animations (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_increase_hue()` |Increase the hue for all LEDs. This wraps around at maximum hue |
|`rgblight_increase_hue_noeeprom()` |Increase the hue for all LEDs. This wraps around at maximum hue (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_decrease_hue()` |Decrease the hue for all LEDs. This wraps around at minimum hue |
|`rgblight_decrease_hue_noeeprom()` |Decrease the hue for all LEDs. This wraps around at minimum hue (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_increase_sat()` |Increase the saturation for all LEDs. This wraps around at maximum saturation |
|`rgblight_increase_sat_noeeprom()` |Increase the saturation for all LEDs. This wraps around at maximum saturation (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_decrease_sat()` |Decrease the saturation for all LEDs. This wraps around at minimum saturation |
|`rgblight_decrease_sat_noeeprom()` |Decrease the saturation for all LEDs. This wraps around at minimum saturation (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_increase_val()` |Increase the value for all LEDs. This wraps around at maximum value |
|`rgblight_increase_val_noeeprom()` |Increase the value for all LEDs. This wraps around at maximum value (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_decrease_val()` |Decrease the value for all LEDs. This wraps around at minimum value |
|`rgblight_decrease_val_noeeprom()` |Decrease the value for all LEDs. This wraps around at minimum value (not written to EEPROM) |
Additionally, [`rgblight_list.h`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/rgblight_list.h) defines several predefined shortcuts for various colors. Feel free to add to this list!
## Hardware Modification
If your keyboard lacks onboard underglow LEDs, you may often be able to solder on an RGB LED strip yourself. You will need to find an unused pin to wire to the data pin of your LED strip. Some keyboards may break out unused pins from the MCU to make soldering easier. The other two pins, VCC and GND, must also be connected to the appropriate power pins.
Steve Losh described the [Space Cadet Shift](http://stevelosh.com/blog/2012/10/a-modern-space-cadet/) quite well. Essentially, when you tap Left Shift on its own, you get an opening parenthesis; tap Right Shift on its own and you get the closing one. When held, the Shift keys function as normal. Yes, it's as cool as it sounds.
## Usage
Replace the Left Shift key in your keymap with `KC_LSPO` (Left Shift, Parenthesis Open), and Right Shift with `KC_RSPC` (Right Shift, Parenthesis Close).
|`KC_LSPO`|Left Shift when held, `(` when tapped |
|`KC_RSPC`|Right Shift when held, `)` when tapped|
## Caveats
Space Cadet's functionality can conflict with the default Command functionality when both Shift keys are held at the same time. Make sure that Command is disabled in your `rules.mk` with:
```make
COMMAND_ENABLE= no
```
## Configuration
By default Space Cadet assumes a US ANSI layout, but if your layout uses different keys for parentheses, you can redefine them in your `config.h`.
You can also disable the rollover, allowing you to use the opposite Shift key to cancel the Space Cadet state in the event of an erroneous press, instead of emitting a pair of parentheses when the keys are released.
Also, by default, the Space Cadet applies modifiers LSPO_MOD and RSPC_MOD to keys defined by LSPO_KEY and RSPC_KEY. You can override this behavior by redefining those variables in your `config.h`. You can also prevent the Space Cadet to apply a modifier by defining DISABLE_SPACE_CADET_MODIFIER in your `config.h`.
Based on the [Space Cadet Shift](feature_space_cadet_shift.md) feature. Tap the Shift key on its own, and it behaves like Enter. When held, the Shift functions as normal.
## Usage
Replace any Shift key in your keymap with `KC_SFTENT` (Shift, Enter), and you're done.
[Stenography](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stenotype) is a method of writing most often used by court reports, closed-captioning, and real-time transcription for the deaf. In stenography words are chorded syllable by syllable with a mixture of spelling, phonetic, and shortcut (briefs) strokes. Professional stenographers can reach 200-300 WPM without any of the strain usually found in standard typing and with far fewer errors (>99.9% accuracy).
The [Open Steno Project](http://www.openstenoproject.org/) has built an open-source program called Plover that provides real-time translation of steno strokes into words and commands. It has an established dictionary and supports
## Plover with QWERTY Keyboard
Plover can work with any standard QWERTY keyboard, although it is more efficient if the keyboard supports NKRO (n-key rollover) to allow Plover to see all the pressed keys at once. An example keymap for Plover can be found in `planck/keymaps/default`. Switching to the `PLOVER` layer adjusts the position of the keyboard to support the number bar.
To use Plover with QMK just enable NKRO and optionally adjust your layout if you have anything other than a standard layout. You may also want to purchase some steno-friendly keycaps to make it easier to hit multiple keys.
## Plover with Steno Protocol
Plover also understands the language of several steno machines. QMK can speak a couple of these languages, TX Bolt and GeminiPR. An example layout can be found in `planck/keymaps/steno`.
When QMK speaks to Plover over a steno protocol Plover will not use the keyboard as input. This means that you can switch back and forth between a standard keyboard and your steno keyboard, or even switch layers from Plover to standard and back without needing to activate/deactivate Plover.
In this mode Plover expects to speak with a steno machine over a serial port so QMK will present itself to the operating system as a virtual serial port in addition to a keyboard. By default QMK will speak the TX Bolt protocol but can be switched to GeminiPR; the last protocol used is stored in non-volatile memory so QMK will use the same protocol on restart.
> Note: Due to hardware limitations you may not be able to run both a virtual serial port and mouse emulation at the same time.
### TX Bolt
TX Bolt communicates the status of 24 keys over a very simple protocol in variable-sized (1-5 byte) packets.
### GeminiPR
GeminiPR encodes 42 keys into a 6-byte packet. While TX Bolt contains everything that is necessary for standard stenography, GeminiPR opens up many more options, including supporting non-English theories.
## Configuring QMK for Steno
Firstly, enable steno in your keymap's Makefile. You may also need disable mousekeys, extra keys, or another USB endpoint to prevent conflicts. The builtin USB stack for some processors only supports a certain number of USB endpoints and the virtual serial port needed for steno fills 3 of them.
```Makefile
STENO_ENABLE= yes
MOUSEKEY_ENABLE= no
```
In your keymap create a new layer for Plover. You will need to include `keymap_steno.h`. See `planck/keymaps/steno/keymap.c` for an example. Remember to create a key to switch to the layer as well as a key for exiting the layer. If you would like to switch modes on the fly you can use the keycodes `QK_STENO_BOLT` and `QK_STENO_GEMINI`. If you only want to use one of the protocols you may set it up in your initialization function:
```C
voidmatrix_init_user(){
steno_set_mode(STENO_MODE_GEMINI);// or STENO_MODE_BOLT
}
```
Once you have your keyboard flashed launch Plover. Click the 'Configure...' button. In the 'Machine' tab select the Stenotype Machine that corresponds to your desired protocol. Click the 'Configure...' button on this tab and enter the serial port or click 'Scan'. Baud rate is fine at 9600 (although you should be able to set as high as 115200 with no issues). Use the default settings for everything else (Data Bits: 8, Stop Bits: 1, Parity: N, no flow control).
On the display tab click 'Open stroke display'. With Plover disabled you should be able to hit keys on your keyboard and see them show up in the stroke display window. Use this to make sure you have set up your keymap correctly. You are now ready to steno!
* More resources at the Plover [Learning Stenography](https://github.com/openstenoproject/plover/wiki/Learning-Stenography) wiki
## Interfacing with the code
The steno code has three interceptible hooks. If you define these functions, they will be called at certain points in processing; if they return true, processing continues, otherwise it's assumed you handled things.
This function is called when a chord is about to be sent. Mode will be one of `STENO_MODE_BOLT` or `STENO_MODE_GEMINI`. This represents the actual chord that would be sent via whichever protocol. You can modify the chord provided to alter what gets sent. Remember to return true if you want the regular sending process to happen.
This function is called when a keypress has come in, before it is processed. The keycode should be one of `QK_STENO_BOLT`, `QK_STENO_GEMINI`, or one of the `STN_*` key values.
This function is called after a key has been processed, but before any decision about whether or not to send a chord. If `IS_PRESSED(record->event)` is false, and `pressed` is 0 or 1, the chord will be sent shortly, but has not yet been sent. This is where to put hooks for things like, say, live displays of steno chords or keys.
## Keycode Reference
As defined in `keymap_steno.h`.
> Note: TX Bolt does not support the full set of keys. The TX Bolt implementation in QMK will map the GeminiPR keys to the nearest TX Bolt key so that one key map will work for both.
The swap-hands action allows support for one-handed typing without requiring a separate layer. Set `SWAP_HANDS_ENABLE` in the Makefile and define a `hand_swap_config` entry in your keymap. Now whenever the `ACTION_SWAP_HANDS` command key is pressed the keyboard is mirrored. For instance, to type "Hello, World" on QWERTY you would type `^Ge^s^s^w^c W^wr^sd`
## Configuration
The configuration table is a simple 2-dimensional array to map from column/row to new column/row. Example `hand_swap_config` for Planck:
Note that the array indices are reversed same as the matrix and the values are of type `keypos_t` which is `{col, row}` and all values are zero-based. In the example above, `hand_swap_config[2][4]` (third row, fifth column) would return `{7, 2}` (third row, eighth column). Yes, this is confusing.
# Tap Dance: A Single Key Can Do 3, 5, or 100 Different Things
<!-- FIXME: Break this up into multiple sections -->
Hit the semicolon key once, send a semicolon. Hit it twice, rapidly -- send a colon. Hit it three times, and your keyboard's LEDs do a wild dance. That's just one example of what Tap Dance can do. It's one of the nicest community-contributed features in the firmware, conceived and created by [algernon](https://github.com/algernon) in [#451](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/451). Here's how algernon describes the feature:
With this feature one can specify keys that behave differently, based on the amount of times they have been tapped, and when interrupted, they get handled before the interrupter.
To make it clear how this is different from `ACTION_FUNCTION_TAP`, let's explore a certain setup! We want one key to send `Space` on single tap, but `Enter` on double-tap.
With `ACTION_FUNCTION_TAP`, it is quite a rain-dance to set this up, and has the problem that when the sequence is interrupted, the interrupting key will be sent first. Thus, `SPC a` will result in `a SPC` being sent, if they are typed within `TAPPING_TERM`. With the tap dance feature, that'll come out as `SPC a`, correctly.
The implementation hooks into two parts of the system, to achieve this: into `process_record_quantum()`, and the matrix scan. We need the latter to be able to time out a tap sequence even when a key is not being pressed, so `SPC` alone will time out and register after `TAPPING_TERM` time.
But lets start with how to use it, first!
First, you will need `TAP_DANCE_ENABLE=yes` in your `rules.mk`, because the feature is disabled by default. This adds a little less than 1k to the firmware size. Next, you will want to define some tap-dance keys, which is easiest to do with the `TD()` macro, that - similar to `F()`, takes a number, which will later be used as an index into the `tap_dance_actions` array.
This array specifies what actions shall be taken when a tap-dance key is in action. Currently, there are five possible options:
*`ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(kc1, kc2)`: Sends the `kc1` keycode when tapped once, `kc2` otherwise. When the key is held, the appropriate keycode is registered: `kc1` when pressed and held, `kc2` when tapped once, then pressed and held.
*`ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DUAL_ROLE(kc, layer)`: Sends the `kc` keycode when tapped once, or moves to `layer`. (this functions like the `TO` layer keycode).
*`ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN(fn)`: Calls the specified function - defined in the user keymap - with the final tap count of the tap dance action.
*`ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED(on_each_tap_fn, on_dance_finished_fn, on_dance_reset_fn)`: Calls the first specified function - defined in the user keymap - on every tap, the second function when the dance action finishes (like the previous option), and the last function when the tap dance action resets.
*`ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED_TIME(on_each_tap_fn, on_dance_finished_fn, on_dance_reset_fn, tap_specific_tapping_term)`: This functions identically to the `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED` function, but uses a custom tapping term for it, instead of the predefined `TAPPING_TERM`.
The first option is enough for a lot of cases, that just want dual roles. For example, `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_SPC, KC_ENT)` will result in `Space` being sent on single-tap, `Enter` otherwise.
!> Keep in mind that only [basic keycodes](keycodes_basic.md) are supported here. Custom keycodes are not supported.
And that's the bulk of it!
And now, on to the explanation of how it works!
The main entry point is `process_tap_dance()`, called from `process_record_quantum()`, which is run for every keypress, and our handler gets to run early. This function checks whether the key pressed is a tap-dance key. If it is not, and a tap-dance was in action, we handle that first, and enqueue the newly pressed key. If it is a tap-dance key, then we check if it is the same as the already active one (if there's one active, that is). If it is not, we fire off the old one first, then register the new one. If it was the same, we increment the counter and the timer.
This means that you have `TAPPING_TERM` time to tap the key again, you do not have to input all the taps within that timeframe. This allows for longer tap counts, with minimal impact on responsiveness.
Our next stop is `matrix_scan_tap_dance()`. This handles the timeout of tap-dance keys.
For the sake of flexibility, tap-dance actions can be either a pair of keycodes, or a user function. The latter allows one to handle higher tap counts, or do extra things, like blink the LEDs, fiddle with the backlighting, and so on. This is accomplished by using an union, and some clever macros.
# Examples
## Simple Example
Here's a simple example for a single definition:
1. In your `rules.mk`, add `TAP_DANCE_ENABLE = yes`
2. In your `config.h` (which you can copy from `qmk_firmware/keyboards/planck/config.h` to your keymap directory), add `#define TAPPING_TERM 200`
3. In your `keymap.c` file, define the variables and definitions, then add to your keymap:
And then simply use `TD(X_CTL)` anywhere in your keymap.
If you want to implement this in your userspace, then you may want to check out how [DanielGGordon](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/users/gordon) has implemented this in their userspace.
> This feature is currently *huge* at 4400 bytes, and should probably only be put on boards with a lot of memory, or for fun.
The terminal feature is a command-line-like interface designed to communicate through a text editor with keystrokes. It's beneficial to turn off auto-indent features in your editor.
To enable, stick this in your `rules.mk` or `Makefile`:
TERMINAL_ENABLE = yes
And use the `TERM_ON` and `TERM_OFF` keycodes to turn it on or off.
When enabled, a `> ` prompt will appear, where you'll be able to type, backspace (a bell will ding if you reach the beginning and audio is enabled), and hit enter to send the command. Arrow keys are currently disabled so it doesn't get confused. Moving your cursor around with the mouse is discouraged.
`#define TERMINAL_HELP` enables some other output helpers that aren't really needed with this page.
Pressing "up" and "down" will allow you to cycle through the past 5 commands entered.
## Future Ideas
* Keyboard/user-extensible commands
* Smaller footprint
* Arrow key support
* Command history - Done
* SD card support
* LCD support for buffer display
* Keycode -> name string LUT
* Layer status
* *Analog/digital port read/write*
* RGB mode stuff
* Macro definitions
* EEPROM read/write
* Audio control
## Current Commands
### `about`
Prints out the current version of QMK with a build date:
```
> about
QMK Firmware
v0.5.115-7-g80ed73-dirty
Built: 2017-08-29-20:24:44
```
### `print-buffer`
Outputs the last 5 commands entered
```
> print-buffer
0. print-buffer
1. help
2. about
3. keymap 0
4. help
5. flush-buffer
```
### `flush-buffer`
Clears command buffer
```
> flush-buffer
Buffer cleared!
```
### `help`
Prints out the available commands:
```
> help
commands available:
about help keycode keymap exit print-buffer flush-buffer
```
### `keycode <layer> <row> <col>`
Prints out the keycode value of a certain layer, row, and column:
There are three Unicode keymap definition methods available in QMK:
## `UNICODE_ENABLE`
Supports Unicode up to `0x7FFF`. This covers characters for most modern languages, as well as symbols, but it doesn't cover emoji. The keycode function is `UC(c)` in the keymap file, where _c_ is the code point's number (preferably hexadecimal, up to 4 digits long). For example: `UC(0x45B)`, `UC(0x30C4)`.
## `UNICODEMAP_ENABLE`
Supports Unicode up to `0x10FFFF` (all possible code points). You need to maintain a separate mapping table `const uint32_t PROGMEM unicode_map[] = {...}` in your keymap file. The keycode function is `X(i)`, where _i_ is an array index into the mapping table. The table may contain at most 1024 entries.
You may want to have an enum to make referencing easier. So, you could add something like this to your keymap file:
```c
enumunicode_names{
BANG,
IRONY,
SNEK,
};
constuint32_tPROGMEMunicode_map[]={
[BANG]=0x203D,// ‽
[IRONY]=0x2E2E,// ⸮
[SNEK]=0x1F40D,// 🐍
};
```
Then you can use `X(BANG)` etc. in your keymap.
## `UCIS_ENABLE`
Supports Unicode up to `0x10FFFF` (all possible code points). As with `UNICODEMAP`, you need to maintain a mapping table in your keymap file. However, there are no built-in keycodes for this feature — you will have to add a keycode or function that calls `qk_ucis_start()`. Once this function's been called, you can type the corresponding mnemonic for your character, then hit Space or Enter to complete it, or Esc to cancel. If the mnemonic matches an entry in your table, the typed text will automatically be erased and the corresponding Unicode character inserted.
For instance, you would define a table like this in your keymap file:
You call `qk_ucis_start()`, then type "rofl" and hit Enter. QMK should erase the "rofl" text and input the laughing emoji.
### Customization
There are several functions that you can define in your keymap to customize the functionality of this feature.
*`void qk_ucis_start_user(void)`– This runs when you call the "start" function, and can be used to provide feedback. By default, it types out a keyboard emoji.
*`void qk_ucis_success(uint8_t symbol_index)`– This runs when the input has matched something and has completed. By default, it doesn't do anything.
*`void qk_ucis_symbol_fallback (void)`– This runs when the input doesn't match anything. By default, it falls back to trying that input as a Unicode code.
You can find the default implementations of these functions in [`process_ucis.c`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/process_keycode/process_ucis.c).
## Input Modes
Unicode input in QMK works by inputting a sequence of characters to the OS, sort of like a macro. Unfortunately, the way this is done differs for each platform. Specifically, each platform requires a different combination of keys to trigger Unicode input. Therefore, a corresponding input mode has to be set in QMK.
The following input modes are available:
* **`UC_OSX`**: Mac OS X built-in Unicode hex input. Supports code points up to `0xFFFF` (`0x10FFFF` with `UNICODEMAP`).
To enable, go to _System Preferences > Keyboard > Input Sources_, add _Unicode Hex Input_ to the list (it's under _Other_), then activate it from the input dropdown in the Menu Bar.
By default, this mode uses the left Option key (`KC_LALT`), but this can be changed by defining [`UNICODE_OSX_KEY`](#input-key-configuration) with another keycode.
* **`UC_LNX`**: Linux built-in IBus Unicode input. Supports code points up to `0x10FFFF` (all possible code points).
Enabled by default and works almost anywhere on IBus-enabled distros. Without IBus, this mode works under GTK apps, but rarely anywhere else.
* **`UC_WIN`**: _(not recommended)_ Windows built-in hex numpad Unicode input. Supports code points up to `0xFFFF`.
To enable, create a registry key under `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Input Method\EnableHexNumpad` of type `REG_SZ` called `EnableHexNumpad` and set its value to `1`. This can be done from the Command Prompt by running `reg add "HKCU\Control Panel\Input Method" -v EnableHexNumpad -t REG_SZ -d 1` with administrator privileges. Afterwards, reboot.
This mode is not recommended because of reliability and compatibility issues; use the `UC_WINC` mode instead.
* **`UC_BSD`**: _(non implemented)_ Unicode input under BSD. Not implemented at this time. If you're a BSD user and want to help add support for it, please [open an issue on GitHub](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues).
* **`UC_WINC`**: Windows Unicode input using [WinCompose](https://github.com/samhocevar/wincompose). As of v0.8.2, supports code points up to `0xFFFFF` (all currently assigned code points).
To enable, install the [latest release](https://github.com/samhocevar/wincompose/releases/latest). Once installed, WinCompose will automatically run on startup. Works reliably under all version of Windows supported by the app.
By default, this mode uses the right Alt key (`KC_RALT`), but this can be changed in the WinCompose settings and by defining [`UNICODE_WINC_KEY`](#input-key-configuration) with another keycode.
### Switching Input Modes
There are two ways to set the input mode for Unicode: by keycode or by function. Keep in mind that both methods write to persistent storage (EEPROM), and are loaded each time the keyboard starts. So once you've set it the first time, you don't need to set it again unless you want to change it, or you've reset the EEPROM settings.
You can switch the input mode at any time by using one of the following keycodes. The easiest way is to add the ones you use to your keymap.
|`UNICODE_MODE_FORWARD` |`UC_MOD` | |Cycles forwards through the available modes. [(Disabled by default)](#input-method-cycling)|
|`UNICODE_MODE_REVERSE` |`UC_RMOD`| |Cycles forwards through the available modes. [(Disabled by default)](#input-method-cycling)|
|`UNICODE_MODE_OSX` |`UC_M_OS`|`UC_OSX` |Switch to Mac OS X input. |
|`UNICODE_MODE_LNX` |`UC_M_LN`|`UC_LNX` |Switch to Linux input. |
|`UNICODE_MODE_WIN` |`UC_M_WI`|`UC_WIN` |Switch to Windows input. |
|`UNICODE_MODE_BSD` |`UC_M_BS`|`UC_BSD` |Switch to BSD input (not implemented). |
|`UNICODE_MODE_WINC` |`UC_M_WC`|`UC_WINC` |Switch to Windows input using WinCompose.|
You can also switch the input mode by calling `set_unicode_input_mode(x)` in your code, where _x_ is one of the above input mode constants (e.g. `UC_LNX`). Since the function only needs to be called once, it's recommended that you do it in `eeconfig_init_user` (or a similar function). For example:
```c
voideeconfig_init_user(void){
set_unicode_input_mode(UC_LNX);
}
```
### Audio Feedback
If you have the [Audio feature](feature_audio.md) enabled on the board, you can set melodies to be played when you press the above keys. That way you can have some audio feedback when switching input modes.
For instance, you can add these definitions to your `config.h` file:
```c
#define UNICODE_SONG_OSX COIN_SOUND
#define UNICODE_SONG_LNX UNICODE_LINUX
#define UNICODE_SONG_BSD MARIO_GAMEOVER
#define UNICODE_SONG_WIN UNICODE_WINDOWS
#define UNICODE_SONG_WINC UNICODE_WINDOWS
```
### Additional Customization
Because Unicode is such a large and variable feature, there are a number of options that you can customize to work better on your system.
#### Start and Finish input functions
The functions for starting and finishing Unicode input on your platform can be overridden locally. Possible uses include customizing input mode behavior if you don't use the default keys, or adding extra visual/audio feedback to Unicode input.
*`void unicode_input_start(void)`– This sends the initial sequence that tells your platform to enter Unicode input mode. For example, it presses Ctrl+Shift+U on Linux and holds the Option key on Mac.
*`void unicode_input_finish(void)`– This is called to exit Unicode input mode, for example by pressing Space or releasing the Option key.
You can find the default implementations of these functions in [`process_unicode_common.c`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/process_keycode/process_unicode_common.c).
#### Input Key Configuration
Additionally, you can customize the keys used to trigger the unicode input for macOS and WinCompose by adding defines to your `config.h`
```c
#define UNICODE_OSX_KEY KC_LALT
#define UNICODE_WINC_KEY KC_RALT
```
#### Input Method Cycling
Also, you can choose which input methods are availble for cycling through. By default, this is disabled. But if you want to enabled it, then limiting it to just those modes makes sense. Note that `UNICODE_SELECTED_MODES` define is comma delimited.
To type multiple characters for things like (ノಠ痊ಠ)ノ彡┻━┻, you can use `send_unicode_hex_string()` much like `SEND_STRING()` except you would use hex values separate by spaces.
For example, the table flip seen above would be `send_unicode_hex_string("0028 30CE 0CA0 75CA 0CA0 0029 30CE 5F61 253B 2501 253B")`
There are many ways to get a hex code, but an easy one is [this site](https://r12a.github.io/app-conversion/). Just make sure to convert to hexadecimal, and that is your string.
## Additional Language Support
In `quantum/keymap_extras/`, you'll see various language files - these work the same way as the alternative layout ones do. Most are defined by their two letter country/language code followed by an underscore and a 4-letter abbreviation of its name. `FR_UGRV` which will result in a `ù` when using a software-implemented AZERTY layout. It's currently difficult to send such characters in just the firmware.
## International Characters on Windows
### AutoHotkey allows Windows users to create custom hotkeys among others.
The method does not require Unicode support in the keyboard itself but depends instead of [AutoHotkey](https://autohotkey.com) running in the background.
First you need to select a modifier combination that is not in use by any of your programs.
CtrlAltWin is not used very widely and should therefore be perfect for this.
There is a macro defined for a mod-tab combo `LCAG_T`.
Add this mod-tab combo to a key on your keyboard, e.g.: `LCAG_T(KC_TAB)`.
This makes the key behave like a tab key if pressed and released immediately but changes it to the modifier if used with another key.
In the default script of AutoHotkey you can define custom hotkeys.
<^<!<#a::Send, ä
<^<!<#<+a::Send, Ä
The hotkeys above are for the combination CtrlAltGui and CtrlAltGuiShift plus the letter a.
AutoHotkey inserts the Text right of `Send, ` when this combination is pressed.
### US International
If you enable the US International layout on the system, it will use punctuation to accent the characters.
For instance, typing "`a" will result in à.
You can find details on how to enable this [here](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/help/17424/windows-change-keyboard-layout).
If you use more than one keyboard with a similar keymap, you might see the benefit in being able to share code between them. Create your own folder in `users/` named the same as your keymap (ideally your github username, `<name>`) with the following structure:
*`/users/<name>/` (added to the path automatically)
*`readme.md` (optional, recommended)
*`rules.mk` (included automatically)
*`config.h` (included automatically)
*`<name>.h` (optional)
*`<name>.c` (optional)
*`cool_rgb_stuff.c` (optional)
*`cool_rgb_stuff.h` (optional)
All this only happens when you build a keymap named `<name>`, like this:
make planck:<name>
For example,
make planck:jack
Will include the `/users/jack/` folder in the path, along with `/users/jack/rules.mk`.
!> This `name` can be [overridden](#override-default-userspace), if needed.
## `Rules.mk`
The `rules.mk` is one of the two files that gets processed automatically. This is how you add additional source files (such as `<name>.c`) will be added when compiling.
It's highly recommended that you use `<name>.c` as the default source file to be added. And to add it, you need to add it the SRC in `rules.mk` like this:
SRC += <name>.c
Additional files may be added in the same way - it's recommended you have one named `<name>`.c/.h to start off with, though.
The `/users/<name>/rules.mk` file will be included in the build _after_ the `rules.mk` from your keymap. This allows you to have features in your userspace `rules.mk` that depend on individual QMK features that may or may not be available on a specific keyboard.
For example, if you have RGB control features shared between all your keyboards that support RGB lighting, you can add support for that if the RGBLIGHT feature is enabled:
```make
ifeq($(strip$(RGBLIGHT_ENABLE)),yes)
# Include my fancy rgb functions source here
SRC+= cool_rgb_stuff.c
endif
```
Alternatively, you can `define RGB_ENABLE` in your keymap's `rules.mk` and then check for the variable in your userspace's `rules.mk` like this:
```make
ifdefRGB_ENABLE
# Include my fancy rgb functions source here
SRC+= cool_rgb_stuff.c
endif
```
### Override default userspace
By default the userspace used will be the same as the keymap name. In some situations this isn't desirable. For instance, if you use the [layout](feature_layouts.md) feature you can't use the same name for different keymaps (e.g. ANSI and ISO). You can name your layouts `mylayout-ansi` and `mylayout-iso` and add the following line to your layout's `rules.mk`:
```
USER_NAME := mylayout
```
This is also useful if you have multiple different keyboards with different features physically present on the board (such as one with RGB Lights, and one with Audio, or different number of LEDs, or connected to a different PIN on the controller).
## Configuration Options (`config.h`)
Additionally, `config.h` here will be processed like the same file in your keymap folder. This is handled separately from the `<name>.h` file.
The reason for this, is that `<name>.h` won't be added in time to add settings (such as `#define TAPPING_TERM 100`), and including the `<name.h>` file in any `config.h` files will result in compile issues.
!>You should use the `config.h` for [configuration options](config_options.md), and the `<name>.h` file for user or keymap specific settings (such as the enum for layer or keycodes)
## Readme (`readme.md`)
Please include authorship (your name, github username, email), and optionally [a license that's GPL compatible](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/license-list.html#GPLCompatibleLicenses).
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
```
You'd want to replace the year, name, email and github username with your info.
Additionally, this is a good place to document your code, if you wish to share it with others.
# Examples
For a brief example, checkout [`/users/_example/`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/users/drashna).
For a more complicated example, checkout [`/users/drashna/`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/users/drashna)'s userspace.
## Customized Functions
QMK has a bunch of [functions](custom_quantum_functions.md) that have [`_quantum`, `_kb`, and `_user` versions](custom_quantum_functions.md#a-word-on-core-vs-keyboards-vs-keymap) that you can use. You will pretty much always want to use the user version of these functions. But the problem is that if you use them in your userspace, then you don't have a version that you can use in your keymap.
However, you can actually add support for keymap version, so that you can use it in both your userspace and your keymap!
For instance, lets looks at the `layer_state_set_user` function. Lets enable the [Tri Layer State](ref_functions.md#olkb-tri-layers) functionalitly to all of our boards, and then still have your `keymap.c` still able to use this functionality.
In your `<name.c>` file, you'd want to add this:
```c
__attribute__((weak))
uint32_tlayer_state_set_keymap(uint32_tstate){
returnstate;
}
uint32_tlayer_state_set_user(uint32_tstate){
state=update_tri_layer_state(state,2,3,5);
returnlayer_state_set_keymap(state);
}
```
The `__attribute__ ((weak))` part tells the compiler that this is a placeholder function that can then be replaced by a version in your `keymap.c`. That way, you don't need to add it to your `keymap.c`, but if you do, you won't get any conflicts because the function is the same name.
The `_keymap` part here doesn't matter, it just needs to be something other than `_quantum`, `_kb`, or `_user`, since those are already in use. So you could use `layer_state_set_mine`, `layer_state_set_fn`, or anything else.
You can see a list of this and other common functions in [`template.c`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/users/drashna/template.c) in [`users/drashna`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/users/drashna).
## Custom Features
Since the Userspace feature can support a staggering number of boards, you may have boards that you want to enable certain functionality for, but not for others. And you can actually create "features" that you can enable or disable in your own userspace.
For instance, if you wanted to have a bunch of macros available, but only on certain boards (to save space), you could "hide" them being a `#ifdef MACROS_ENABLED`, and then enable it per board. To do this, add this to your rules.mk
```make
ifeq($(strip$(MACROS_ENABLED)),yes)
OPT_DEFS+= -DMACROS_ENABLED
endif
```
The `OPT_DEFS` setting causes `MACROS_ENABLED` to be defined for your keyboards (note the `-D` in front of the name), and you could use `#ifdef MACROS_ENABLED` to check the status in your c/h files, and handle that code based on that.
Then you add `MACROS_ENABLED = yes` to the `rules.mk` for you keymap to enable this feature and the code in your userspace.
And in your `process_record_user` function, you'd do something like this:
If you wanted to consolidate macros and other functions into your userspace for all of your keymaps, you can do that. This builds upon the [Customized Functions](#customized-functions) example above. This lets you maintain a bunch of macros that are shared between the different keyboards, and allow for keyboard specific macros, too.
First, you'd want to go through all of your `keymap.c` files and replace `process_record_user` with `process_record_keymap` instead. This way, you can still use keyboard specific codes on those boards, and use your custom "global" keycodes as well. You'll also want to replace `SAFE_RANGE` with `NEW_SAFE_RANGE` so that you wont have any overlapping keycodes
Then add `#include <name.h>` to all of your keymap.c files. This allows you to use these new keycodes without having to redefine them in each keymap.
Once you've done that, you'll want to set the keycode definitions that you need to the `<name>.h` file. For instance:
```c
#pragma once
#include"quantum.h"
#include"action.h"
#include"version.h"
// Define all of
enumcustom_keycodes{
KC_MAKE=SAFE_RANGE,
NEW_SAFE_RANGE//use "NEW_SAFE_RANGE" for keymap specific codes
};
```
Now you want to create the `<name>.c` file, and add this content to it:
This will add a new `KC_MAKE` keycode that can be used in any of your keymaps. And this keycode will output `make <keyboard>:<keymap>`, making frequent compiling easier. And this will work with any keyboard and any keymap as it will output the current boards info, so that you don't have to type this out every time.
Additionally, this should flash the newly compiled firmware automatically, using the correct utility, based on the bootloader settings (or default to just generating the HEX file). However, it should be noted that this may not work on all systems. AVRDUDE doesn't work on WSL, namely (and will dump the HEX in the ".build" folder instead).
QMK has a staggering number of features for building your keyboard. It can take some time to understand all of them and determine which one will achieve your goal.
* [Advanced Keycodes](feature_advanced_keycodes.md) - Change layers, dual-action keys, and more. Go beyond typing simple characters.
* [Audio](feature_audio.md) - Connect a speaker to your keyboard for audio feedback, midi support, and music mode.
* [Auto Shift](feature_auto_shift.md) - Tap for the normal key, hold slightly longer for its shifted state.
* [Backlight](feature_backlight.md) - LED lighting support for your keyboard.
* [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md) - Adjust the behavior of your keyboard using hotkeys.
* [Combos](feature_combo.md) - Custom actions for multiple key holds.
* [Command](feature_command.md) - Runtime version of bootmagic (Formerly known as "Magic").
* [Dynamic Macros](feature_dynamic_macros.md) - Record and playback macros from the keyboard itself.
* [Grave Escape](feature_grave_esc.md) - Lets you use a single key for Esc and Grave.
* [HD44780 LCD Display](feature_hd44780.md) - Support for LCD character displays using the HD44780 standard.
* [Key Lock](feature_key_lock.md) - Lock a key in the "down" state.
* [Layouts](feature_layouts.md) - Use one keymap with any keyboard that supports your layout.
* [Leader Key](feature_leader_key.md) - Tap the leader key followed by a sequence to trigger custom behavior.
* [Macros](feature_macros.md) - Send multiple key presses when pressing only one physical key.
* [Mouse keys](feature_mouse_keys.md) - Control your mouse pointer from your keyboard.
* [One Shot Keys](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys) - Sticky Keys, lets hit a key rather than holding it.
* [Pointing Device](feature_pointing_device.md) - Framework for connecting your custom pointing device to your keyboard.
* [PS2 Mouse](feature_ps2_mouse.md) - Driver for connecting a PS/2 mouse directly to your keyboard.
* [RGB Light](feature_rgblight.md) - RGB lighting for your keyboard.
* [RGB Matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md) - RGB Matrix lights for per key lighting.
* [Space Cadet](feature_space_cadet_shift.md) - Use your left/right shift keys to type parenthesis and brackets.
* [Stenography](feature_stenography.md) - Put your keyboard into Plover mode for stenography use.
* [Swap Hands](feature_swap_hands.md) - Mirror your keyboard for one handed usage.
* [Tap Dance](feature_tap_dance.md) - Make a single key do as many things as you want.
* [Terminal](feature_terminal.md) - CLI interface to the internals of your keyboard.
* [Thermal Printer](feature_thermal_printer.md) - Connect a thermal printer to your keyboard to be able to toggle on a printed log of everything you type.
# Flashing Instructions and Bootloader Information
There are quite a few different types of bootloaders that keyboards use, and just about all of the use a different flashing method. Luckily, projects like the [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) aim to be compatible with all the different types without having to think about it much, but this article will describe the different types of bootloaders, and available methods for flashing them.
If you have a bootloader selected with the `BOOTLOADER` variable in your `rules.mk`, QMK will automatically calculate if your .hex file is the right size to be flashed to the device, and output the total size in bytes (along with the max). To run this process manually, compile with the target `check-size`, eg `make planck/rev4:default:check-size`.
## DFU
Atmel's DFU bootloader comes on all atmega32u4 chips by default, and is used by many keyboards that have their own ICs on their PCBs (Older OLKB boards, Clueboards). Some keyboards may also use LUFA's DFU bootloader (or QMK's fork) (Newer OLKB boards) that adds in additional features specific to that hardware.
To ensure compatibility with the DFU bootloader, make sure this block is present your `rules.mk` (optionally with `lufa-dfu` or `qmk-dfu` instead):
# Bootloader
# This definition is optional, and if your keyboard supports multiple bootloaders of
# different sizes, comment this out, and the correct address will be loaded
# automatically (+60). See bootloader.mk for all options.
1. Press the `RESET` keycode, or tap the RESET button (or short RST to GND).
2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
3. Erase the memory (may be done automatically)
4. Flash a .hex file
5. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
or:
make <keyboard>:<keymap>:dfu
### QMK DFU
QMK has a fork of the LUFA DFU bootloader that allows for a simple matrix scan for exiting the bootloader and returning to the application, as well as flashing an LED/making a ticking noise with a speaker when things are happening. To enable these features, use this block in your `config.h` (The key that exits the bootloader needs to be hooked-up to the INPUT and OUTPUT defined here):
#define QMK_ESC_OUTPUT F1 // usually COL
#define QMK_ESC_INPUT D5 // usually ROW
#define QMK_LED E6
#define QMK_SPEAKER C6
The Manufacturer and Product names are automatically pulled from your `config.h`, and "Bootloader" is added to the product.
To generate this bootloader, use the `bootloader` target, eg `make planck/rev4:default:bootloader`.
To generate a production-ready .hex file (containing the application and the bootloader), use the `production` target, eg `make planck/rev4:default:production`.
## Caterina
Arduino boards and their clones use the [Caterina bootloader](https://github.com/arduino/Arduino/tree/master/hardware/arduino/avr/bootloaders/caterina) (any keyboard built with a Pro Micro, or clone), and uses the avr109 protocol to communicate through virtual serial. Bootloaders like [A-Star](https://www.pololu.com/docs/0J61/9) are based on Caterina.
To ensure compatibility with the Caterina bootloader, make sure this block is present your `rules.mk`:
# Bootloader
# This definition is optional, and if your keyboard supports multiple bootloaders of
# different sizes, comment this out, and the correct address will be loaded
# automatically (+60). See bootloader.mk for all options.
1. Press the `RESET` keycode, or short RST to GND quickly (you only have 7 seconds to flash once it enters)
2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
3. Flash a .hex file
4. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
## STM32
All STM32 chips come preloaded with a factory bootloader that cannot be modified nor deleted. Some STM32 chips have bootloaders that do not come with USB programming (e.g. STM32F103) but the process is still the same.
At the moment, no `BOOTLOADER` variable is needed on `rules.mk` for STM32.
1. Enter the bootloader using any of the following methods:
* Tap the `RESET` keycode (may not work on STM32F042 devices)
* If a reset circuit is present, tap the RESET button
* Otherwise, you need to bridge BOOT0 to VCC (via BOOT0 button or bridge), short RESET to GND (via RESET button or bridge), and then let go of the BOOT0 bridge
2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
3. Flash a .bin file
* You will receive a warning about the DFU signature; Just ignore it
4. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
* If you are building from command line (e.g. `make planck/rev6:default:dfu-util`), make sure that `:leave` is passed to the `DFU_ARGS` variable inside your `rules.mk` (e.g. `DFU_ARGS = -d 0483:df11 -a 0 -s 0x08000000:leave`) so that your device resets after flashing
This page describes setting up the build environment for QMK. These instructions cover AVR processors (such as the atmega32u4).
<!-- FIXME: We should have ARM instructions somewhere. -->
Note: If it is your first time here, Check out the "Complete Newbs guide" instead
## Linux
To ensure you are always up to date, you can just run `sudo util/qmk_install.sh`. That should always install all the dependencies needed. **This will run `apt-get upgrade`.**
You can also install things manually, but this documentation might not be always up to date with all requirements.
The current requirements are the following, but not all might be needed depending on what you do. Also note that some systems might not have all the dependencies available as packages, or they might be named differently.
```
build-essential
gcc
unzip
wget
zip
gcc-avr
binutils-avr
avr-libc
dfu-programmer
dfu-util
gcc-arm-none-eabi
binutils-arm-none-eabi
libnewlib-arm-none-eabi
git
```
Install the dependencies with your favorite package manager.
(the `dfu-programmer` package is availble on AUR only so you should download from there or use an AUR helper)
## Nix
If you're on [NixOS](https://nixos.org/), or have Nix installed on Linux or macOS, run `nix-shell` from the repository root to get a build environment.
By default, this will download compilers for both AVR and ARM. If you don't need both, disable the `avr` or `arm` arguments, e.g.:
nix-shell --arg arm false
## macOS
If you're using [homebrew,](http://brew.sh/) you can use the following commands:
brew tap osx-cross/avr
brew tap PX4/homebrew-px4
brew update
brew install avr-gcc@7
brew link --force avr-gcc@7
brew install dfu-programmer
brew install dfu-util
brew install gcc-arm-none-eabi
brew install avrdude
This is the recommended method. If you don't have homebrew, [install it!](http://brew.sh/) It's very much worth it for anyone who works in the command line. Note that the `make` and `make install` portion during the homebrew installation of `avr-gcc@7` can take over 20 minutes and exhibit high CPU usage.
## Windows with msys2 (recommended)
The best environment to use, for Windows Vista through any later version (tested on 7 and 10), is [msys2](http://www.msys2.org).
* Install msys2 by downloading it and following the instructions here: http://www.msys2.org
* Open the ``MSYS2 MingGW 64-bit`` shortcut
* Navigate to your QMK repository. For example, if it's in the root of your c drive:
*`$ cd /c/qmk_firmware`
* Run `util/qmk_install.sh` and follow the prompts
## Windows 10 (deprecated)
These are the old instructions for Windows 10. We recommend you use [MSYS2 as outlined above](#windows-with-msys2-recommended).
### Creators Update
If you have Windows 10 with Creators Update or later, you can build and flash the firmware directly. Before the Creators Update, only building was possible. If you don't have it yet or if are unsure, follow [these instructions](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/instantanswers/d4efb316-79f0-1aa1-9ef3-dcada78f3fa0/get-the-windows-10-creators-update).
### Windows Subsystem for Linux
In addition to the Creators Update, you need Windows 10 Subystem for Linux, so install it following [these instructions](http://www.howtogeek.com/249966/how-to-install-and-use-the-linux-bash-shell-on-windows-10/). If you already have the Windows 10 Subsystem for Linux from the Anniversary update it's recommended that you [upgrade](https://betanews.com/2017/04/14/upgrade-windows-subsystem-for-linux/) it to 16.04LTS, because some keyboards don't compile with the toolchains included in 14.04LTS. Note that you need to know what your are doing if you chose the `sudo do-release-upgrade` method.
### Git
If you already have cloned the repository on your Windows file system you can ignore this section.
You will need to clone the repository to your Windows file system using the normal Git for Windows and **not** the WSL Git. So if you haven't installed Git before, [download](https://git-scm.com/download/win) and install it. Then [set it up](https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Getting-Started-First-Time-Git-Setup), it's important that you setup the e-mail and user name, especially if you are planning to contribute.
Once Git is installed, open the Git Bash command and change the directory to where you want to clone QMK; note that you have to use forward slashes, and that your c drive is accessed like this `/c/path/to/where/you/want/to/go`. Then run `git clone --recurse-submodules https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware`, this will create a new folder `qmk_firmware` as a subfolder of the current one.
### Toolchain Setup
The Toolchain setup is done through the Windows Subsystem for Linux, and the process is fully automated. If you want to do everything manually, there are no other instructions than the scripts themselves, but you can always open issues and ask for more information.
1. Open "Bash On Ubuntu On Windows" from the start menu.
2. Go to the directory where you cloned `qmk_firmware`. Note that the paths start with `/mnt/` in the WSL, so you have to write for example `cd /mnt/c/path/to/qmk_firmware`.
3. Run `util/wsl_install.sh` and follow the on-screen instructions.
4. Close the Bash command window, and re-open it.
5. You are ready to compile and flash the firmware!
### Some Important Things to Keep in Mind
* You can run `util/wsl_install.sh` again to get all the newest updates.
* Your QMK repository need to be on a Windows file system path, since WSL can't run executables outside it.
* The WSL Git is **not** compatible with the Windows Git, so use the Windows Git Bash or a windows Git GUI for all Git operations
* You can edit files either inside WSL or normally using Windows, but note that if you edit makefiles or shell scripts, make sure you are using an editor that saves the files with Unix line endings. Otherwise the compilation might not work.
## Windows (Vista and Later) (Deprecated)
These are the old instructions for Windows Vista and later. We recommend you use [MSYS2 as outlined above](#windows-with-msys2-recommended).
1. If you have ever installed WinAVR, uninstall it.
2. Install [MHV AVR Tools](https://infernoembedded.com/sites/default/files/project/MHV_AVR_Tools_20131101.exe). Disable smatch, but **be sure to leave the option to add the tools to the PATH checked**.
3. If you are going to flash Infinity based keyboards you will need to install dfu-util, refer to the instructions by [Input Club](https://github.com/kiibohd/controller/wiki/Loading-DFU-Firmware).
4. Install [MinGW](https://sourceforge.net/projects/mingw/files/Installer/mingw-get-setup.exe/download). During installation, uncheck the option to install a graphical user interface. **DO NOT change the default installation folder.** The scripts depend on the default location.
5. Clone this repository. [This link will download it as a zip file, which you'll need to extract.](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/archive/master.zip) Open the extracted folder in Windows Explorer.
6. Open the `\util` folder.
7. Double-click on the `1-setup-path-win` batch script to run it. You'll need to accept a User Account Control prompt. Press the spacebar to dismiss the success message in the command prompt that pops up.
8. Right-click on the `2-setup-environment-win` batch script, select "Run as administrator", and accept the User Account Control prompt. This part may take a couple of minutes, and you'll need to approve a driver installation, but once it finishes, your environment is complete!
If you have trouble and want to ask for help, it is useful to generate a *Win_Check_Output.txt* file by running `Win_Check.bat` in the `\util` folder.
## Docker
If this is a bit complex for you, Docker might be the turnkey solution you need. After installing [Docker CE](https://docs.docker.com/install/#supported-platforms), run the following command from the `qmk_firmware` directory to build a keyboard/keymap:
```bash
util/docker_build.sh keyboard:keymap
# For example: util/docker_build.sh ergodox_ez:steno
```
This will compile the desired keyboard/keymap and leave the resulting `.hex` or `.bin` file in the QMK directory for you to flash. If `:keymap` is omitted, the `default` keymap is used. Note that the parameter format is the same as when building with `make`.
You can also start the script without any parameters, in which case it will ask you to input the build parameters one by one, which you may find easier to use:
```bash
util/docker_build.sh
# Reads parameters as input (leave blank for defaults)
```
There is also support for building _and_ flashing the keyboard straight from Docker by specifying the `target` as well:
```bash
util/docker_build.sh keyboard:keymap:target
# For example: util/docker_build.sh planck/rev6:default:dfu-util
```
If you're on Linux, this should work out of the box. On Windows and macOS, it requires [Docker Machine](http://gw.tnode.com/docker/docker-machine-with-usb-support-on-windows-macos/) to be running. This is tedious to set up, so it's not recommended; use [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox) instead.
!> Docker for Windows requires [Hyper-V](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/virtualization/hyper-v-on-windows/quick-start/enable-hyper-v) to be enabled. This means that it cannot work on versions of Windows which don't have Hyper-V, such as Windows 7, Windows 8 and **Windows 10 Home**.
## Vagrant
If you have any problems building the firmware, you can try using a tool called Vagrant. It will set up a virtual computer with a known configuration that's ready-to-go for firmware building. OLKB does NOT host the files for this virtual computer. Details on how to set up Vagrant are in the [vagrant guide](getting_started_vagrant.md).
There are a lot of resources for getting help with QMK.
## Realtime Chat
You can find QMK developers and users on our main [Discord server](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh). There are specific channels in the server for chatting about the firmware, Toolbox, hardware, and configurator.
## OLKB Subreddit
The official QMK forum is [/r/olkb](https://reddit.com/r/olkb) on [reddit.com](https://reddit.com).
## Github Issues
You can open an [issue on GitHub](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues). This is especially handy when your issue will require long-term discussion or debugging.
Github can be a little tricky to those that aren't familiar with it - this guide will walk through each step of forking, cloning, and submitting a pull request with QMK.
?> This guide assumes you're somewhat comfortable with running things at the command line, and have git installed on your system.
Start on the [QMK Github page](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware), and you'll see a button in the upper right that says "Fork":

If you're a part of an organization, you'll need to choose which account to fork it to. In most circumstances, you'll want to fork it to your personal account. Once your fork is completed (sometimes this takes a little while), click the "Clone or Download" button:

And be sure to select "HTTPS", and select the link and copy it:

From here, enter `git clone ` into the command line, and then paste your link:
You now have your QMK fork on your local machine, and you can add your keymap, compile it and flash it to your board. Once you're happy with your changes, you can add, commit, and push them to your fork like this:
remote: Resolving deltas: 100% (1/1), completed with 1 local objects.
To https://github.com/whoeveryouare/qmk_firmware.git
+ 20043e64...7da94ac5 master -> master
```
Your changes now exist on your fork on Github - if you go back there (`https://github.com/<whoeveryouare>/qmk_firmware`), you can create a "New Pull Request" by clicking this button:
This page attempts to explain the basic information you need to know to work with the QMK project. It assumes that you are familiar with navigating a Unix shell, but does not assume you are familiar with C or with compiling using make.
## Basic QMK Structure
QMK is a fork of [Jun Wako](https://github.com/tmk)'s [tmk_keyboard](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard) project. The original TMK code, with modifications, can be found in the `tmk` folder. The QMK additions to the project may be found in the `quantum` folder. Keyboard projects may be found in the `handwired` and `keyboard` folders.
### Userspace Structure
Within the folder `users` is a directory for each user. This is a place for users to put code that they might use between keyboards. See the docs for [Userspace feature](feature_userspace.md) for more information.
### Keyboard Project Structure
Within the folder `keyboards` and its subfolder `handwired` is a directory for each keyboard project, for example `qmk_firmware/keyboards/clueboard`. Within it you'll find the following structure:
*`keymaps/`: Different keymaps that can be built
*`rules.mk`: The file that sets the default "make" options. Do not edit this file directly, instead use a keymap specific `rules.mk`.
*`config.h`: The file that sets the default compile time options. Do not edit this file directly, instead use a keymap specific `config.h`.
### Keymap Structure
In every keymap folder, the following files may be found. Only `keymap.c` is required, and if the rest of the files are not found the default options will be chosen.
*`config.h`: the options to configure your keymap
*`keymap.c`: all of your keymap code, required
*`rules.mk`: the features of QMK that are enabled
*`readme.md`: a description of your keymap, how others might use it, and explanations of features. Please upload images to a service like imgur.
The build system automatically picks up the config files in the above order. If you wish to override any setting set by a previous `config.h` you will need to first include some boilerplate code for the settings you wish to change.
```
#pragma once
```
Then to override a setting from the previous `config.h` file you must `#undef` and then `#define` the setting again.
The boilerplate code and setting look like this together:
The full syntax of the `make` command is `<keyboard_folder>:<keymap>:<target>`, where:
*`<keyboard_folder>` is the path of the keyboard, for example `planck`
* Use `all` to compile all keyboards
* Specify the path to compile a revision, for example `planck/rev4` or `planck/rev3`
* If the keyboard doesn't have any folders, it can be left out
* To compile the default folder, you can leave it out
*`<keymap>` is the name of the keymap, for example `algernon`
* Use `all` to compile all keymaps
*`<target>` will be explained in more detail below.
The `<target>` means the following
* If no target is given, then it's the same as `all` below
*`all` compiles as many keyboard/revision/keymap combinations as specified. For example, `make planck/rev4:default` will generate a single .hex, while `make planck/rev4:all` will generate a hex for every keymap available to the planck.
*`dfu`, `teensy`, `avrdude` or `dfu-util`, compile and upload the firmware to the keyboard. If the compilation fails, then nothing will be uploaded. The programmer to use depends on the keyboard. For most keyboards it's `dfu`, but for ChibiOS keyboards you should use `dfu-util`, and `teensy` for standard Teensys. To find out which command you should use for your keyboard, check the keyboard specific readme.
* **Note**: some operating systems need root access for these commands to work, so in that case you need to run for example `sudo make planck/rev4:default:dfu`.
*`clean`, cleans the build output folders to make sure that everything is built from scratch. Run this before normal compilation if you have some unexplainable problems.
You can also add extra options at the end of the make command line, after the target
*`make COLOR=false` - turns off color output
*`make SILENT=true` - turns off output besides errors/warnings
*`make VERBOSE=true` - outputs all of the gcc stuff (not interesting, unless you need to debug)
*`make EXTRAFLAGS=-E` - Preprocess the code without doing any compiling (useful if you are trying to debug #define commands)
The make command itself also has some additional options, type `make --help` for more information. The most useful is probably `-jx`, which specifies that you want to compile using more than one CPU, the `x` represents the number of CPUs that you want to use. Setting that can greatly reduce the compile times, especially if you are compiling many keyboards/keymaps. I usually set it to one less than the number of CPUs that I have, so that I have some left for doing other things while it's compiling. Note that not all operating systems and make versions supports that option.
Here are some examples commands
*`make all:all` builds everything (all keyboard folders, all keymaps). Running just `make` from the `root` will also run this.
*`make ergodox_infinity:algernon:clean` will clean the build output of the Ergodox Infinity keyboard.
*`make planck/rev4:default:dfu COLOR=false` builds and uploads the keymap without color output.
## `rules.mk` Options
Set these variables to `no` to disable them, and `yes` to enable them.
`BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE`
This allows you to hold a key and the salt key (space by default) and have access to a various EEPROM settings that persist over power loss. It's advised you keep this disabled, as the settings are often changed by accident, and produce confusing results that makes it difficult to debug. It's one of the more common problems encountered in help sessions.
Consumes about 1000 bytes.
`MOUSEKEY_ENABLE`
This gives you control over cursor movements and clicks via keycodes/custom functions.
`EXTRAKEY_ENABLE`
This allows you to use the system and audio control key codes.
`CONSOLE_ENABLE`
This allows you to print messages that can be read using [`hid_listen`](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/hid_listen.html).
By default, all debug (*dprint*) print (*print*, *xprintf*), and user print (*uprint*) messages will be enabled. This will eat up a significant portion of the flash and may make the keyboard .hex file too big to program.
To disable debug messages (*dprint*) and reduce the .hex file size, include `#define NO_DEBUG` in your `config.h` file.
To disable print messages (*print*, *xprintf*) and user print messages (*uprint*) and reduce the .hex file size, include `#define NO_PRINT` in your `config.h` file.
To disable print messages (*print*, *xprintf*) and **KEEP** user print messages (*uprint*), include `#define USER_PRINT` in your `config.h` file.
To see the text, open `hid_listen` and enjoy looking at your printed messages.
**NOTE:** Do not include *uprint* messages in anything other than your keymap code. It must not be used within the QMK system framework. Otherwise, you will bloat other people's .hex files.
Consumes about 400 bytes.
`COMMAND_ENABLE`
This enables magic commands, typically fired with the default magic key combo `LSHIFT+RSHIFT+KEY`. Magic commands include turning on debugging messages (`MAGIC+D`) or temporarily toggling NKRO (`MAGIC+N`).
`SLEEP_LED_ENABLE`
Enables your LED to breath while your computer is sleeping. Timer1 is being used here. This feature is largely unused and untested, and needs updating/abstracting.
`NKRO_ENABLE`
This allows the keyboard to tell the host OS that up to 248 keys are held down at once (default without NKRO is 6). NKRO is off by default, even if `NKRO_ENABLE` is set. NKRO can be forced by adding `#define FORCE_NKRO` to your config.h or by binding `MAGIC_TOGGLE_NKRO` to a key and then hitting the key.
`BACKLIGHT_ENABLE`
This enables your backlight on Timer1 and ports B5, B6, or B7 (for now). You can specify your port by putting this in your `config.h`:
#define BACKLIGHT_PIN B7
`MIDI_ENABLE`
This enables MIDI sending and receiving with your keyboard. To enter MIDI send mode, you can use the keycode `MI_ON`, and `MI_OFF` to turn it off. This is a largely untested feature, but more information can be found in the `quantum/quantum.c` file.
`UNICODE_ENABLE`
This allows you to send Unicode characters using `UC(<code point>)` in your keymap. Code points up to `0x7FFF` are supported. This covers characters for most modern languages, as well as symbols, but it doesn't cover emoji.
`UNICODEMAP_ENABLE`
This allows you to send Unicode characters using `X(<map index>)` in your keymap. You will need to maintain a mapping table in your keymap file. All possible code points (up to `0x10FFFF`) are supported.
`UCIS_ENABLE`
This allows you to send Unicode characters by inputting a mnemonic corresponding to the character you want to send. You will need to maintain a mapping table in your keymap file. All possible code points (up to `0x10FFFF`) are supported.
For further details, as well as limitations, see the [Unicode page](feature_unicode.md).
`BLUETOOTH_ENABLE`
This allows you to interface with a Bluefruit EZ-key to send keycodes wirelessly. It uses the D2 and D3 pins.
`AUDIO_ENABLE`
This allows you output audio on the C6 pin (needs abstracting). See the [audio page](feature_audio.md) for more information.
`FAUXCLICKY_ENABLE`
Uses buzzer to emulate clicky switches. A cheap imitation of the Cherry blue switches. By default, uses the C6 pin, same as `AUDIO_ENABLE`.
`VARIABLE_TRACE`
Use this to debug changes to variable values, see the [tracing variables](unit_testing.md#tracing-variables) section of the Unit Testing page for more information.
`API_SYSEX_ENABLE`
This enables using the Quantum SYSEX API to send strings (somewhere?)
This consumes about 5390 bytes.
`KEY_LOCK_ENABLE`
This enables [key lock](feature_key_lock.md). This consumes an additional 260 bytes.
`SPLIT_KEYBOARD`
This enables split keyboard support (dual MCU like the let's split and bakingpy's boards) and includes all necessary files located at quantum/split_common
`SPLIT_TRANSPORT`
As there is no standard split communication driver for ARM-based split keyboards yet, `SPLIT_TRANSPORT = custom` must be used for these. It will prevent the standard split keyboard communication code (which is AVR-specific) from being included, allowing a custom implementation to be used.
`CUSTOM_MATRIX`
Lets you replace the default matrix scanning routine with your own code. You will need to provide your own implementations of matrix_init() and matrix_scan().
`CUSTOM_DEBOUNCE`
Lets you replace the default key debouncing routine with your own code. You will need to provide your own implementation of debounce().
## Customizing Makefile Options on a Per-Keymap Basis
If your keymap directory has a file called `rules.mk` any options you set in that file will take precedence over other `rules.mk` options for your particular keyboard.
So let's say your keyboard's `rules.mk` has `BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes`. You want your particular keyboard to not have the backlight, so you make a file called `rules.mk` and specify `BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no`.
This project includes a Vagrantfile that will allow you to build a new firmware for your keyboard very easily without major changes to your primary operating system. This also ensures that when you clone the project and perform a build, you have the exact same environment as anyone else using the Vagrantfile to build. This makes it much easier for people to help you troubleshoot any issues you encounter.
## Requirements
Using the `/Vagrantfile` in this repository requires you have [Vagrant](http://www.vagrantup.com/) as well as [VirtualBox](https://www.virtualbox.org/) (or [VMware Workstation](https://www.vmware.com/products/workstation) and [Vagrant VMware plugin](http://www.vagrantup.com/vmware) but the (paid) VMware plugin requires a licensed copy of VMware Workstation/Fusion).
*COMPATIBILITY NOTICE* Certain versions of Virtualbox 5 appear to have an incompatibility with the Virtualbox extensions installed in the boxes in this Vagrantfile. If you encounter any issues with the /vagrant mount not succeeding, please upgrade your version of Virtualbox to at least 5.0.12. **Alternately, you can try running the following command:**`vagrant plugin install vagrant-vbguest`
Other than having Vagrant and Virtualbox installed and possibly a restart of your computer afterwards, you can simple run a 'vagrant up' anywhere inside the folder where you checked out this project and it will start a Linux virtual machine that contains all the tools required to build this project. There is a post Vagrant startup hint that will get you off on the right foot, otherwise you can also reference the build documentation below.
# Flashing the Firmware
The "easy" way to flash the firmware is using a tool from your host OS:
If you want to program via the command line you can uncomment the ['modifyvm'] lines in the Vagrantfile to enable the USB passthrough into Linux and then program using the command line tools like dfu-util/dfu-programmer or you can install the Teensy CLI version.
* Wire (strained for wiring to the Teensy, anything for the rows/columns)
* Soldering iron set at 600ºF or 315ºC (if temperature-controlled)
* Rosin-cored solder (leaded or lead-free)
* Adequate ventilation/a fan
* Tweezers (optional)
* Wire cutters/snippers
## How the Matrix Works (Why We Need Diodes)
The microcontroller (in this case, the Teensy 2.0) will be setup up via the firmware to send a logical 1 to the columns, one at a time, and read from the rows, all at once - this process is called matrix scanning. The matrix is a bunch of open switches that, by default, don't allow any current to pass through - the firmware will read this as no keys being pressed. As soon as you press one key down, the logical 1 that was coming from the column the keyswitch is attached to gets passed through the switch and to the corresponding row - check out the following 2x2 example:
Column 0 being scanned Column 1 being scanned
x x
col0 col1 col0 col1
| | | |
row0 ---(key0)---(key1) row0 ---(key0)---(key1)
| | | |
row1 ---(key2)---(key3) row1 ---(key2)---(key3)
The `x` represents that the column/row associated has a value of 1, or is HIGH. Here, we see that no keys are being pressed, so no rows get an `x`. For one keyswitch, keep in mind that one side of the contacts is connected to its row, and the other, its column.
When we press `key0`, `col0` gets connected to `row0`, so the values that the firmware receives for that row is `0b01` (the `0b` here means that this is a bit value, meaning all of the following digits are bits - 0 or 1 - and represent the keys in that column). We'll use this notation to show when a keyswitch has been pressed, to show that the column and row are being connected:
Column 0 being scanned Column 1 being scanned
x x
col0 col1 col0 col1
| | | |
x row0 ---(-+-0)---(key1) row0 ---(-+-0)---(key1)
| | | |
row1 ---(key2)---(key3) row1 ---(key2)---(key3)
We can now see that `row0` has an `x`, so has the value of 1. As a whole, the data the firmware receives when `key0` is pressed is
col0: 0b01
col1: 0b00
│└row0
└row1
A problem arises when you start pressing more than one key at a time. Looking at our matrix again, it should become pretty obvious:
Column 0 being scanned Column 1 being scanned
x x
col0 col1 col0 col1
| | | |
x row0 ---(-+-0)---(-+-1) x row0 ---(-+-0)---(-+-1)
| | | |
x row1 ---(key2)---(-+-3) x row1 ---(key2)---(-+-3)
Remember that this ^ is still connected to row1
The data we get from that is:
col0: 0b11
col1: 0b11
│└row0
└row1
Which isn't accurate, since we only have 3 keys pressed down, not all 4. This behavior is called ghosting, and only happens in odd scenarios like this, but can be much more common on a bigger keyboard. The way we can get around this is by placing a diode after the keyswitch, but before it connects to its row. A diode only allows current to pass through one way, which will protect our other columns/rows from being activated in the previous example. We'll represent a dioded matrix like this;
Column 0 being scanned Column 1 being scanned
x x
col0 col1 col0 col1
│ │ | │
(key0) (key1) (key0) (key1)
! │ ! │ ! | ! │
row0 ─────┴────────┘ │ row0 ─────┴────────┘ │
│ │ | │
(key2) (key3) (key2) (key3)
! ! ! !
row1 ─────┴────────┘ row1 ─────┴────────┘
In practical applications, the black line of the diode will be placed facing the row, and away from the keyswitch - the `!` in this case is the diode, where the gap represents the black line. A good way to remember this is to think of this symbol: `>|`
Now when we press the three keys, invoking what would be a ghosting scenario:
Column 0 being scanned Column 1 being scanned
x x
col0 col1 col0 col1
│ │ │ │
(┌─┤0) (┌─┤1) (┌─┤0) (┌─┤1)
! │ ! │ ! │ ! │
x row0 ─────┴────────┘ │ x row0 ─────┴────────┘ │
│ │ │ │
(key2) (┌─┘3) (key2) (┌─┘3)
! ! ! !
row1 ─────┴────────┘ x row1 ─────┴────────┘
Things act as they should! Which will get us the following data:
col0: 0b01
col1: 0b11
│└row0
└row1
The firmware can then use this correct data to detect what it should do, and eventually, what signals it needs to send to the OS.
# The Actual Hand-Wiring
## Getting Things in Place
When starting this, you should have all of your stabilisers and keyswitches already installed (and optionally keycaps). If you're using a Cherry-type stabiliser (plate-mounted only, obviously), you'll need to install that before your keyswitches. If you're using Costar ones, you can installed them afterwards.
To make things easier on yourself, make sure all of the keyswitches are oriented the same way (if they can be - not all layouts support this). Despite this, it's important to remember that the contacts on the keyswitches are completely symmetrical. We'll be using the keyswitch's left side contact for wiring the rows, and the right side one for wiring the columns.
Get your soldering iron heated-up and collect the rest of the materials from the part list at the beginning of the guide. Place your keyboard so that the bottoms of the keyswitches are accessible - it may be a good idea to place it on a cloth to protect your keyswitches/keycaps.
Before continuing, plan out where you're going to place your Teensy. If you're working with a board that has a large (6.25u) spacebar, it may be a good idea to place it in-between switches against the plate. Otherwise, you may want to trim some of the leads on the keyswitches where you plan on putting it - this will make it a little harder to solder the wire/diodes, but give you more room to place the Teensy.
## Preparing the Diodes
It's a little easier to solder the diodes in place if you bend them at a 90º angle immediately after the black line - this will help to make sure you put them on the right way (direction matters), and in the correct position. The diodes will look like this when bent (with longer leads):
```
┌─────┬─┐
───┤ │ ├─┐
└─────┴─┘ │
│
```
We'll be using the long lead at the bent end to connect it to the elbow (bent part) of the next diode, creating the row.
## Soldering the Diodes
Starting at the top-left switch, place the diode (with tweezers if you have them) on the switch so that the diode itself is vertically aligned, and the black line is facing toward you. The straight end of the diode should be touching the left contact on the switch, and the bent end should be facing to the right and resting on the switch there, like this:
```
│o
┌┴┐ o
│ │ O
├─┤
└┬┘
└─────────────
```
Letting the diode rest, grab your solder, and touch both it and the soldering iron to the left contact at the same time - the rosin in the solder should make it easy for the solder to flow over both the diode and the keyswitch contact. The diode may move a little, and if it does, carefully position it back it place by grabbing the bent end of the diode - the other end will become hot very quickly. If you find that it's moving too much, using needle-nose pliers of some sort may help to keep the diode still when soldering.
The smoke that the rosin releases is harmful, so be careful not to breath it or get it in your eyes/face.
After soldering things in place, it may be helpful to blow on the joint to push the smoke away from your face, and cool the solder quicker. You should see the solder develop a matte (not shiny) surface as it solidifies. Keep in mind that it will still be very hot afterwards, and will take a couple minutes to be cool to touch. Blow on it will accelerate this process.
When the first diode is complete, the next one will need to be soldered to both the keyswitch, and the previous diode at the new elbow. That will look something like this:
```
│o │o
┌┴┐ o ┌┴┐ o
│ │ O │ │ O
├─┤ ├─┤
└┬┘ └┬┘
└────────────────┴─────────────
```
After completing a row, use the wire cutters to trim the excess wire from the tops of the diodes, and from the right side on the final switch. This process will need to completed for each row you have.
When all of the diodes are completely soldered, it's a good idea to quickly inspect each one to ensure that your solder joints are solid and sturdy - repairing things after this is possible, but more difficult.
## Soldering the Columns
You'll have some options in the next process - it's a good idea to insulate the column wires (since the diodes aren't), but if you're careful enough, you can use exposed wires for the columns - it's not recommended, though. If you're using single-cored wire, stripping the plastic off of the whole wire and feeding it back on is probably the best option, but can be difficult depending on the size and materials. You'll want to leave parts of the wire exposed where you're going to be solder it onto the keyswitch.
If you're using stranded wire, it's probably easiest to just use a lot of small wires to connect each keyswitch along the column. It's possible to use one and melt through the insulation, but this isn't recommended, will produce even more harmful fumes, and can ruin your soldering iron.
Before beginning to solder, it helps to have your wire pre-bent (if using single-cored), or at least have an idea of how you're going to route the column (especially if you're making a staggered board). Where you go in particular doesn't matter too much, as we'll be basing our keymap definitions on how it was wired - just make sure every key in a particular row is in a unique column, and that they're in order from left to right.
If you're not using any insulation, you can try to keep the column wires elevated, and solder them near the tips of the keyswitch contacts - if the wires are sturdy enough, they won't short out to the row wiring an diodes.
## Wiring Things to the Teensy
Now that the matrix itself is complete, it's time to connect what you've done to the Teensy. You'll be needing the number of pins equal to your number of columns + your number of rows. There are some pins on the Teensy that are special, like D6 (the LED on the chip), or some of the UART, SPI, I2C, or PWM channels, but only avoid those if you're planning something in addition to a keyboard. If you're unsure about wanting to add something later, you should have enough pins in total to avoid a couple.
The pins you'll absolutely have to avoid are: GND, VCC, AREF, and RST - all the others are usable and accessible in the firmware.
Place the Teensy where you plan to put it - you'll have to cut wires to length in the next step, and you'll want to make sure they reach.
Starting with the first column on the right side, measure out how much wire you'll need to connect it to the first pin on the Teensy - it helps to pick a side that you'll be able to work down, to keep the wires from overlapping too much. It may help to leave a little bit of slack so things aren't too tight. Cut the piece of wire, and solder it to the Teensy, and then the column - you can solder it anywhere along the column, but it may be easiest at the keyswitch. Just be sure the wire doesn't separate from the keyswitch when soldering.
As you move from column to column, it'll be helpful to write the locations of the pins down. We'll use this data to setup the matrix in the future.
When you're done with the columns, start with the rows in the same process, from top to bottom, and write them all down. Again, you can solder anywhere along the row, as long as it's after the diode - soldering before the diode (on the keyswitch side) will cause that row not to work.
As you move along, be sure that the Teensy is staying in place - recutting and soldering the wires is a pain!
# Getting Some Basic Firmware Set Up
From here, you should have a working keyboard once you program a firmware. Before we attach the Teensy permanently to the keyboard, let's quickly get some firmware loaded onto the Teensy so we can test each keyswitch.
To start out, download [the firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/) - we'll be using my (Jack's) fork of TMK called QMK/Quantum. We'll be doing a lot from the Terminal/command prompt, so get that open, along with a decent text editor like [Sublime Text](http://www.sublimetext.com/).
The first thing we're going to do is create a new project using the script in the root directory of the firmware. In your terminal, run this command with `<project_name>` replaced by the name of your project - it'll need to be different from any other project in the `keyboards/` folder:
```
util/new_project.sh <project_name>
```
You'll want to navigate to the `keyboards/<project_name>/` folder by typing, like the print-out from the script specifies:
cd keyboards/<project_name>
### `config.h`
The first thing you're going to want to modify is the `config.h` file. Find `MATRIX_ROWS` and `MATRIX_COLS` and change their definitions to match the dimensions of your keyboard's matrix.
Farther down are `MATRIX_ROW_PINS` and `MATRIX_COL_PINS`. Change their definitions to match how you wired up your matrix (looking from the top of the keyboard, the rows run top-to-bottom and the columns run left-to-right). Likewise, change the definition of `UNUSED_PINS` to match the pins you did not use (this will save power).
### `<project_name>.h`
The next file you'll want to look at is `<project_name>.h`. You're going to want to rewrite the `KEYMAP` definition - the format and syntax here is extremely important, so pay attention to how things are setup. The first half of the definition are considered the arguments - this is the format that you'll be following in your keymap later on, so you'll want to have as many k*xy* variables here as you do keys. The second half is the part that the firmware actually looks at, and will contain gaps depending on how you wired your matrix.
We'll dive into how this will work with the following example. Say we have a keyboard like this:
```
┌───┬───┬───┐
│ │ │ │
├───┴─┬─┴───┤
│ │ │
└─────┴─────┘
```
This can be described by saying the top row is 3 1u keys, and the bottom row is 2 1.5u keys. The difference between the two rows is important, because the bottom row has an unused column spot (3 v 2). Let's say that this is how we wired the columns:
```
┌───┬───┬───┐
│ ┋ │ ┋ │ ┋ │
├─┋─┴─┬─┴─┋─┤
│ ┋ │ ┋ │
└─────┴─────┘
```
The middle column is unused on the bottom row in this example. Our `KEYMAP` definition would look like this:
```
#define KEYMAP( \
k00, k01, k02, \
k10, k11, \
) \
{ \
{ k00, k01, k02 }, \
{ k10, KC_NO, k11 }, \
}
```
Notice how the top half is spaced to resemble our physical layout - this helps us understand which keys are associated with which columns. The bottom half uses the keycode `KC_NO` where there is no keyswitch wired in. It's easiest to keep the bottom half aligned in a grid to help us make sense of how the firmware actually sees the wiring.
Let's say that instead, we wired our keyboard like this (a fair thing to do):
```
┌───┬───┬───┐
│ ┋ │ ┋│ ┋ │
├─┋─┴─┬┋┴───┤
│ ┋ │┋ │
└─────┴─────┘
```
This would require our `KEYMAP` definition to look like this:
```
#define KEYMAP( \
k00, k01, k02, \
k10, k11, \
) \
{ \
{ k00, k01, k02 }, \
{ k10, k11, KC_NO }, \
}
```
Notice how the `k11` and `KC_NO` switched places to represent the wiring, and the unused final column on the bottom row. Sometimes it'll make more sense to put a keyswitch on a particular column, but in the end, it won't matter, as long as all of them are accounted for. You can use this process to write out the `KEYMAP` for your entire keyboard - be sure to remember that your keyboard is actually backwards when looking at the underside of it.
### `keymaps/<variant>/default.c`
This is the actual keymap for your keyboard, and the main place you'll make changes as you perfect your layout. `default.c` is the file that gets pull by default when typing `make`, but you can make other files as well, and specify them by typing `make handwired/<keyboard>:<variant>`, which will pull `keymaps/<variant>/keymap.c`.
The basis of a keymap is its layers - by default, layer 0 is active. You can activate other layers, the highest of which will be referenced first. Let's start with our base layer.
Using our previous example, let's say we want to create the following layout:
```
┌───┬───┬───┐
│ A │ 1 │ H │
├───┴─┬─┴───┤
│ TAB │ SPC │
└─────┴─────┘
```
This can be accomplished by using the following `keymaps` definition:
Note that the layout of the keycodes is similar to the physical layout of our keyboard - this make it much easier to see what's going on. A lot of the keycodes should be fairly obvious, but for a full list of them, check out [Keycodes](keycodes.md) - there are also a lot of aliases to condense your keymap file.
It's also important to use the `KEYMAP` function we defined earlier - this is what allows the firmware to associate our intended readable keymap with the actual wiring.
## Compiling Your Firmware
After you've written out your entire keymap, you're ready to get the firmware compiled and onto your Teensy. Before compiling, you'll need to get your [development environment set-up](getting_started_build_tools.md) - you can skip the dfu-programmer instructions, but you'll need to download and install the [Teensy Loader](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader.html) to get the firmware on your Teensy.
Once everything is installed, running `make` in the terminal should get you some output, and eventually a `<project_name>.hex` file in that folder. If you're having trouble with this step, see the end of the guide for the trouble-shooting section.
Once you have your `<project_name>.hex` file, open up the Teensy loader application, and click the file icon. From here, navigate to your `QMK/keyboards/<project_name>/` folder, and select the `<project_name>.hex` file. Plug in your keyboard and press the button on the Teensy - you should see the LED on the device turn off once you do. The Teensy Loader app will change a little, and the buttons should be clickable - click the download button (down arrow), and then the reset button (right arrow), and your keyboard should be ready to go!
## Testing Your Firmware
Carefully flip your keyboard over, open up a new text document, and try typing - you should get the characters that you put into your keymap. Test each key, and note the ones that aren't working. Here's a quick trouble-shooting guide for non-working keys:
0. Flip the keyboard back over and short the keyswitch's contacts with a piece wire - this will eliminate the possibility of the keyswitch being bad and needing to be replaced.
1. Check the solder points on the keyswitch - these need to be plump and whole. If you touch it with a moderate amount of force and it comes apart, it's not strong enough.
2. Check the solder joints on the diode - if the diode is loose, part of your row may register, while the other may not.
3. Check the solder joints on the columns - if your column wiring is loose, part or all of the column may not work.
4. Check the solder joints on both sides of the wires going to/from the Teensy - the wires need to be fully soldered and connect to both sides.
5. Check the <project_name>.h file for errors and incorrectly placed `KC_NO`s - if you're unsure where they should be, instead duplicate a k*xy* variable.
6. Check to make sure you actually compiled the firmware and flashed the Teensy correctly. Unless you got error messages in the terminal, or a pop-up during flashing, you probably did everything correctly.
If you've done all of these things, keep in mind that sometimes you might have had multiple things affecting the keyswitch, so it doesn't hurt to test the keyswitch by shorting it out at the end.
# Securing the Teensy, Finishing Your Hardware, Getting Fancier Firmware
Now that you have a working board, it's time to get things in their permanent positions. I've often used liberal amounts of hot glue to secure and insulate things, so if that's your style, start spreading that stuff like butter. Otherwise, double-sided tape is always an elegant solution, and electrical tape is a distant second. Due to the nature of these builds, a lot of this part is up to you and how you planned (or didn't plan) things out.
There are a lot of possibilities inside the firmware - explore [docs.qmk.fm](http://docs.qmk.fm) for a full feature list, and dive into the different project (Planck, Clueboard, Ergodox EZ, etc) to see how people use all of them. You can always stop by [the OLKB subreddit for help!](http://reddit.com/r/olkb)
QMK runs on a variety of hardware. If your processor can be targeted by [LUFA](http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/LUFA.php) or [ChibiOS](http://www.chibios.com) you can probably get QMK running on it. This section explores getting QMK running on, and communicating with, hardware of all kinds.
This page describes the support for for AVR processors in QMK. AVR processors include the atmega32u4, atmega32u2, at90usb1286, and other processors from Atmel Corporation. AVR processors are 8-bit MCU's that are designed to be easy to work with. The most common AVR processors in keyboards have on-board USB and plenty of GPIO for supporting large keyboard matrices. They are the most popular MCU for use in keyboards today.
If you have not yet you should read the [Keyboard Guidelines](hardware_keyboard_guidelines.md) to get a sense of how keyboards fit into QMK.
## Adding Your AVR Keyboard to QMK
QMK has a number of features to simplify working with AVR keyboards. For most keyboards you don't have to write a single line of code. To get started run the `util/new_project.sh` script:
This will create all the files needed to support your new keyboard, and populate the settings with default values. Now you just need to customize it for your keyboard.
## `readme.md`
This is where you'll describe your keyboard. Please follow the [Keyboard Readme Template](documentation_templates.md#keyboard-readmemd-template) when writing your `readme.md`. You're encouraged to place an image at the top of your `readme.md`, please use an external service such as [Imgur](http://imgur.com) to host the images.
## `<keyboard>.c`
This is where all the custom logic for your keyboard goes. Many keyboards do not need to put anything at all in here. You can learn more about writing custom logic in [Custom Quantum Functions](custom_quantum_functions.md).
## `<keyboard>.h`
This is the file you define your [Layout Macro(s)](feature_layouts.md) in. At minimum you should have a `#define LAYOUT` for your keyboard that looks something like this:
```c
#define LAYOUT( \
k00, k01, k02, \
k10, k11 \
) { \
{ k00, k01, k02 }, \
{ k10, KC_NO, k11 }, \
}
```
The first half of the `LAYOUT` pre-processor macro defines the physical arrangement of keys. The second half of the macro defines the matrix the switches are connected to. This allows you to have a physical arrangement of keys that differs from the wiring matrix.
Each of the `k__` variables needs to be unique, and typically they follow the format `k<row><col>`.
The physical matrix (the second half) must have a number of rows equaling `MATRIX_ROWS`, and each row must have exactly `MATRIX_COLS` elements in it. If you do not have this many physical keys you can use `KC_NO` to fill in the blank spots.
## `config.h`
The `config.h` file is where you configure the hardware and feature set for your keyboard. There are a lot of options that can be placed in that file, too many to list there. For a complete overview of available options see the [Config Options](config_options.md) page.
### Hardware Configuration
At the top of the `config.h` you'll find USB related settings. These control how your keyboard appears to the Operating System. If you don't have a good reason to change you should leave the `VENDOR_ID` as `0xFEED`. For the `PRODUCT_ID` you should pick a number that is not yet in use.
Do change the `MANUFACTURER`, `PRODUCT`, and `DESCRIPTION` lines to accurately reflect your keyboard.
```c
#define VENDOR_ID 0xFEED
#define PRODUCT_ID 0x6060
#define DEVICE_VER 0x0001
#define MANUFACTURER You
#define PRODUCT my_awesome_keyboard
#define DESCRIPTION A custom keyboard
```
?> Note: On Windows and macOS the `MANUFACTURER`, `PRODUCT`, and `DESCRIPTION` fields will be displayed in the list of USB devices. ?> On Linux these values will not be visible in lsusb by default, since Linux takes the information from the list maintained by [USB ID Repository](http://www.linux-usb.org/usb-ids.html) by default. lsusb will show the information reported by the device when executed with -v option. It is also present in kernel logs after plugging in the device.
### Keyboard Matrix Configuration
The next section of the `config.h` file deals with your keyboard's matrix. The first thing you should set is the matrix's size. This is usually, but not always, the same number of rows and columns as the physical key arrangement.
```c
#define MATRIX_ROWS 2
#define MATRIX_COLS 3
```
Once you've defined the size of your matrix you need to define which pins on your MCU are connected to rows and columns. To do so simply specify the names of those pins:
```c
#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS { D0, D5 }
#define MATRIX_COL_PINS { F1, F0, B0 }
#define UNUSED_PINS
```
The number of `MATRIX_ROW_PINS` entries must be the same as the number you assigned to `MATRIX_ROWS`, and likewise for `MATRIX_COL_PINS` and `MATRIX_COLS`. You do not have to specify `UNUSED_PINS`, but you can if you want to document what pins are open.
Finally, you can specify the direction your diodes point. This can be `COL2ROW` or `ROW2COL`.
```c
#define DIODE_DIRECTION COL2ROW
```
### Backlight Configuration
By default QMK supports backlighting on pins `B5`, `B6`, and `B7`. If you are using one of those you can simply enable it here. For more details see the [Backlight Documentation](feature_backlight.md).
```c
#define BACKLIGHT_PIN B7
#define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 3
#define BACKLIGHT_BREATHING
#define BREATHING_PERIOD 6
```
?> You can use backlighting on any pin you like, but you will have to do more work to support that. See the [Backlight Documentation](feature_backlight.md) for more details.
### Other Configuration Options
There are a lot of features that can be configured or tuned in `config.h`. You should see the [Config Options](config_options.md) page for more details.
## `rules.mk`
You use the `rules.mk` file to tell QMK what files to build and what features to enable. If you are building around an atmega32u4 you can largely leave these defaults alone. If you are using another MCU you may have to tweak some parameters.
### MCU Options
These options tell the build system what CPU to build for. Be very careful if you change any of these settings, you can render your keyboard inoperable.
```make
MCU= atmega32u4
F_CPU=16000000
ARCH= AVR8
F_USB=$(F_CPU)
OPT_DEFS+= -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
```
### Bootloaders
The bootloader is a special section of your MCU that allows you to upgrade the code stored on the MCU. Think of it like a Rescue Partition for your keyboard.
#### Teensy Bootloader Example
```make
BOOTLOADER= halfkay
```
#### Atmel DFU Loader Example
```make
BOOTLOADER= atmel-dfu
```
#### Pro Micro Bootloader Example
```make
BOOTLOADER= caterina
```
### Build Options
There are a number of features that can be turned on or off in `rules.mk`. See the [Config Options](config_options.md#feature-options) page for a detailed list and description.
QMK is used on a lot of different hardware. While support for the most common MCU's and matrix configurations is built-in there are a number of drivers that can be added to a keyboard to support additional hardware. Examples include mice and other pointing devices, i/o expanders for split keyboards, bluetooth modules, and LCD, OLED, and TFT screens.
<!-- FIXME: This should talk about how drivers are integrated into QMK and how you can add your own driver.
# Driver System Overview
-->
# Available Drivers
## ProMicro (AVR Only)
Support for addressing pins on the ProMicro by their Arduino name rather than their AVR name. This needs to be better documented, if you are trying to do this and reading the code doesn't help please [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new) and we can help you through the process.
## SSD1306 (AVR Only)
Support for SSD1306 based OLED displays. This needs to be better documented, if you are trying to do this and reading the code doesn't help please [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new) and we can help you through the process.
## uGFX
You can make use of uGFX within QMK to drive character and graphic LCD's, LED arrays, OLED, TFT, and other display technologies. This needs to be better documented, if you are trying to do this and reading the code doesn't help please [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new) and we can help you through the process.
## WS2812 (AVR Only)
Support for WS2811/WS2812{a,b,c} LED's. For more information see the [RGB Light](feature_rgblight.md) page.
## IS31FL3731
Support for up to 2 drivers. Each driver impliments 2 charlieplex matrices to individually address LEDs using I2C. This allows up to 144 same color LEDs or 32 RGB LEDs. For more information on how to setup the driver see the [RGB Matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md) page.
## IS31FL3733
Support for up to a single driver with room for expansion. Each driver can control 192 individual LEDs or 64 RGB LEDs. For more information on how to setup the driver see the [RGB Matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md) page.
Since starting, QMK has grown by leaps and bounds thanks to people like you who contribute to creating and maintaining our community keyboards. As we've grown we've discovered some patterns that work well, and ask that you conform to them to make it easier for other people to benefit from your hard work.
## Naming Your Keyboard/Project
All keyboard names are in lower case, consisting only of letters, numbers, and underscore (`_`). Names may not begin with an underscore. Forward slash (`/`) is used as a sub-folder separation character.
The names `test`, `keyboard`, and `all` are reserved for make commands and may not be used as a keyboard or subfolder name.
Valid Examples:
*`412_64`
*`chimera_ortho`
*`clueboard/66/rev3`
*`planck`
*`v60_type_r`
## Sub-folders
QMK uses sub-folders both for organization and to share code between revisions of the same keyboard. You can nest folders up to 4 levels deep:
If a sub-folder has a `rules.mk` file it will be considered a compilable keyboard. It will be available in QMK Configurator and tested with `make all`. If you are using a folder to organize several keyboards from the same maker you should not have a `rules.mk` file.
Example:
Clueboard uses sub-folders for both purposes, organization and keyboard revisions.
* [`clueboard`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/keyboards/clueboard) ← This is the organization folder, there's no `rules.mk` file
* [`60`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/keyboards/clueboard/60) ← This is a compilable keyboard, it has a `rules.mk` file
* [`66`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/keyboards/clueboard/66) ← This is also compilable- it uses `DEFAULT_FOLDER` to specify `rev3` as the default revision
* [`rev3`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/keyboards/clueboard/66/rev3) ← compilable: `make clueboard/66/rev3` or `make clueboard/66`
## Keyboard Folder Structure
Your keyboard should be located in `qmk_firmware/keyboards/` and the folder name should be your keyboard's name as described in the previous section. Inside this folder should be several files:
*`readme.md`
*`info.json`
*`config.h`
*`rules.mk`
*`<keyboard_name>.c`
*`<keyboard_name>.h`
### `readme.md`
All projects need to have a `readme.md` file that explains what the keyboard is, who made it and where it's available. If applicable, it should also contain links to more information, such as the maker's website. Please follow the [published template](documentation_templates.md#keyboard-readmemd-template).
### `info.json`
This file is used by the [QMK API](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_api). It contains the information [QMK Configurator](https://config.qmk.fm/) needs to display a representation of your keyboard. You can also set metadata here. For more information see the [reference page](reference_info_json.md).
### `config.h`
All projects need to have a `config.h` file that sets things like the matrix size, product name, USB VID/PID, description and other settings. In general, use this file to set essential information and defaults for your keyboard that will always work.
### `rules.mk`
The presence of this file means that the folder is a keyboard target and can be used in `make` commands. This is where you setup the build environment for your keyboard and configure the default set of features.
### `<keyboard_name.c>`
This is where you will write custom code for your keyboard. Typically you will write code to initialize and interface with the hardware in your keyboard. If your keyboard consists of only a key matrix with no LEDs, speakers, or other auxillary hardware this file can be blank.
The following functions are typically defined in this file:
This file is used to define the matrix for your keyboard. You should define at least one C macro which translates an array into a matrix representing the physical switch matrix for your keyboard. If it's possible to build your keyboard with multiple layouts you should define additional macros.
If you have only a single layout you should call this macro `LAYOUT`.
When defining multiple layouts you should have a base layout, named `LAYOUT_all`, that supports all possible switch positions on your matrix, even if that layout is impossible to build physically. This is the macro you should use in your `default` keymap. You should then have additional keymaps named `default_<layout>` that use your other layout macros. This will make it easier for people to use the layouts you define.
Layout macro names are entirely lowercase, except for the word `LAYOUT` at the front.
As an example, if you have a 60% PCB that supports ANSI and ISO you might define the following layouts and keymaps:
| Layout Name | Keymap Name | Description |
|-------------|-------------|-------------|
| LAYOUT_all | default | A layout that supports both ISO and ANSI |
| LAYOUT_ansi | default_ansi | An ANSI layout |
| LAYOUT_iso | default_iso | An ISO layout |
## Image/Hardware Files
In an effort to keep the repo size down we're no longer accepting binary files of any format, with few exceptions. Hosting them elsewhere (such as <https://imgur.com>) and linking them in the `readme.md` is preferred.
Hardware files (such as plates, cases, pcb) can be contributed to the [qmk.fm repo](https://github.com/qmk/qmk.fm) and they will be made available on [qmk.fm](http://qmk.fm). Downloadable files are stored in `/<keyboard>/` (name follows the same format as above) which are served at `http://qmk.fm/<keyboard>/`, and pages are generated from `/_pages/<keyboard>/` which are served at the same location (.md files are generated into .html files through Jekyll). Check out the `lets_split` folder for an example.
## Keyboard Defaults
Given the amount of functionality that QMK exposes it's very easy to confuse new users. When putting together the default firmware for your keyboard we recommend limiting your enabled features and options to the minimal set needed to support your hardware. Recommendations for specific features follow.
### Bootmagic and Command
[Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md) and [Command](feature_command.md) are two related features that allow a user to control their keyboard in non-obvious ways. We recommend you think long and hard about if you're going to enable either feature, and how you will expose this functionality. Keep in mind that users who want this functionality can enable it in their personal keymaps without affecting all the novice users who may be using your keyboard as their first programmable board.
By far the most common problem new users encounter is accidentally triggering Bootmagic while they're plugging in their keyboard. They're holding the keyboard by the bottom, unknowingly pressing in alt and spacebar, and then they find that these keys have been swapped on them. We recommend leaving this feature disabled by default, but if you do turn it on consider setting `BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SALT` to a key that is hard to press while plugging your keyboard in.
If your keyboard does not have 2 shift keys you should provide a working default for `IS_COMMAND`, even when you have set `COMMAND_ENABLE = no`. This will give your users a default to conform to if they do enable Command.
## Custom Keyboard Programming
As documented on [Customizing Functionality](custom_quantum_functions.md) you can define custom functions for your keyboard. Please keep in mind that your users may want to customize that behavior as well, and make it possible for them to do that. If you are providing a custom function, for example `process_record_kb()`, make sure that your function calls the `_user()` version of the call too. You should also take into account the return value of the `_user()` version, and only run your custom code if the user returns `true`.
## Non-Production/Handwired Projects
We're happy to accept any project that uses QMK, including prototypes and handwired ones, but we have a separate `/keyboards/handwired/` folder for them, so the main `/keyboards/` folder doesn't get overcrowded. If a prototype project becomes a production project at some point in the future, we'd be happy to move it to the main `/keyboards/` folder!
## Warnings as Errors
When developing your keyboard, keep in mind that all warnings will be treated as errors - these small warnings can build-up and cause larger errors down the road (and keeping them is generally a bad practice).
## Copyright Blurb
If you're adapting your keyboard's setup from another project, but not using the same code, but sure to update the copyright header at the top of the files to show your name, in this format:
Copyright 2017 Your Name <your@email.com>
If you are modifying someone else's code and have made only trivial changes you should leave their name in the copyright statement. If you have done significant work on the file you should add your name to theirs, like so:
Copyright 2017 Their Name <original_author@example.com> Your Name <you@example.com>
The year should be the first year the file is created. If work was done to that file in later years you can reflect that by appending the second year to the first, like so:
Copyright 2015-2017 Your Name <you@example.com>
## License
The core of QMK is licensed under the [GNU General Public License](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/licenses.en.html). If you are shipping binaries for AVR processors you may choose either [GPLv2](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html) or [GPLv3](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html). If you are shipping binaries for ARM processors you must choose [GPL Version 3](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html) to comply with the [ChibiOS](http://www.chibios.org) GPLv3 license.
If your keyboard makes use of the [uGFX](https://ugfx.io) features within QMK you must comply with the [uGFX License](https://ugfx.io/license.html), which requires a separate commercial license before selling a device containing uGFX.
## Technical Details
If you're looking for more information on making your keyboard work with QMK, [check out the hardware section](hardware.md)!
# How Keys Are Registered, and Interpreted by Computers
In this file, you can will learn the concepts of how keyboards work over USB,
and you'll be able to better understand what you can expect from changing your
firmware directly.
## Schematic View
Whenever you type on 1 particular key, here is the chain of actions taking
place:
``` text
+------+ +-----+ +----------+ +----------+ +----+
| User |-------->| Key |------>| Firmware |----->| USB wire |---->| OS |
+------+ +-----+ +----------+ +----------+ |----+
```
This scheme is a very simple view of what's going on, and more details follow
in the next sections.
## 1. You Press a Key
Whenever you press a key, the firmware of your keyboard can register this event.
It can register when the key is pressed, held and released.
This usually happens with a periodic scan of key presses. This speed often is limited by the mechanical key response time, the protocol to transfer those key presses (here USB HID), and by the software it is used in.
## 2. What the Firmware Sends
The [HID specification](https://www.usb.org/sites/default/files/documents/hut1_12v2.pdf) tells what a keyboard can actually send through USB to have a chance to be properly recognised. This includes a pre-defined list of scancodes which are simple numbers from `0x00` to `0xE7`. The firmware assigns a scancode to each key of the keyboard.
The firmware does not send actual letters or characters, but only scancodes.
Thus, by modifying the firmware, you can only modify what scancode is sent over
USB for a given key.
## 3. What the Operating System Does
Once the keycode reaches the operating system, a piece of software has to have
it match an actual character thanks to a keyboard layout. For example, if your
layout is set to QWERTY, a sample of the matching table is as follows:
| keycode | character |
|---------|-----------|
| 0x04 | a/A |
| 0x05 | b/B |
| 0x06 | c/C |
| ... | ... |
| 0x1C | y/Y |
| 0x1D | z/Z |
| ... | ... |
## Back to the Firmware
As the layout is generally fixed (unless you create your own), the firmware can actually call a keycode by its layout name directly to ease things for you. This is exactly what is done here with `KC_A` actually representing `0x04` in QWERTY. The full list can be found in [keycodes](keycodes.md).
## List of Characters You Can Send
Putting aside shortcuts, having a limited set of keycodes mapped to a limited layout means that **the list of characters you can assign to a given key are only the ones present in the layout**.
For example, this means that if you have a QWERTY US layout, and you want to assign one key to produce `€` (euro currency symbol), you are unable to do so, because the QWERTY US layout does not have such mapping. You could fix that by using a QWERTY UK layout, or a QWERTY US International.
You may wonder why a keyboard layout containing all of Unicode is not devised then? The limited number of keycodes available through USB simply disallows such a thing.
## How to (Maybe) Enter Unicode Characters
You can have the firmware send *sequences of keys* to use the [software Unicode Input Method](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_input#Hexadecimal_code_input) of the target operating system, thus effectively entering characters independently of the layout defined in the OS.
Yet, it does come with multiple disadvantages:
- Tied to a specific OS a a time (need recompilation when changing OS);
- Within a given OS, does not work in all software;
|`void i2c_init(void);` |Initializes the I2C driver. This function should be called once before any transaction is initiated. |
|`uint8_t i2c_start(uint8_t address);` |Starts an I2C transaction. Address is the 7-bit slave address without the direction bit. |
|`uint8_t i2c_transmit(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);` |Transmit data over I2C. Address is the 7-bit slave address without the direction. Returns status of transaction. |
|`uint8_t i2c_receive(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);` |Receive data over I2C. Address is the 7-bit slave address without the direction. Saves number of bytes specified by `length` in `data` array. Returns status of transaction. |
|`uint8_t i2c_writeReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);` |Same as the `i2c_transmit` function but `regaddr` sets where in the slave the data will be written. |
|`uint8_t i2c_readReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);` |Same as the `i2c_receive` function but `regaddr` sets from where in the slave the data will be read. |
|`uint8_t i2c_stop(uint16_t timeout);` |Stops the I2C driver. |
### Function Return
All the above functions, except `void i2c_init(void);` return the following truth table:
|`#STM32_I2C_USE_XXX` |Enable/Disable the hardware driver XXX (each driver should be explicitly listed) |FALSE |
|`#STM32_I2C_BUSY_TIMEOUT` |Time in ms until the I2C command is aborted if no response is received |50 |
|`#STM32_I2C_XXX_IRQ_PRIORITY` |Interrupt priority for hardware driver XXX (THIS IS AN EXPERT SETTING) |10 |
|`#STM32_I2C_USE_DMA` |Enable/Disable the ability of the MCU to offload the data transfer to the DMA unit |TRUE |
|`#STM32_I2C_XXX_DMA_PRIORITY` |Priority of DMA unit for hardware driver XXX (THIS IS AN EXPERT SETTING) |1 |
Secondly, in the `halconf.h` file, `#define HAL_USE_I2C` must be set to `TRUE`. This allows ChibiOS to load its I2C driver.
Lastly, we need to assign the correct GPIO pins depending on the I2C hardware driver we want to use.
By default the I2C1 hardware driver is assumed to be used. If another hardware driver is used, `#define I2C_DRIVER I2CDX` should be added to the `config.h` file with X being the number of hardware driver used. For example is I2C3 is enabled, the `config.h` file should contain `#define I2C_DRIVER I2CD3`. This aligns the QMK I2C driver with the Chibios I2C driver.
STM32 MCUs allows a variety of pins to be configured as I2C pins depending on the hardware driver used. By default B6 and B7 are set to I2C. You can use these defines to set your i2c pins:
| `I2C1_BANK` | The bank of pins (`GPIOA`, `GPIOB`, `GPIOC`) | `GPIOB` |
| `I2C1_SCL` | The pin number for the SCL pin (0-9) | `6` |
| `I2C1_SDA` | The pin number for the SDA pin (0-9) | `7` |
You can also overload the `void i2c_init(void)` function, which has a weak attribute. If you do this the configuration variables above will not be used. Please consult the datasheet of your MCU for the available GPIO configurations. The following is an example initialization function:
```C
voidi2c_init(void)
{
setPinInput(B6);// Try releasing special pins for a short time
setPinInput(B7);
wait_ms(10);// Wait for the release to happen
palSetPadMode(GPIOB,6,PAL_MODE_ALTERNATE(4)|PAL_STM32_OTYPE_OPENDRAIN|PAL_STM32_PUPDR_PULLUP);// Set B6 to I2C function
palSetPadMode(GPIOB,7,PAL_MODE_ALTERNATE(4)|PAL_STM32_OTYPE_OPENDRAIN|PAL_STM32_PUPDR_PULLUP);// Set B7 to I2C function
QMK has a GPIO control abstraction layer which is microcontroller agnostic. This is done to allow easy access to pin control across different platforms.
## Functions
The following functions can provide basic control of GPIOs and are found in `quantum/quantum.h`.
|`setPinInput(pin)` |Set pin as input with high impedance (High-Z) |
|`setPinInputHigh(pin)`|Set pin as input with build in pull-up |
|`setPinInputLow(pin)` |Set pin as input with build in pull-down (Supported only on STM32)|
|`setPinOutput(pin)` |Set pin as output |
|`writePinHigh(pin)` |Set pin level as high, assuming it is an output |
|`writePinLow(pin)` |Set pin level as low, assuming it is an output |
|`writePin(pin, level)`|Set pin level, assuming it is an output |
|`readPin(pin)` |Returns the level of the pin |
## Advanced Settings
Each microcontroller can have multiple advanced settings regarding its GPIO. This abstraction layer does not limit the use of architecture-specific functions. Advanced users should consult the datasheet of their desired device and include any needed libraries. For AVR, the standard avr/io.h library is used; for STM32, the ChibiOS [PAL library](http://chibios.sourceforge.net/docs3/hal/group___p_a_l.html) is used.
`public void `[`midi_register_cc_callback`](#group__input__callback__reg_1ga64ab672abbbe393c9c4a83110c8df718)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,midi_three_byte_func_t func)` | Register a control change message (cc) callback.
`public void `[`midi_register_noteon_callback`](#group__input__callback__reg_1ga3962f276c17618923f1152779552103e)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,midi_three_byte_func_t func)` | Register a note on callback.
`public void `[`midi_register_noteoff_callback`](#group__input__callback__reg_1gac847b66051bd6d53b762958be0ec4c6d)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,midi_three_byte_func_t func)` | Register a note off callback.
`public void `[`midi_register_aftertouch_callback`](#group__input__callback__reg_1gaa95bc901bd9edff956a667c9a69dd01f)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,midi_three_byte_func_t func)` | Register an after touch callback.
`public void `[`midi_register_pitchbend_callback`](#group__input__callback__reg_1ga071a28f02ba14f53de219be70ebd9a48)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,midi_three_byte_func_t func)` | Register a pitch bend callback.
`public void `[`midi_register_songposition_callback`](#group__input__callback__reg_1gaf2adfd79637f3553d8f26deb1ca22ed6)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,midi_three_byte_func_t func)` | Register a song position callback.
`public void `[`midi_register_progchange_callback`](#group__input__callback__reg_1gae6ba1a35a4cde9bd15dd42f87401d127)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,midi_two_byte_func_t func)` | Register a program change callback.
This is only called if a more specific callback is not matched and called. For instance, if you don't register a note on callback but you get a note on message the fall through callback will be called, if it is registered.
You use the functions when you are implementing your own midi device.
You set a send function to actually send bytes via your device, this method is called when you call a send function with this device, for instance midi_send_cc
You use the midi_device_input to process input data from the device and pass it through the device's associated callbacks.
You use the midi_device_set_pre_input_process_func if you want to have a function called at the beginning of the device's process function, generally to poll for input and pass that into midi_device_input
`public void `[`midi_device_input`](#group__midi__device_1gad8d3db8eb35d9cfa51ef036a0a9d70db)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,uint8_t cnt,uint8_t * input)` | Process input bytes. This function parses bytes and calls the appropriate callbacks associated with the given device. You use this function if you are creating a custom device and you want to have midi input.
`public void `[`midi_device_set_send_func`](#group__midi__device_1ga59f5a46bdd4452f186cc73d9e96d4673)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,midi_var_byte_func_t send_func)` | Set the callback function that will be used for sending output data bytes. This is only used if you're creating a custom device. You'll most likely want the callback function to disable interrupts so that you can call the various midi send functions without worrying about locking.
`public void `[`midi_device_set_pre_input_process_func`](#group__midi__device_1ga4de0841b87c04fc23cb56b6451f33b69)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,midi_no_byte_func_t pre_process_func)` | Set a callback which is called at the beginning of the midi_device_process call. This can be used to poll for input data and send the data through the midi_device_input function. You'll probably only use this if you're creating a custom device.
`struct `[`_midi_device`](docs/api_midi_device.md#struct__midi__device) | This structure represents the input and output functions and processing data for a midi device.
Process input bytes. This function parses bytes and calls the appropriate callbacks associated with the given device. You use this function if you are creating a custom device and you want to have midi input.
#### Parameters
*`device` the midi device to associate the input with
Set the callback function that will be used for sending output data bytes. This is only used if you're creating a custom device. You'll most likely want the callback function to disable interrupts so that you can call the various midi send functions without worrying about locking.
#### Parameters
*`device` the midi device to associate this callback with
*`send_func` the callback function that will do the sending
Set a callback which is called at the beginning of the midi_device_process call. This can be used to poll for input data and send the data through the midi_device_input function. You'll probably only use this if you're creating a custom device.
#### Parameters
*`device` the midi device to associate this callback with
*`midi_no_byte_func_t` the actual callback function
# struct `_midi_device` {#struct__midi__device}
This structure represents the input and output functions and processing data for a midi device.
A device can represent an actual physical device [serial port, usb port] or something virtual. You should not need to modify this structure directly.
`enum `[`midi_packet_length_t`](#group__midi__util_1gae29ff56aee2b430ffe53933b97e5e79e) | An enumeration of the possible packet length values.
`public bool `[`midi_is_statusbyte`](#group__midi__util_1ga12e3b42ff9cbb4b4f2bc455fc8743ee5)`(uint8_t theByte)` | Test to see if the byte given is a status byte.
`public bool `[`midi_is_realtime`](#group__midi__util_1gad2f52c363e34a8000d80c983c324e2d7)`(uint8_t theByte)` | Test to see if the byte given is a realtime message.
`public `[`midi_packet_length_t`](#group__midi__util_1gae29ff56aee2b430ffe53933b97e5e79e)` `[`midi_packet_length`](#group__midi__util_1gaa168b43af6ae9de0debce1625e4b8175)`(uint8_t status)` | Find the length of the packet associated with the status byte given.
`public void `[`midi_send_cc`](#group__send__functions_1gaaf884811c92df405ca8fe1a00082f960)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,uint8_t chan,uint8_t num,uint8_t val)` | Send a control change message (cc) via the given device.
`public void `[`midi_send_noteon`](#group__send__functions_1ga467bcf46dbf03ec269ce565b46bc2775)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,uint8_t chan,uint8_t num,uint8_t vel)` | Send a note on message via the given device.
`public void `[`midi_send_noteoff`](#group__send__functions_1gaedb7d8805425eef5d47d57ddcb4c7a49)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,uint8_t chan,uint8_t num,uint8_t vel)` | Send a note off message via the given device.
`public void `[`midi_send_aftertouch`](#group__send__functions_1ga0014847571317a0e34b2ef46a6bc584f)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,uint8_t chan,uint8_t note_num,uint8_t amt)` | Send an after touch message via the given device.
`public void `[`midi_send_pitchbend`](#group__send__functions_1gae5a4a1e71611e7534be80af9ce3d3491)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,uint8_t chan,int16_t amt)` | Send a pitch bend message via the given device.
`public void `[`midi_send_programchange`](#group__send__functions_1ga7b15588ef25e5e1ff09c2afc3151ce86)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,uint8_t chan,uint8_t num)` | Send a program change message via the given device.
`public void `[`midi_send_channelpressure`](#group__send__functions_1gaf23e69fdf812e89c0036f51f88ab2e1b)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,uint8_t chan,uint8_t amt)` | Send a channel pressure message via the given device.
`public void `[`midi_send_clock`](#group__send__functions_1ga4e1b11a7cdb0875f6e03ce7c79c581aa)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device)` | Send a clock message via the given device.
`public void `[`midi_send_tick`](#group__send__functions_1ga2b43c7d433d940c5b907595aac947972)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device)` | Send a tick message via the given device.
`public void `[`midi_send_start`](#group__send__functions_1ga1569749a8d58ccc56789289d7c7245cc)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device)` | Send a start message via the given device.
`public void `[`midi_send_continue`](#group__send__functions_1gaed5dc29d754a27372e89ab8bc20ee120)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device)` | Send a continue message via the given device.
`public void `[`midi_send_stop`](#group__send__functions_1ga026e1a620276cb653ac501aa0d12a988)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device)` | Send a stop message via the given device.
`public void `[`midi_send_activesense`](#group__send__functions_1ga9b6e4c6ce4719d2604187b325620db37)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device)` | Send an active sense message via the given device.
`public void `[`midi_send_reset`](#group__send__functions_1ga3671e39a6d93ca9568fc493001af1b1b)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device)` | Send a reset message via the given device.
`public void `[`midi_send_tcquarterframe`](#group__send__functions_1ga5b85639910eec280bb744c934d0fd45a)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,uint8_t time)` | Send a tc quarter frame message via the given device.
`public void `[`midi_send_songposition`](#group__send__functions_1gab1c9eeef3b57a8cd2e6128d18e85eb7f)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,uint16_t pos)` | Send a song position message via the given device.
`public void `[`midi_send_songselect`](#group__send__functions_1ga42de7838ba70d949af9a50f9facc3c50)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,uint8_t song)` | Send a song select message via the given device.
`public void `[`midi_send_tunerequest`](#group__send__functions_1ga8db6c7e04d48e4d2266dd59118ca0656)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device)` | Send a tune request message via the given device.
`public void `[`midi_send_byte`](#group__send__functions_1ga857e85eb90b288385642d4d991e09881)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,uint8_t b)` | Send a byte via the given device.
`public void `[`midi_send_data`](#group__send__functions_1ga36e2f2e45369d911b76969361679054b)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,uint16_t count,uint8_t byte0,uint8_t byte1,uint8_t byte2)` | Send up to 3 bytes of data.
`public void `[`midi_send_array`](#group__send__functions_1ga245243cb1da18d2cea18d4b18d846ead)`(`[`MidiDevice`](#struct__midi__device)` * device,uint16_t count,uint8_t * array)` | Send an array of formatted midi data.
This is a generic method for sending data via the given midi device. This would be useful for sending sysex data or messages that are not implemented in this API, if there are any. Please contact the author if you find some so we can add them.
`public uint16_t `[`sysex_encoded_length`](#group__sysex__tools_1ga061e5607030412d6e62e2390d8013f0a)`(uint16_t decoded_length)` | Compute the length of a message after it is encoded.
`public uint16_t `[`sysex_decoded_length`](#group__sysex__tools_1ga121fc227d3acc1c0ea08c9a5c26fa3b0)`(uint16_t encoded_length)` | Compute the length of a message after it is decoded.
`public uint16_t `[`sysex_encode`](#group__sysex__tools_1ga54d77f8d32f92a6f329daefa2b314742)`(uint8_t * encoded,const uint8_t * source,uint16_t length)` | Encode data so that it can be transmitted safely in a sysex message.
You're likely going to need to ISP flash your board/device to get it working again. Luckily, this process is pretty straight-forward, provided you have any extra programmable keyboard, Pro Micro, or Teensy 2.0/Teensy 2.0++. There are also dedicated ISP flashers available for this, but most cost >$15, and it's assumed that if you are googling this error, this is the first you've heard about ISP flashing, and don't have one readily available (whereas you might have some other AVR board). __We'll be using a Teensy 2.0 or Pro Micro with Windows 10 in this guide__ - if you are comfortable doing this on another system, please consider editing this guide and contributing those instructions!
## Software Needed
* [Teensy Loader](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader.html) (if using a Teensy)
* QMK Toolbox (flash as usual - be sure to select the correct MCU) or `avrdude` via [WinAVR](http://www.ladyada.net/learn/avr/setup-win.html) (for Teensy & Pro Micro)
## Wiring
This is pretty straight-forward - we'll be connecting like-things to like-things in the following manner:
### Teensy 2.0
Teensy B0 <-> Keyboard RESET
Teensy B1 <-> Keyboard B1 (SCLK)
Teensy B2 <-> Keyboard B2 (MOSI)
Teensy B3 <-> Keyboard B3 (MISO)
Teensy VCC <-> Keyboard VCC
Teensy GND <-> Keyboard GND
### Pro Micro
Pro Micro 10 (B6) <-> Keyboard RESET
Pro Micro 15 (B1) <-> Keyboard B1 (SCLK)
Pro Micro 16 (B2) <-> Keyboard B2 (MOSI)
Pro Micro 14 (B3) <-> Keyboard B3 (MISO)
Pro Micro VCC <-> Keyboard VCC
Pro Micro GND <-> Keyboard GND
## The ISP Firmware (now pre-compiled)
The only difference between the .hex files below is which pin is connected to RESET. You can use them on other boards as well, as long as you're aware of the pins being used. If for some reason neither of these pins are available, [create an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new), and we can generate one for you!
* Pro Micro: [`util/pro_micro_ISP_B6_10.hex`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/util/pro_micro_ISP_B6_10.hex) (`B6/10`)
**Flash your Teenys/Pro Micro with one of these and continue - you won't need the file after flashing your ISP device.**
## Just the Bootloader File
If you just want to get things back to normal, you can flash only a bootloader from [`util/` folder](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/util), and use your normal process to flash the firmware afterwards. Be sure to flash the correct bootloader for your chip:
If you're not sure what your board uses, look in the `rules.mk` file for the keyboard in QMK. The `MCU =` line will have the value you need. It may differ between different versions of the board.
### Advanced/Production Techniques
If you'd like to flash both the bootloader **and** the regular firmware at the same time, you need to combine the files.
1. Open the original firmware .hex file in a text editor
2. Remove the last line (which should be `:00000001FF` - this is an EOF message)
3. Copy the entire bootloader's contents onto a new line (with no empty lines between) and paste it at the end of the original file
4. Save it as a new file by naming it `<keyboard>_<keymap>_production.hex`
It's possible to use other bootloaders here in the same way, but __you need a bootloader__, otherwise you'll have to use ISP again to write new firmware to your keyboard.
## Flashing Your Bootloader/Production File
Make sure your keyboard is unplugged from any device, and plug in your Teensy.
### QMK Toolbox
1.`AVRISP device connected` will show up in yellow
2. Select the correct bootloader/production .hex file with the `Open` dialog (spaces can't be in the path)
3. Be sure the correct `Microcontroller` option is selected
4. Hit `Flash`
5. Wait, as nothing will output for a while, especially with production files
If the verification and fuse checks are ok, you're done! Your board may restart automatically, otherwise, unplug your Teensy and plug in your keyboard - you can leave your Teensy wired to your keyboard while testing things, but it's recommended that you desolder it/remove the wiring once you're sure everything works.
### Command Line
Open `cmd` and navigate to your where your modified .hex file is. We'll pretend this file is called `main.hex`, and that your Teensy 2.0 is on the `COM3` port - if you're unsure, you can open your Device Manager, and look for `Ports > USB Serial Device`. Use that COM port here. You can confirm it's the right port with:
avrdude -c avrisp -P COM3 -p atmega32u4
and you should get something like the following output:
avrdude: AVR device initialized and ready to accept instructions
You should see a couple of progress bars, then you should see:
avrdude: verifying ...
avrdude: 32768 bytes of flash verified
avrdude: safemode: Fuses OK
avrdude done. Thank you.
Which means everything should be ok! Your board may restart automatically, otherwise, unplug your Teensy and plug in your keyboard - you can leave your Teensy wired to your keyboard while testing things, but it's recommended that you desolder it/remove the wiring once you're sure everything works.
If you have any questions/problems, feel free to [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new)!
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.